Web Intelligence

WebIntelligence User’s Guide

WebIntelligence 6.1

Windows and UNIX

2 WebIntelligence User’s Guide

Copyright No part of the computer software or this document may be reproduced or transmitted in any form or by any means, electronic or mechanical, including photocopying, recording, or by any information storage and retrieval system, without permission in writing from Business Objects S.A.The information in this document is subject to change without notice. If you find any problems with this documentation, please report them to Business Objects S.A. in writing at [email protected] Objects S.A. does not warrant that this document is error free.Copyright © Business Objects S.A. 2003. All rights reserved.Printed in France.

Trademarks The Business Objects logo, WebIntelligence, BusinessQuery, the Business Objects tagline, BusinessObjects, BusinessObjects Broadcast Agent, Rapid Mart, Set Analyzer, Personal Trainer, and Rapid Deployment Template are trademarks or registered trademarks of Business Objects S.A. in the United States and/or other countries.Contains IBM Runtime Environment for AIX(R), Java(TM) 2 Technology Edition Runtime Modules (c) Copyright IBM Corporation 1999, 2000. All Rights Reserved.This product includes code licensed from RSA Security, Inc. Some portions licensed from IBM are available at http://oss.software.ibm.com/icu4j.All other company, product, or brand names mentioned herein, may be the trademarks of their respective owners.

Use restrictions This software and documentation is commercial computer software under Federal Acquisition regulations, and is provided only under the Restricted Rights of the Federal Acquisition Regulations applicable to commercial computer software provided at private expense. The use, duplication, or disclosure by the U.S. Government is subject to restrictions set forth in subdivision (c)(1)(ii) of the Rights in Technical Data and Computer Software clause at 252.227-7013.

Patents U.S. Patent Numbers 5,555,403, 6,247,008, and 6,578,027.

Part Number 353-50-610-01

WebIntelligence User’s Guide 3

Contents
Preface Maximizing Your Information Resources 13
Information resources . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15Services . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17Useful addresses at a glance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18About this guide . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20

Part I About WebIntelligence

Chapter 1 Introducing WebIntelligence 23What is WebIntelligence? . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25What’s new in this release? . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 26

Chapter 2 Upgrading to the Latest WebIntelligence Version 33Upgrading your documents to the latest WebIntelligence version . . . . . . . . 35Some restrictions when upgrading . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 38

Part II Using WebIntelligence

Chapter 3 Getting Up and Running 47How WebIntelligence works with InfoView . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 49Logging into InfoView . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 50Personalizing your user options . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 54Logging out of InfoView . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 55

Contents


Con

Chapter 4 Interacting with WebIntelligence Reports 57WebIntelligence viewing options . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 59Accessing WebIntelligence documents . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 62Navigating through the reports in documents . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 66Refreshing document data . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 71Answering prompts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 72Filtering and sorting report values . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 79Adding predefined calculations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 88Including different data on tables and charts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 93

Chapter 5 Analyzing WebIntelligence Reports in InfoView 107How drill helps you analyze report data . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 109Setting your drill options in InfoView . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 111Beginning your drill session . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 117Drilling on dimensions in table cells and report sections . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 119Drilling on measures . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 136Drilling on multi-block reports . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 138Drilling on charts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 140Using filters when you drill . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 144Ending drill mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 149

Chapter 6 Creating and Editing WebIntelligence Documents 151Choosing a WebIntelligence report panel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 153Creating new documents . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 156Editing existing documents . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 158

Part IIIUsing the Java Report Panel

Chapter 7 The Java Report Panel Workspace 163Using the WebIntelligence toolbar . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 165Working in query view . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 166Working in Report View . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 170Setting your Java Report Panel options . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 181

tents


Chapter 8 Building Queries Using the Java Report Panel 183Understanding queries and universes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 185Building a simple query . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 190Setting the scope of analysis . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 193Defining query properties . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 197Working with query contexts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 201About Incompatible objects in queries . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 204

Chapter 9 Filtering Data Retrieval Using Query Filters 209How query filters work . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 211Types of query filters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 221Using predefined filters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 222Creating custom query filters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 225Combining multiple filters on a query . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 237Editing and removing query filters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 246Applying query filters to business questions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 248

Chapter 10 Building Prompt Filters on Queries 253What are prompts? . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 255Applying prompts to documents . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 261Applying multiple prompts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 263Editing and removing prompts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 267

Chapter 11 Using Advanced Query Filters 269How advanced filters apply to business questions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 271Building advanced filters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 273Combining advanced filters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 279Naming advanced filters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 281Editing and removing advanced filters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 283

Contents


Con

Chapter 12 Working with Tables 287WebIntelligence table templates . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 289Working in Structure or Results View . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 293Adding tables to reports . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 294Duplicating tables . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 301Applying a different template to existing tables . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 303Adding or deleting table rows or columns . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 306Moving or swapping table rows or columns . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 311Replacing table columns and rows . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 314Modifying tables to create crosstabs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 316Clearing cells and deleting tables . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 318Formatting tables and table cells . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 322Setting properties for table headers and footers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 337Setting page layout for tables . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 340Selecting display properties for empty table cells . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 345Avoiding duplicate row aggregation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 346

Chapter 13 Working with Free-Standing Cells 349What are free-standing cells? . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 351Inserting text, images, and formulas . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 352Inserting information about the report data . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 356Inserting page number information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 363Formatting free-standing cells . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 368

Chapter 14 Working with Charts 369About charts and chart templates . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 371Creating charts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 373Changing existing tables and charts to different chart types . . . . . . . . . . . 381Deleting charts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 386Setting page layout for charts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 387Formatting charts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 394

tents


Chapter 15 Formatting Numbers and Dates 429Default formats . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 431Applying predefined formats . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 431Defining custom formats . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 435

Chapter 16 Inserting Images in WebIntelligence Documents 445Using images in WebIntelligence documents . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 447Formatting images . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 450

Chapter 17 Using Sections, Breaks, and Sorts 453Using sections to group data on reports . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 455Using breaks to group data on tables . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 472Using sorts to organize sections and data on tables . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 485

Chapter 18 Filtering the Values Displayed in Reports 491How report filters work . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 493Creating custom report filters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 501Applying multiple filters to a report . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 509Viewing the filters applied to the report . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 510Editing and removing report filters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 513

Chapter 19 Editing and Formatting Reports 517Inserting and organizing reports in documents . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 519Naming reports, tables, and charts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 523Adding and modifying report titles . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 526Defining page size and layout . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 530Using page headers and footers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 533Aligning tables, charts, and free-standing cells on reports . . . . . . . . . . . . . 536Formatting page backgrounds . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 540Including hyperlinks in reports . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 542Viewing document properties . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 547

Contents


Con

Chapter 20 Using Standard Calculations 551Working with standard calculations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 553Inserting calculations in tables and crosstabs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 554Inserting multiple calculations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 556Removing calculations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 557

Chapter 21 Creating Custom Calculations 559Creating formulas . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 561About functions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 566About operators . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 567Defining the calculation context . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 569Modifying the default calculation context using extended syntax . . . . . . . 576Examples of useful formulas . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 594

Chapter 22 WebIntelligence Functions 599What is a function? . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 601Using functions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 603Function examples and descriptions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 604

Chapter 23 Saving Formulas as Variables 649Creating, editing, and deleting variables . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 651Using variables to simplify formulas . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 655

Chapter 24 Troubleshooting Formulas 661#DIV/0 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 663#MULTIVALUE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 664#OVERFLOW . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 665#SYNTAX . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 666#INCOMPATIBLE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 668#CONTEXT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 669#ERROR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 670

tents


Chapter 25 Setting Up Documents for Drill Analysis 671What is drill? . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 673Making documents drillable . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 674Beginning your drill session . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 677Drilling on dimensions in tables and sections . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 679Drilling on measures in tables and sections . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 695Synchronizing drill across multiple tables and charts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 698Drilling on charts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 701Using filters when you drill . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 707Ending Drill Mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 714

Chapter 26 Saving and Deleting WebIntelligence Documents 717Saving WebIntelligence documents to InfoView . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 719Deleting WebIntelligence documents . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 724Saving documents as Excel or PDF files . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 725

Chapter 27 Printing WebIntelligence Documents 727Printing the reports in documents . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 729

Part IVUsing the HTML Report Panel

Chapter 28 The HTML Report Panel Workspace 735Building queries . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 737Choosing a template to display report values . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 739Setting more report options . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 740Using the InfoView toolbar . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 744

Chapter 29 Building a Query using the HTML Report Panel 745Understanding queries and universes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 747Building a simple query . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 752Setting the scope of analysis for drill . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 755Setting query properties . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 757Running a simple query . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 759

Contents


Con

Chapter 30 Filtering Queries 761How query filters work . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 763Types of query filters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 770Using predefined query filters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 772Creating custom query filters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 775Creating prompts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 779Combining filters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 784Editing and removing query filters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 788

Chapter 31 Defining the Structure of Reports 791Selecting a table, form, or chart templates . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 793Selecting a template and allocating data . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 798Creating sections to group information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 812

Chapter 32 Filtering the Information Displayed in Reports 825How report filters work . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 827Applying report filters to report data . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 835Applying multiple filters to a report . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 839Editing and removing filters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 843

Chapter 33 Applying Sorts and Breaks to Organize Report Information 847Sorting the results displayed on reports . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 849Using breaks to group information on tables . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 861

Chapter 34 Using Calculations in Reports 867What predefined calculations are available? . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 869Inserting and removing calculations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 870

tents


Chapter 35 Formatting Reports and Report Page Layout 877Using the Result Preview pane . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 879Defining page size, orientation, and margins . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 881Displaying report titles . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 887Aligning tables and charts on the report page . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 890Formatting sections . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 892Formatting page headers and footers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 899Formatting hyperlinks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 908

Chapter 36 Managing Multiple Reports in a Document 911Multi-report documents . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 913Inserting new reports . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 914Duplicating reports . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 917Renaming reports . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 919Moving reports . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 922Deleting reports . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 924

Chapter 37 Formatting Tables, Crosstabs, and Forms 927Formatting vertical and horizontal tables . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 929Formatting crosstabs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 933Formatting forms . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 938

Chapter 38 Formatting Charts 943Available formatting options for charts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 945Personalizing how charts are formatted . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 948

Chapter 39 Saving and Deleting WebIntelligence Documents in InfoView 967Saving WebIntelligence documents to InfoView . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 969Deleting WebIntelligence documents . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 976Saving documents as Excel, PDF, or CSV files . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 978

Index 983

Contents


Con
tents

Maximizing Your Information Resources

preface


Max

OverviewInformation, services, and solutions

The Business Objects business intelligence solution is supported by thousands of pages of documentation, available from the products, on the Internet, on CD, and by extensive online help systems and multimedia. Packed with in-depth technical information, business examples, and advice on troubleshooting and best practices, this comprehensive documentation set provides concrete solutions to your business problems. Business Objects also offers a complete range of support and services to help maximize the return on your business intelligence investment. See in the following sections how Business Objects can help you plan for and successfully meet your specific technical support, education, and consulting requirements.

imizing Your Information Resources


Information resourcesWhatever your Business Objects profile, we can help you quickly access the documentation and other information you need.

Where do I start? Below are a few suggested starting points; there is a summary of useful web addresses on page 18.

Documentation RoadmapThe Documentation Roadmap references all Business Objects guides and multimedia, and lets you see at a glance what information is available, from where, and in what format. View or download the Business Objects Documentation Roadmap at www.businessobjects.com/services/documentation.htm

Documentation from the productsYou can access electronic documentation at any time from the product you are using. Online help, multimedia, and guides in Adobe PDF format are available from the product Help menus.

Documentation on the webThe full electronic documentation set is available to customers with a valid maintenance agreement on the Online Customer Support (OCS) website at www.businessobjects.com/services/support.htm

Buy printed documentationYou can order printed documentation through your local sales office, or from the online Business Objects Documentation Supply Store at www.businessobjects.com/services/documentation.htm

Search the Documentation CDSearch across the entire documentation set on the Business Objects Documentation CD shipped with our products. This CD brings together the full set of documentation, plus tips, tricks, multimedia tutorials, and demo materials.Order the Documentation CD online, from the Business Objects Documentation Supply Store, or from your local sales office.

Information resources

http://www.businessobjects.com/services/support.htm

http://www.businessobjects.com/services/documentation



http://www.businessobjects.com/services/documentation.htm



Max

MultimediaAre you new to Business Objects? Are you upgrading from a previous release or expanding, for example, from our desktop to our web solution? Try one of our multimedia quick tours or Getting Started tutorials. All are available via the Online Customer Support (OCS) website or on the Documentation CD.

How can I get the most recent documentation?You can get our most up-to-date documentation via the web. Regularly check the sites listed below for the latest documentation, samples, and tips.

Tips & TricksOpen to everyone, this is a regularly updated source of creative solutions to any number of business questions. You can even contribute by sending us your own tips.www.businessobjects.com/forms/tipsandtricks_login.asp

Product documentationWe regularly update and expand our documentation and multimedia offerings. With a valid maintenance agreement, you can get the latest documentation – in seven languages – on the Online Customer Support (OCS) website.

Developer Suite OnlineDeveloper Suite Online provides documentation, samples, and tips to those customers with a valid maintenance agreement and a Developer Suite license via the Online Customer Support (OCS) website.

Send us your feedbackDo you have a suggestion on how we can improve our documentation? Is there something you particularly like or have found useful? Drop us a line, and we will do our best to ensure that your suggestion is included in the next release of our documentation: [email protected]

NOTEIf your issue concerns a Business Objects product and not the documentation, please contact our Customer Support experts. For information about Customer Support visit: www.businessobjects.com/services/support.htm


http://www.businessobjects.com

http://www.businessobjects.com/forms/tipsandtricks_login.asp

mailto:[email protected]



ServicesA global network of Business Objects technology experts provides customer support, education, and consulting to ensure maximum business intelligence benefit to your business.

How we can support you?Business Objects offers customer support plans to best suit the size and requirements of your deployment. We operate three global customer support centers:• Americas: San Jose, California and Atlanta, Georgia• Europe: Maidenhead, United Kingdom• Asia: Tokyo, Japan and Sydney, Australia

Online Customer SupportOur Customer Support website is open to all direct customers with a current maintenance agreement, and provides the most up-to-date Business Objects product and technical information. You can log, update, and track cases from this site using the Business Objects Knowledge Base.

Having an issue with the product?Have you exhausted the troubleshooting resources at your disposal and still not found a solution to a specific issue? For support in deploying Business Objects products, contact Worldwide Customer Support at: www.businessobjects.com/services/support.htm

Looking for the best deployment solution for your company?Business Objects consultants can accompany you from the initial analysis stage to the delivery of your deployment project. Expertise is available in relational and multidimensional databases, in connectivities, database design tools, customized embedding technology, and more.For more information, contact your local sales office, or contact us at: www.businessobjects.com/services/consulting.htm

Looking for training options? From traditional classroom learning to targeted e-learning seminars, we can offer a training package to suit your learning needs and preferred learning style. Find more information on the Business Objects Education website: www.businessobjects.com/services/education.htm

Services

http://www.businessobjects.com/services/education.htm


http://www.businessobjects.com/services/consulting.htm


Max

Useful addresses at a glance

Address ContentBusiness Objects Documentation

www.businessobjects.com/services/documentation.htm

Overview of Business Objects documentation. Links to Online Customer Support, Documentation Supply Store, Documentation Roadmap, Tips & Tricks, Documentation mailbox.

Business Objects Documentation mailbox

[email protected]

Feedback or questions about documentation.

Product documentation

www.businessobjects.com/services/support.htm

The latest Business Objects product documentation, to download or view online.

Business Objects product information

www.businessobjects.com

Information about the full range of Business Objects products.

Developer Suite Online

www.techsupport.businessobjects.com

Available to customers with a valid maintenance agreement and a Developer Suite license via the Online Customer Support (OCS) website. Provides all the documentation, latest samples, kits and tips.

Knowledge Base (KB)


Technical articles, documents, case resolutions.Also, use the Knowledge Exchange to learn what challenges other users – both customers and employees – face and what strategies they find to address complex issues. From the Knowledge Base, click the Knowledge Exchange link.

Tips & Tricks

www.businessobjects.com/forms/tipsandtricks_login.asp

Practical business-focused examples.



mailto:[email protected]


http://www.businessobjects.com

http://www.techsupport.businessobjects.com/


http://www.businessobjects.com/forms/tipsandtricks_login.asp


Online Customer Support


www.businessobjects.com/services

Starting point for answering questions, resolving issues.

Information about registering with Worldwide Customer Support.

Business Objects Education Services

www.businessobjects.com/services/education.htm

The range of Business Objects training options and modules.

Business Objects Consulting Services

www.businessobjects.com/services/consulting.htm

Information on how Business Objects can help maximize your business intelligence investment.

Address Content

Useful addresses at a glance


http://www.businessobjects.com/services/

http://www.businessobjects.com/services/education.htm

http://www.businessobjects.com/services/consulting.htm


Max

About this guideThis guide describes how to use WebIntelligence for your query, reporting, and analysis, via the web.

AudienceThis guide is intended for business users who need to:• create or edit WebIntelligence documents containing reports on corporate

data• view, analyze, and interact with WebIntelligence documents via the corporate

business intelligence portal InfoView

Conventions used in this guideThe conventions used in this guide are described in the table below.

Convention IndicatesThis font Code, SQL syntax, computer programs. For

example: @Select(Country\Country Id). This font is also used for all paths, directories, scripts, commands and files for UNIX.

Some code more code

Placed at the end of a line of code, the symbol ( ) indicates that the next line should be entered continuously with no carriage return.

$DIRECTORYPATHNAME The path to a directory in the Business Objects installation/configuration directory structure. For example:• $INSTALLDIR refers to the Business Objects

installation directory.• $LOCDATADIR refers to a subdirectory of the

BusinessObjects installation directory called locData.


About WebIntelligence

part

Introducing WebIntelligence

chapter


Intro

OverviewThis chapter provides a global overview of how you use WebIntelligence to report and analyze corporate business information.It answers the following questions:• what is WebIntelligence?• what’s new in this release?

ducing WebIntelligence


What is WebIntelligence?WebIntelligence allows you to access, analyze, and share corporate data over intranets and extranets for both relational (RDBMS) databases and online analytical processing (OLAP) servers.

To access WebIntelligence, you log onto the business intelligence portal InfoView via your Internet browser. You can then create and edit WebIntelligence documents or analyze WebIntelligence reports.Using InfoView, you can upload WebIntelligence documents to the corporate repository or share documents with other users. If your deployment includes Broadcast Agent, you can also schedule WebIntelligence documents for data refresh and distribution to other users.

What is WebIntelligence?


Intro

What’s new in this release?The latest version of WebIntelligence is a major release. This version of WebIntelligence introduces important new features, described in the section below.

A choice of document editors for basic and power usersWebIntelligence has two report panels specially designed to suit different types of reporting and deployment needs:• WebIntelligence HTML Report Panel

Designed for basic reporting needs, the HTML Report Panel has wizard-like tabs to take you through the steps required to create and format reports. The HTML Report Panel is ideal for users who need to access information from partners or suppliers via extranets, because no software is downloaded to your PC.

• WebIntelligence Java Report PanelDesigned for power users with sophisticated query, reporting, and analysis needs, the Java Report Panel offers powerful query, reporting, and analysis features, as well as drag-and-drop editing.



A Java applet is downloaded to your PC the first time you open the report panel from InfoView.

NOTEThe first time you download the WebIntelligence Java Report Panel applet, you need to be logged onto the PC as a Microsoft Windows user with an Administrator or Power User security profile.

What’s new in this release?


Intro

Powerful query featuresNew advanced query filters enable you to filter a single query according to multiple business criteria. Using the Advanced filter option, you can define multiple selections of data within a single WebIntelligence query and apply complex filters to each sub-set of the data.

Enhanced reportingThe new WebIntelligence Java Report Panel has an intuitive interface similar to BusinessObjects. It offers drag-and-drop editing and right-click menus to create reports more quickly and easily.The key new reporting features with this release are:• WebIntelligence documents can now contain multiple reports, just as in

BusinessObjects.• Using the Java Report Panel, you can now build WebIntelligence reports

containing multiple blocks – allowing you, for example, to display tables and charts in the same report.

• You can edit and structure reports on the fly and see the results of your modifications immediately.

This advanced filter limits the values returned to the document to those for lines where sales revenue was over $ 1,000,000 in year 2002

With this filter, the query is filtered to return data for year 2003



• A new formula language enables you to create custom calculations; you can reuse formulas as variables in different reports in the same document.

• You can specify different filters for different tables, charts, and sections on a single report.

• Templates for reports, table, charts, and free-standing cells make report building faster than ever.

Interactive report viewingThis release introduces the ability for you to interact with the data in WebIntelligence reports with or without launching a WebIntelligence document editor.• When viewing a WebIntelligence report via InfoView, you can apply filters,

sorts, and predefined calculations to report values on the fly. You can also add, remove, and replace objects on a table or chart with other objects included in the document. These options appear when you select a displayed value in the report, if your security profile includes the interactive reporting ability. You enable this feature in the InfoView Options page.

• You can also apply sorts, filters, and predefined calculations in the WebIntelligence Java Report Panel when you are building or editing documents. This helps you decide how best to present the information, and then save the final document in InfoView when the document is structured and formatted as you want.



Intro

Enhanced drill analysisYou can analyze WebIntelligence reports opened in InfoView or in the WebIntelligence Java Report Panel. The new and enhanced features allow you to:• use contextual popup menus for easier navigation• drill on a duplicate report without modifying the original report• synchronize drilling across report tables and charts• use drag-and-drop to add or remove filters as you drill on reports using the

WebIntelligence Java Report Panel• be prompted whenever a drill action requires a new query to retrieve

additional data• use drill filters as query conditions when retrieving additional data during drill• display the filters used in the report while drilling in a special field – this allows

you to keep track of the filters you’ve applied

Formatting and printingThe latest version of WebIntelligence introduces:• WYSIWYG printing of reports in Adobe Acrobat PDF format• the ability to save WebIntelligence documents as Microsoft® Excel

workbooks and retain the original formattingIn addition, both report panels provide considerable enhancements for formatting:

The Java Report Panel provides:• drag-and-drop report editing• the management of page margins and orientation, as well as page breaks for

sections and blocks• the capability to define alternate row colors in tables• the use of special fields to display document information such as the

document’s name and page numbers

The HTML Report Panel provides:• a Results Preview pane allows you to preview formatting and properties

settings before applying your modifications to the report.



Personalizing your workspaceYou can personalize your business intelligence workspace by applying:• a choice of skins, accessible via InfoView, that allow you to select the colors

and format of InfoView and the WebIntelligence HTML Report Panel.



Intro

Upgrading to the Latest WebIntelligence Version

chapter


Upg

OverviewThe latest version of WebIntelligence introduces new and enhanced features to make your query, reporting, and analysis even easier and more powerful.This chapter tells you about:• upgrading your documents to the latest WebIntelligence version• some restrictions when upgrading

rading to the Latest WebIntelligence Version


Upgrading your documents to the latest WebIntelligence version

Upgrading to the latest version of WebIntelligence is seamless. When you edit a document that was created using WebIntelligence 2.5, 2.6, or 2.7, the document is automatically converted to WebIntelligence 6.1.

NOTEYou cannot edit documents created with earlier versions of WebIntelligence than 2.5 using WebIntelligence 6.0 - 6.1. However, you can view documents created with earlier versions of WebIntelligence than 2.5. You do this, by opening these documents in InfoView. For full information on how to do this, see Interacting with WebIntelligence Reports on page 57.

This section tells you about using WebIntelligence 6.1 to:• view WebIntelligence 2.5 - 2.7 documents• edit WebIntelligence 2.5 - 2.7 documents



Upg

Viewing WebIntelligence 2.5, 2.6, and 2.7 documentsTo view WebIntelligence 2.5, 2.6, or 2.7 documents:1. Select the Personal Documents or Corporate Documents page on InfoView.

An icon indicates the version of WebIntelligence documents.

2. Click the title of the document.The document opens in InfoView. You can view, refresh, and analyze the report values here.

Editing WebIntelligence 2.5, 2.6, and 2.7 documentsTo view WebIntelligence 2.5, 2.6, or 2.7 documents:1. Select the Personal Documents or Corporate Documents page on InfoView.2. Click View Details then click the Edit link next to the document you want to

WebIntelligence2.0 - 2.7

WebIntelligence 6.0 - 6.1



modify.

OrClick the title of the document to view the document in InfoView then click Edit on the WebIntelligence toolbar.

WebIntelligence opens the document in Edit mode in the report panel selected on your Options page in InfoView.

TIPLarge documents and documents with certain customized formatting and settings take longer to convert.

Click Edit to open the document in the WebIntelligence report panel.

Click Edit to open the document in the WebIntelligence report panel and make modifications



Upg

Some restrictions when upgradingSome restrictions and modifications apply when you convert WebIntelligence 2.5, 2.6, or 2.7 documents to WebIntelligence 6.0 - 6.1. The following section lists these restrictions and modifications.

Refreshing documentsDisplaying prompt valuesIf a WebIntelligence 2.5 - 2.7 document has a prompt on the query, the prompt dialog box does not display the list of values. To display the values:1. Click the Refresh List button on the Prompts dialog box.

The values appear in the List of Values pane.

If you are refreshing a document using the Java Report Panel, click Refresh List here.

If you are refreshing a document using InfoView click Refresh List here.



2. Select the value(s) you want to return to the document.3. Click Run Query.

WebIntelligence retrieves the information you specified from the database and displays the values in the document.

Selecting a query contextWhen you upgrade a WebIntelligence 2.5 - 2.7 documents that have a specific query context selected, you need to reselect the query context. You select the context from among the contexts listed on Query Context prompt.

WebIntelligence can then run the query to refresh the document.

Working with queriesViewing the SQL generated by the queryThe SQL generated by the query in WebIntelligence 2.5 - 2.7 documents is not migrated for display in the WebIntelligence 6.0 - 6.1 SQL Viewer. To display the SQL in the SQL Viewer:1. Open the document in Edit mode using WebIntelligence 6.1.2. Click View SQL on the Query toolbar.

WebIntelligence 6.1 regenerates and displays the SQL.

View SQL

Some restrictions when upgrading


Upg

Limiting row count per pageThe WebIntelligence 2.5 - 2.7 setting to limit the row count per page in a document is not applied by WebIntelligence 6.0 - 6.1 because WebIntelligence 6.0 - 6.1 introduces the ability to specify the paper size of reports.For information on specifying report paper size using the Java Report Panel, see Editing and Formatting Reports on page 517. For information on specifying report paper size using the HTML Report Panel, see Formatting Reports and Report Page Layout on page 877.

Scope of analysis for drillWhen you upgrade WebIntelligence 2.5 - 2.7 documents to WebIntelligence 6.1, the scope of analysis level setting in Query view is automatically labelled as Custom.The objects in the scope of analysis in the original document appear in the Results Objects pane in the WebIntelligence 6.1 report panel.

The level of analysis set for Scope of Analysis is labelled Custom and the objects in the scope of analysis appear in the Result Objects pane





Working with reportsConverting documents with the Automatic size setting for table cellsBy default, table cells set to Automatic size in WebIntelligence 2.5-2.7 are set to AutoFit in WebIntelligence 6.0 - 6.1. However, WebIntelligence 6.0 - 6.1 documents with tables containing the AutoFit cell size setting can take a long time to display in the WebIntelligence report panel when you start Edit mode.It is recommended that you specify a fixed size for cell width and cell height for tables, as follows:1. Edit the document using WebIntelligence 6.1.2. Verify you are in Report View.

The Edit Report button is pressed in when you are in Report View.3. Select the table cell you want to format.4. Click the Properties tab.

If the Properties tab is not visible, click the Show/Hide Manager button on the Report view toolbar.

5. Click the Cell Properties sub-tab.6. To set the width of the cell, select the Specify width check box, and then type

a numeric size or use the + and - buttons to specify the cell width you want.If you unselect the Specify width check box, AutoFit appears as the selected width for the cell. The cell width displayed is the minimum size of the selected cell width. If the cell contents are wider than the minimum size, the cell expands automatically.

7. To set the height of the cell, select the Specify height check box, and then type a numeric size or use the + and - buttons to specify the cell width you want.

If the contents of the cell are longer than the size displayed in the AutoFit check box, WebIntelligence increases the size of the cell to fit the contents



Upg

If you unselect the Specify height check box, AutoFit appears as the selected height for the cell. The cell height displayed is the minimum size of the selected cell height. If the cell contents are higher than the minimum size, the cell expands automatically.WebIntelligence applies the size to all the cells in the same table column or row as the selected cell.

Column span and row span settings for crosstabsCrosstabs with several dimensions on an axes or with several measures in the body do not center repeated values across the column or row in WebIntelligence 6.1. For example, the following crosstab displays values for both year and quarter across the top. In the WebIntelligence 2.7 report, values for year display once centered across the crosstab columns. In the WebIntelligence 6.1 report, the values for year are repeated in each column.

To avoid the duplicated values and to center the values across the column, add a break on the crosstab header and then center the values across the break. For full information on inserting breaks using the Java Report Panel see Using Sections, Breaks, and Sorts on page 453. For information on inserting breaks using the HTML Report Panel, see Applying Sorts and Breaks to Organize Report Information on page 847.



Default table header colorThe color codes for navy blue is slightly modified as follows:

The following illustration shows the difference between the default table formats.

Zero-based axis setting for chartsThe zero-based axis setting for charts is not supported for WebIntelligence 6.0-6.1.

WebIntelligence 2.5 - 2.7 WebIntelligence 6.0 - 6.1RGB code: 0,32,144 RGB code: 0,0,132

Hexadecimal value: #002090 HTML code: #000084





Upg

Using WebIntelligence

part

Getting Up and Running

chapter


Gett

OverviewYou access WebIntelligence via InfoView, the corporate business intelligence portal.This chapter tells you how:• WebIntelligence works with InfoView• you log into InfoView• you personalize your user options• you log out of InfoView

ing Up and Running


How WebIntelligence works with InfoViewThis section explains how you use InfoView with WebIntelligence.

InfoView – the corporate business intelligence portalYou use InfoView to:• access the tools in the Business Objects product suite, including

WebIntelligence• access and store your personal documents• access and share corporate documents• refresh document data to see the latest results

WebIntelligence – query, reporting, and analysis over the webYou use WebIntelligence to:• create and edit WebIntelligence documents• analyze the reports in WebIntelligence documents• filter and sort the values displayed in reports

How WebIntelligence works with InfoView


Gett

Logging into InfoViewYou access WebIntelligence via InfoView, the corporate business intelligence portal. Once you are in InfoView you can access WebIntelligence documents and create or edit documents using a WebIntelligence Report Panel. You use InfoView and WebIntelligence in your web browser.This section of the guide tells you how you:• access InfoView• check your browser configuration• log in and out of InfoView

Accessing InfoViewYou access InfoView using your web browser. Before you can use InfoView and WebIntelligence you need the following information:• a URL to the InfoView server• your login and passwordContact your administrator for this information, if you don’t have it already.

Checking your browser configurationBefore you log into InfoView for the first time you need to run an automatic check on your browser configuration to see if your configuration needs to be modified before you use InfoView and WebIntelligence. To run the check your browser needs to be JavaScript enabled.

Ensuring your browser is JavaScript enabledHow you make your browser JavaScript enabled depends on the web browser you are using. Click the online help in your web browser toolbar and search for JavaScript or security settings to find out how to check your settings and enable JavaScript if necessary.

ing Up and Running


Running the browser configuration checkTo run the browser configuration check:1. Launch your web browser.2. Point your browser to the InfoView bookmark or URL.

The InfoView login page appears.

3. Click the Click here link next to New Users.The Browser Check page opens.

Logging into InfoView


Gett

4. Click Check Browser.InfoView checks your browser and displays information about your browser configuration in the Client Configuration Details section of the page.

NOTE

If your Java Virtual Machine (JVM) is highlighted in blue, the JVM you are using is not supported. InfoView may still work properly, but if you encounter problems when you use WebIntelligence, you will need to install a new JVM. Contact your administrator for more information.

InfoView and WebIntelligence are designed for standard web browsers. You need to ensure your browser type and version is compatible.

5. Click the Online Help link to view the list of supported browsers.If your browser is not listed, contact your administrator.

6. Click the Back to Login button.InfoView displays the Login page.

ing Up and Running


Logging into InfoViewTo use WebIntelligence, you need to log into InfoView.

Logging into InfoViewTo log into InfoView:1. Launch your web browser.2. Point your browser to the InfoView bookmark or URL.

The InfoView login page appears.3. Click Log In.

The User Name and Password boxes appear.

4. Type your user name and password.5. Click OK.

The InfoView home page appears.To find out how to access WebIntelligence documents, see Accessing WebIntelligence documents on page 62. To find out how to edit or create WebIntelligence documents, see Creating and Editing WebIntelligence Documents on page 151.

Logging into InfoView


Gett

Personalizing your user optionsYou personalize your WebIntelligenceuser options to define how you:• view documents• analyze the reports in documents• edit and create documents

Viewing and modifying your user optionsTo view and modify your user options:1. Click the Options button on the InfoView toolbar.2. Click the tab of the options you want to set:

You can find out about each of these options in the following sections of this guide:

• viewing documents – To open files in PDF format, you need Adobe Acrobat Reader installed on your PC. You can download Acrobat Reader free from the Adobe web site (visit www.adobe.com). on page 60

• analyzing reports – Setting your drill options on page 114• editing and creating documents – Selecting a report panel on page 1543. Select your preferred user options on the tab, then click Apply to confirm the

new settings.4. To set more user options, click another tab and repeat step 3., and then click

OK to leave the Options page.OrClick OK to confirm all your changes and leave the Options page immediately.

To define how you... click...view WebIntelligence documents Viewanalyze the reports in WebIntelligence documents Viewedit and create WebIntelligence documents Create/Edit

ing Up and Running


Logging out of InfoViewWhen you finish using InfoView or WebIntelligence you need to log out, instead of simply closing your web browser. Logging out enables:• you to save any user settings you modified during your InfoView session• your administrator to track how many users are logged into the system at any

given time and to optimize InfoView and WebIntelligence to best serve the needs of yourself and other users

Logging out of InfoViewTo log out of InfoView:1. Click the Logout button.

The Logout page appears.

If you modified your user settings on the Options page during your user session, InfoView asks you if you want to save your user settings.

2. If you want to save changes you made to your user settings since you last logged on, select Yes.OrIf you made no changes to your user settings since you last logged on, go to step 3.

3. Click the Logout button again to finish logging out of InfoView.OrClick the Cancel button to cancel your logout and continue using InfoView.

Logging out of InfoView


Gett
ing Up and Running

Interacting with WebIntelligence Reports

chapter


Inter

OverviewYou access WebIntelligence documents in InfoView. When you open a document, you can view report values, refresh the data, and modify the value(s) selected for prompts.If your security profile allows, you can also interact with report data by applying filters and sorts, adding predefined calculations, and by modifying the data included in reports.This chapter tells you how to:• choose the appropriate viewing option• access WebIntelligence documents in InfoView• navigate through the reports in documents• refresh document data to view the latest results• answer prompts to specify data retrieved when opening or refreshing

documents• apply filters and sorts to report values• add predefined calculations• include different data in tables and charts

NOTEHTML Interactive viewing is not available, if you are using WebIntelligence deployed in ASP mode.

For information on analyzing reports using drill, see Analyzing WebIntelligence Reports in InfoView on page 107. For information on creating and editing WebIntelligence documents, see Creating and Editing WebIntelligence Documents on page 151.

acting with WebIntelligence Reports


WebIntelligence viewing optionsYou can open WebIntelligence documents in two formats.• HTML or (Interactive)• PDFThe following section tells you about each of these formats and how to modify your view options.

Viewing documents in HTML formatDepending on whether you want to simply view results or interact with reports, you select one of two HTML options:• HTML – allows you to navigate through reports to view results, refresh the

report data to see the latest figures, or analyze the data using drill analysis. The values displayed in the report tables and charts are static.

• HTML (interactive) - allows you to filter and sort results, add predefined calculations, and add, replace, or remove objects on reports. Like the static HTML view format, you can also analyze data using drill analysis.

NOTEYou need the appropriate security profile to perform interactive reporting and drill.

The Document Map displays the reports and sections in the document

The Prompts Pane displays the values selected to prompts that

WebIntelligence viewing options


Inter

NOTENote

HTML Interactive viewing is not available, if you are using WebIntelligence deployed in ASP mode.

Viewing documents in PDF formatViewing documents in PDF format is useful if you want to print documents or send documents to business contacts who do not have access to WebIntelligence.

A WebIntelligence document viewed in PDF format.

NOTEThe information within the PDF document can not be hidden from specific users or groups by administrators using the WebIntelligence security commands.To open files in PDF format, you need Adobe Acrobat Reader installed on your PC. You can download Acrobat Reader free from the Adobe web site (visit www.adobe.com).


http://www.adobe.com


Setting your view optionsYou select your view options in InfoView. When you modify your WebIntelligence view options, the new settings are implemented the next time you open a WebIntelligence document.

Selecting a format to view documentsTo select a format to view documents:1. Click the Options button on the InfoView toolbar.2. Click the View tab.

The View tab lists the options available for WebIntelligence documents:

3. Check the view format you want.For a description of each format see WebIntelligence viewing options on page 59. HTML (Interactive) view format is not available if you are using WebIntelligence deployed in ASP mode.

4. Click Apply to confirm the new view format settings.The new settings will be activated the next time you open a WebIntelligence document.

5. Click OK to leave the Options pages.

WebIntelligence viewing options


Inter

Accessing WebIntelligence documentsThis section describes how you access WebIntelligence documents via the corporate business intelligence portal InfoView.WebIntelligence documents can be stored in two places in InfoView:• Corporate Documents• Personal DocumentsYou can also send and receive documents to and from other people in your organization who use InfoView. You receive documents in your Personal Documents Inbox in InfoView. For full information about sending documents, see the InfoView User’s Guide.The following section tells you how to access WebIntelligence documents from Corporate Documents and Personal Documents.

Accessing documents from Corporate DocumentsThese documents stored in InfoView are accessible to groups of users across your corporation.

REMINDERBefore you select a document, check that your viewing options are set appropriately. For more information see Setting your view options on page 61.

Opening a Corporate DocumentTo open a Corporate Document:1. Go to the InfoView home page.2. The next step depends on whether you want to select a document from the

list or whether you want to search for the document using a key word:

If you want to... then...select a document from the list,

• click a link to a document categoryor• click All Documents

search for a document, • type the name of the document or part of the name in the Search box, then click Search. For information about advanced search options, refer to the InfoView User’s Guide.



The documents are listed:

WebIntelligence documents are indicated by the WebIntelligence icon.The list displays the document title, the author, the date the document was saved, and the size of the document.

3. Click the title of the document you want to view.The document either opens directly or prompts you to specify the values you want WebIntelligence to return to the document before you view it.For information about answering prompts, see Answering prompts on page 72.

Accessing documents from Personal DocumentsYou can save documents to Personal Documents, your personal storage space in InfoView. Only you can access the documents stored in your personal storage space.Your Personal Documents page includes:• Personal Documents – this is your personal file storage area in InfoView• Inbox – where you receive documents sent to you by other InfoView users

Accessing WebIntelligence documents


Inter

Opening a personal documentTo open a personal document:1. On the InfoView home page, click Personal Documents.2. The next step depends on whether you want to open a document you saved

or a document that someone else sent you:

TIPYou can click the Inbox link directly on the InfoView home page.

InfoView lists your personal documents:

WebIntelligence documents are indicated by the WebIntelligence icon.InfoView displays the document title, author, the date the document was saved, and size of the document.

3. Click the title of the document you want to view.The document either opens directly or prompts you to specify the information you want to view.

If you want to view a document... then...you saved to Personal Documents, • click a document category

or• click All Documents

sent to your Personal Documents inbox, • Click Inbox



For information about answering prompts before displaying documents, see Answering prompts on page 72. To find out how to save documents to your Personal Documents area in InfoView, see Saving and Deleting WebIntelligence Documents on page 717.

More informationFor information about viewing scheduled documents, see the InfoView User’s Guide.

Accessing WebIntelligence documents


Inter

Navigating through the reports in documentsHow you navigate through the reports in WebIntelligence documents, depends on which of the following formats you selected:• HTML or HTML (Interactive) • PDFTo find out how to set your format options for viewing documents, see Setting your view options on page 61.

Navigating documents in HTML formatDocuments in HTML format appear like this:

When you view documents in HTML (Interactive) the interactive reporting shortcut menu appears, if you place your cursor on a table or chart value. For information on using the interactive reporting features, see Filtering and sorting report values on page 79, Adding predefined calculations on page 88, and Including different data on tables and charts on page 93.

Prompts paneDocument Map

Report tabs



The following section tells you how to navigate through documents in HTML format:• report-by-report• to specific reports and sections• to specific pages

TIPNavigating sections is useful for long reports when you want to go directly to the section of the report that has the results for a specific time period, geography, or customer for example.

Navigating report-by-reportTo navigate through documents report-by-report:• Click the report tab of a report to go directly to that report.

InfoView displays the selected report.

Navigating to specific reports or sectionsTo navigate to specific reports or sections:1. On the Document Map, open or close the levels of information displayed in

the map by clicking the + and - buttons.

Unfold the reports and sections here.

Navigating through the reports in documents


Inter

TIPIf the Document Map is minimized, click the Fold/Unfold arrow on the top left side of the InfoView window.

2. Click the links to the report or report element you want to view.InfoView displays the selected report element.

Navigating to specific pagesTo navigate to specific pages:

1. Verify you are viewing the document in page mode.To change from Draft mode to Page mode, click the Toggle to page mode button.

2. :Use the arrows on the Page-by-page mode button, as follows:

If you want to go to... then...a specific page • type the page number

• press Enterthe previous page • click

Page mode toggle button



InfoView displays the page you specified.

NOTEThe arrows are grayed out if they are not applicable. For example, if you are on the last page of a document, the Last Page arrow is grayed out.

If you want to go to... then...the next page • click

the first page • click

the last page • click

Navigating through the reports in documents


Inter

Navigating documents in PDF formatWhen you view a WebIntelligence document in PDF format, the document opens in Adobe Acrobat Reader. You navigate to the reports and sections by clicking the bookmarks.

You print the document by using the Acrobat Reader Print button and menu.

NOTETo open files in PDF format, you need Adobe Acrobat Reader installed on your PC. You can download Acrobat Reader free from the Adobe web site (visit www.adobe.com).


http://www.adobe.com


Refreshing document dataYou refresh document data to update the values displayed in WebIntelligence documents. When you refresh a document, WebIntelligence retrieves the data defined in the document from the database and returns the updated values to the report(s) in the document.WebIntelligence documents can be set to refresh:• on open – WebIntelligence refreshes the data each time you open the

document• manually – once you have opened a document you can refresh the data

yourself if you want to see the latest values

Refreshing the document values manuallyTo refresh the document values manually:1. Open the document.2. Click the Refresh button.

This button is located at the top right of the document menu bar.

InfoView connects to the database and returns the latest data to the document. The latest results are displayed in the report(s).

NOTE

Your security profile defined by your administrator, may prevent you from refreshing documents. If this is the case, the Refresh button does not appear.You may need answer prompts before InfoView can refresh the data. For information about answering prompts, see Answering prompts on page 72.

Refresh button

Refreshing document data


Inter

Answering promptsPrompts are dynamic filters that display a question or a list of values each time you refresh the report data in a WebIntelligence document. You answer the prompt by typing or selecting specific value(s). WebIntelligence retrieves the data that corresponds to those values and returns the filtered data to the document. Using prompts means that you can limit the document data to the specific information that interests you. For example, you can specify different time periods, product lines, geographies, or customer accounts each time you refresh the document and only display the values for the information you requested in the report(s). A single document can contain one or multiple prompts.

EXAMPLEAnswering prompts to view profit margin figures for specific weeks and citiesIn this example you want to see the profit margin figures at stores in your city for the previous week. When you open the WebIntelligence document for Regional Sales, a first prompt asks you to specify the name of a city. You select the name of the city. A second prompt asks you to select the week number from the list of weeks for which there is data available on the database:



You select 12. When you run the query, WebIntelligence returns the data for the Chicago eFashion store in week 12.

Now you want to view data for a store run by another manager in your area. You click the Refresh button to activate the prompt. You type New York into the Which City? box in the Prompts pane.

To the second prompt, you leave the number for the week you entered before.

Answering prompts


Inter

When you run the query, WebIntelligence returns the week 12 data for the two eFashion stores in New York.

What you see when you open a document with promptsPrompts display in two ways, depending on whether the document is set to refresh automatically or not each time you open it:• the document is set to refresh the data on open – you need to answer the

prompts so that WebIntelligence knows which values to return to the document

• the document is not set to refresh on open – the document opens and you can view the values filtered by the prompt the last time the document was refreshed in the Prompts pane

For a definition and example of prompts, see Answering prompts on page 72.

Answering a prompt before opening or refreshing a documentTo answer a prompt before opening or refreshing a document:1. Select a WebIntelligence document on the Corporate Documents or the

Personal Documents page in InfoView.



The prompt appears.

2. The next step depends on how the prompt displays:

If the prompt is... then you...displays a message with no list of values,

type a value(s), then click the >> arrow to add the values to the prompt reply.Note: separate each value by the; separator. For example, to retrieve values for Q1 and Q2, type:Q1;Q2

displays a list of values batch-by-batch,

select a value(s) from the list or type a value(s).Note: you can click the arrow next to the Batch list box to navigate values batch-by-batch and select a value(s) from a batch(es).

displays a list of values displayed in a list,

select a value(s) from the list or type a value(s).Note: to save typing all the characters for a value you can type wildcard characters, see Using wildcards to answer prompts quickly on page 78.

Answering prompts


Inter

3. If another prompt appears, repeat step 2.OrIf no more prompts appear, go to step 4.

4. Click Run Query.WebIntelligence retrieves the data from the database and filters the data by the value(s) you specified. The filtered values display in the document.

If no list of values appears, type the value(s) you want to return to the document

If the list of values appears, select the value(s) you want to return to the document



Changing the prompt valueTo change the prompt value:1. Check that the Prompts pane is displayed.

If the Prompts pane is minimized, click the Fold/Unfold arrow on the top right of the InfoView window to display the pane.

2. Type a value(s) you want to return to the documentNote: each value by the; separator. For example, to retrieve values for Q1 and Q2, type: Q1;Q2Or

3. Click Advanced, and then select a value(s) from the list of values and click the >> arrow to confirm your selection.

4. Click Run Query.WebIntelligence filters the document by the value(s) you specified and returns the corresponding information to the report(s).

The Prompts pane displays the values selected for the prompt

Answering prompts


Inter

Using wildcards to answer prompts quicklyVery large databases can contain thousands of values for each table column or row. Sometimes prompts are designed so that you can retrieve data for information that has a letter or number series in common. For example, you want to retrieve data for all customers whose family name begins with “Mac” or whose year of birth is sometime in the 1970s.To retrieve data with a shared alphanumeric strings, you can combine part of the string with wildcards. For example, you can combine the characters Mac with the% wildcard character to find all the customers with Mac as part of their family name, such as MacDermott, MacPherson, MacMillan. To do this, you type:

Mac%

NOTEThe% wildcard character is generally supported by standard corporate databases. Other specific wildcard characters are supported by specific databases.



Filtering and sorting report valuesThis section tells you how to filter and sort report values using the Interactive Reporting menu.

REMINDERYou can use the Interactive Reporting menu if your security profile allows and if your view format is set to HTML (Interactive) on the Options page of InfoView. For more information, see Setting your view options on page 61.

Filtering report valuesYou can filter reports to focus the report tables or charts on the data that interests you. You can filter specific table rows or columns, or specific chart axes. For example, you can filter the Payment Status column of a table to view only information for invoices where the status is Unpaid.

NOTEYou cannot filter measures from the Interactive Reporting menu. To filter measures you need to open the document in Edit mode. For full information see Filtering the Information Displayed in Reports on page 825 (using the HTML Report Panel) or Filtering the Values Displayed in Reports on page 491 (using the Java Report Panel).

The following section tells you how to apply and remove filters on:• tables• charts

Applying or removing filters on a tableTo apply or remove filters on a table:1. Verify you are viewing a WebIntelligence document in HTML (Interactive)

format.For information on modifying your view options, see Setting your view options on page 61.

2. Place your pointer on the table column or row you want to filter.For example, if you want to filter a specific service line, place your pointer on a cell in the Service Line column.

Filtering and sorting report values


Inter

The Interactive Reporting menu appears.

3. Select Filter by.The Dynamic Filters pane appears in the left pane of your browser window.

WebIntelligence lists the values for the selected table column or row.4. Select a value.

OrPress and hold the Ctrl key to select multiple values.



5. The next step depends on whether you want to add or remove a filter:

WebIntelligence applies or removes the filters from the selected table column or row as you specified.

TIPIf you save a document with the original document name after you have applied filters to its reports, and then reopen the document, the filters are still applied. To view whether filters are applied or not to reports when you open a document, maximize the filters pane by clicking the Fold/Unfold arrow on the top left of theInfoView window.

Applying or removing filters on a chartTo apply or remove filters on a chart:1. Verify you are viewing a WebIntelligence document in HTML (Interactive)


2. Place your pointer on the chart.

If you want to... Then...filter the table by the selected values, Click Apply.

remove filter(s) from the table, Click Remove.

Fold/Unfold arrow

The filters are highlighted here



Inter


3. Select Filter by.The dimensions included in the chart are displayed in the shortcut menu.

4. Select the dimension you want to filter.For example, if you only want to view results for specific quarters in the year, select the Quarter dimension.The Dynamic Filters pane appears.

Interactive Reporting menu

The dimension(s) on the chart



5. Select a value.OrPress and hold the Ctrl key to select multiple values.

6. The next step depends on whether you want to add or remove a filter:

WebIntelligence applies or removes the filters from the chart as you specified.

If you want to... Then...filter the chart by the selected values, Click Apply.

remove filter(s) from the chart, Click Remove.



Inter

Sorting report valuesApplying sorts enables you to organize the displayed values. Sorts organize values in ascending or descending order. This allows similar values to be grouped together in consecutive table rows or columns or chart data series.

Available sort ordersYou can sort values in three ways:

The following section of this guide tells you how to sort values displayed on:• tables• charts

Sorting values on a tableTo sort values on a table:1. Verify you are viewing a WebIntelligence document in HTML (Interactive)

format.For information on view options, see Setting your view options on page 61.

2. Select the table column or row displaying the values you want to sort.For example, if you want to sort a specific country, place your pointer on a cell in the Country column.

Sort options DescriptionDefault This is sometimes referred to as the “natural” or “implicate”

order. Depending on the type of data in the column or row. The results are sorted as follows:• ascending numeric order for numeric data• ascending chronological order for dates• alphabetical order for alphanumeric data

Ascending When selected, results are arranged in ascending order: The smallest value at the top of the column moving to the highest value at the bottom.For example: 100, 200, 300 or California, Colorado, Florida.

Descending When selected, results are arranged in descending order: The highest value at the top of the column moves to the smallest value at the bottom.For example: 300, 200, 100 or Florida, Colorado, California.




3. Select Sort.4. The sort menu appears.

5. Apply a sort by selecting one of the following:

OrRemove an existing sort on the values by selecting Default.WebIntelligence sorts the values as you specified.You can apply more complex filter and sorts on report data by opening WebIntelligence documents in Edit mode in the WebIntelligence Java Report Panel. For more information, see Using Standard Calculations on page 551.

If you want to sort the values... then select...from A-Z for text values or 0-n for numerical values Ascending

from Z-A for text values or n-0 for numerical values Descending

Interactive Reporting menu



Inter

Sorting values on a chartTo sort values on a chart:

1. Verify you are viewing a WebIntelligence document in HTML (Interactive) format.For information on modifying your view options, see Setting your view options on page 61.

2. Place your pointer on the chart.The Interactive Menu appears.

3. Select Sort.The dimensions and measures on the chart are listed:

4. Select the dimension or measure you want to sort.For example, if you want to sort the bars on a 2D bar chart according to Sales Revenue results, select the [Sales Revenue] measure.The Sorts menu appears.



5. Apply a sort by selecting one of the following:

OrRemove an existing sort by selecting Default.WebIntelligence sorts the values as you specified.You can apply more complex filter and sorts on report data by opening WebIntelligence documents in Edit mode in the WebIntelligence Java Report Panel. For more information, see Using Standard Calculations on page 551.

If you want to sort the values... then select...from A-Z for text values or 0-n for numerical values Ascending

from Z-A for text values or n-0 for numerical values Descending



Inter

Adding predefined calculationsYou can include predefined calculations in tables to include standard business calculations on the data they contain. For example, on a table displaying quarterly revenue results, you can insert a sum calculation to show the total sales revenue over all quarters and insert a percentage calculation to show the percentage sales revenue achieved each quarter over the year.

Available predefined calculations

NOTEYou cannot insert calculations in charts.

The following section tells you how to add calculations to:• vertical tables and horizontal tables• crosstabs

Calculation Description

Sum Calculate the sum of the selected data.

Count • Count all rows for a measure object.• Count distinct rows for a dimension or detail object.

Average Calculate the average of the selected data.

Minimum Display the minimum value of the selected data.

Maximum Display the maximum value of the selected data.

Percentage Display the selected data as a percentage of the total. The results of the percentage are displayed in an additional column or row added to the table.



Adding a calculation to a vertical table or horizontal tableTo add a calculation to a vertical table or horizontal table:1. Verify you are viewing a WebIntelligence document in HTML (Interactive)


2. Rest your pointer on the column or row where you want to add a calculation.The Interactive Reporting menu appears.

3. Click Calculations.The Calculations shortcut menu appears.

4. Select the calculation you want to add.For a full description of each calculation see Available predefined calculations on page 88.The results of each calculation appear in the footer of the table. If the table includes breaks, the calculation results appear in the break footer. Percentage calculations appear in an additional column or row next to the values they calculate.

Adding predefined calculations


Inter

Adding a calculation to a crosstabTo add a calculation to a crosstab:1. Verify you are viewing a WebIntelligence document in HTML (Interactive)


2. Rest your pointer on the column or row where you want to add a calculation.The Interactive Reporting menu appears.

3. Select Calculations.A shortcut menu appears allowing you to insert the calculation At the Right or At the Bottom.

4. Depending on where you want to insert the results of the calculation select one of the options:

The Calculations menu appears.

If you want to... Then...To the right of the selected column, Click At the Right.Below the selected row, Click At the Bottom.



5. Click the calculation you want to add.For a full description of each calculation see Available predefined calculations on page 88.

The results of each calculation appear in the footer of the crosstab. If the crosstab includes breaks, the calculation results appear in the break footer. Percentage calculations appear in an additional column or row next to the values they calculate

Removing a calculationTo remove a calculation:1. Verify you are viewing a WebIntelligence document in HTML (Interactive)


2. Rest your pointer on the table or crosstab from which you want to remove a calculation.The Interactive Reporting menu appears.

Adding predefined calculations


Inter

3. Select Calculations.4. If you are working with a vertical or horizontal table, the calculations menu

appears now. Click the calculation you want to remove.

OrIf you are working with a crosstab, a menu appears with the position of the calculation. Click On the right or On the bottom first to specify where the calculation is positioned on the crosstab, then when the calculation menu appears, click the calculation you want to remove.

The calculation is removed.5. If you want to remove more calculations from the same table or crosstab,

repeat steps 2. to 4.



Including different data on tables and chartsBeing able to modify the data included in report tables and charts enables you to focus on the information that interests you. You modify the data content of reports by adding, removing, or replacing objects on tables and charts with other objects included in the document.

EXAMPLEAdd data for states to a table showing sales results while viewing a WebIntelligence document in HTML (Interactive) format.In this example, you receive a document with a report that includes a chart on regional sales and a table on product line data.

You want to see how the product line sales are split out by state.

Including different data on tables and charts


Inter

You select the report table showing product line sales, and you add the [State] dimension to the table.

Now the same table includes data for states. The sales results for product line are broken down by state.

Adding, replacing, and removing objects on tablesThe following section tells you how to:• add objects to tables• replace objects on tables• remove objects from tables



Adding an object to a tableTo add an object to a table:1. Verify you are viewing a WebIntelligence document in HTML (Interactive)


2. Place your pointer on the table column or row where you want to add an object.The Interactive Reporting menu appears.

3. Click Add.The Add Object pane appears on the left pane the InfoView screen.

Add Object pane



Inter

4. Select the object you want to add to the table.

5. Click Apply.WebIntelligence adds the selected object to the table or chart. A new column or row appears with the values that correspond to the object.



Replacing an object on a tableTo replace an object on a table:1. Verify you are viewing a WebIntelligence document in HTML (Interactive)


2. Place your pointer on the table column or row where you want to replace an object.The Interactive Reporting menu appears.

3. Click Replace.The Replace Object pane appears on the left pane the InfoView screen.

Replace Object pane



Inter

4. Select the object you want to add to the table in order to replace the column or row you selected in step 2.

5. Click Apply.WebIntelligence replaces the selected object on the table.

Removing an object from a tableTo remove an object from a table:1. Verify you are viewing a WebIntelligence document in HTML (Interactive)


2. Place your pointer on the table column or row from where you want to remove an object.




3. Click Remove.WebIntelligence removes the object from the table.

The top row is selected to remove the data on state



Inter

Adding, replacing, and removing objects on chartsThe following section tells you how to:• add objects to charts• replace objects on charts• remove objects from charts

Adding an object to a chartTo add an object to a chart:1. Verify you are viewing a WebIntelligence document in HTML (Interactive)


2. Place your pointer on the chart to which you want to add an object.The Interactive Reporting menu appears.

3. Select AddA shortcut menu appears, listing the chart axes.



4. Click the axis on which you want to add an object.

The Add Object pane appears in the left of the InfoView screen.

5. Select the object you want to add to the selected chart axis.6. Click Apply.

WebIntelligence adds the new object to the chart.

Add Object pane



Inter

The values for the new object appear on the chart.

Replacing an object on a chartTo replace an object on a chart:1. Verify you are viewing a WebIntelligence document in HTML (Interactive)


2. Place your pointer on the chart on which you want to replace an object.The Interactive Reporting menu appears.

3. Click Replace.

In this example, [Margin] has been added to the Y-axis



A shortcut menu appears, listing the objects on the chart.

4. Click the object you want to replace.The Replace Object pane appears in the left of the InfoView screen.

The objects listed in the Replace Object pane are those objects included in the report that you can include on the same chart axis as the object you selected for replace in step 4.

5. Select the object you want to add to the chart to replace the object you selected in step 4.

Objects currently included in the selected chart

Replace Object pane



Inter

6. Click Apply.WebIntelligence replaces the existing object on the chart with the object you selected.The values for the new object appear on the chart.

In this example, [Margin] has replaced [Sales Revenue] on the Y-axis



Removing an object from a chart.To remove an object from a chart:1. Verify you are viewing the document in HTML (Interactive) format.

For information on modifying your view options, see Setting your view options on page 61.

2. Place your pointer on the chart to which you want to remove an object.The Interactive Reporting menu appears.

3. Click Remove.A shortcut menu listing the objects on the chart appears.

4. Click the object you want to remove from the chart.WebIntelligence removes the object from the chart.



Inter

Analyzing WebIntelligence Reports in InfoView

chapter


Ana

OverviewThis chapter explains how to perform drill analysis on WebIntelligence reports in InfoView. For information about how to set up reports for drill analysis, see Setting Up Documents for Drill Analysis on page 671. This chapter provides information on:• how drill helps you analyze report data• setting your drill options• beginning your drill session• drilling on dimensions in table cells and sections• drilling on measures• drilling on multi-block reports• drilling on charts• using filters when you drill• ending your drill session

lyzing WebIntelligence Reports in InfoView


How drill helps you analyze report dataDrilling on reports lets you look deeper into data to discover the details behind a good or bad summary result. You can break down that data to view it from different angles and on different levels of detail.

EXAMPLEWhat is the contribution of products and service to total revenue?You work for an international resort chain, and are in charge of the Hawaiian Club resort in the United States. You want to analyze which service line at your resort accounts for the greatest percentage of your total revenue.

To understand why, you drill down to look at the factors behind the summary revenue result for the Hawaiian Club resort. You drill down on Hawaiian Club.

How drill helps you analyze report data


Ana

The detailed data for each of the service lines appear in the table. Now you can see the reason for the high revenue is that Accommodation is out-performing the other service lines.

Notice that in this example, the chart displays the same values as the table as you drill. This is because your view options for drill are set to Synchronize drill on report blocks. For full information, see Synchronizing or not synchronizing drill on all blocks in the report on page 112.

When you drill on a value in a report, the drill filter appears. In this example, the drill filter displays Hawaiian Club, which tells you that the service line values displayed in the drilled table are limited to values for the Hawaiian Club resort.



Setting your drill options in InfoViewBefore you begin a drill session in InfoView, you decide how your reports will change each time you drill by setting your drill options.This section tells you:• about the drill options available to you• how to select the drill options appropriate for your analysis

About drill optionsYou can set four drill options:• drilling on the existing report or on a duplicate report• being prompted if a new query is necessary during a drill action

(Note: only if your security profile allows you to extend your scope of analysis beyond the data included in documents)

• synchronizing drill on report blocks• displaying or hiding the Drill toolbar

Drilling on the existing report or on a duplicate reportWhen you drill in a report, you can either:• drill on the existing report – the current report becomes drillable and when you

end drill mode, the report displays the drilled values.• drill on a duplicate report – InfoView creates a duplicate of the current report

on a new report tab and you drill on the duplicate. When you end drill mode, the duplicate remains in the document and displays the drilled results.

The report tab of the duplicate report for drill displays the drill icon

Setting your drill options in InfoView


Ana

NOTEIf you think that you or other users will need to edit the document after the drill session using the HTML Report Panel, select Drill on existing report. This is necessary because after the drill session the duplicated report is retained in the document and the HTML Report Panel can only be used to edit documents containing a single report.

Being prompted if a drill action requires additional dataAs you drill the values displayed on a WebIntelligence report, you may want to drill up or down to higher- or lower-level information available on the data source that isn’t included in the document. To retrieve the additional data WebIntelligence needs to run a new query and retrieve the additional data from the data source.You can choose to be prompted every time this is necessary. Since queries on large selections of data can take a significant time to be completed, being prompted enables you to decide whether you want to run the additional query or not. For more information, see Retrieving more levels of data to the report on page 130.

NOTEYou need permission from your administrator to drill out of the scope of analysis during a drill session.

Synchronizing or not synchronizing drill on all blocks in the reportEach table, chart, or free-standing cell in a report represents a specific block of data. There are two ways to drill on a report with multiple report blocks:• synchronize drill on report blocks• drill on only the selected block



The following example shows how each option affects a report as you drill down from the Bahamas Beach resort to see detailed results per service line.

For more information on how drilling affects each report block, see Drilling on multi-block reports on page 138.

Showing or hiding the Drill toolbarWhen you start drill mode in InfoView, the Drill toolbar automatically appears at the top of your report. The toolbar displays the values you drilled. These values filter the drilled results.

In this example, Synchronize drill on report blocks is selected in your view options, so both the table and the chart display the drilled values:

In this example, Synchronize drill on report blocks is not selected in your view options so only the table displays the drilled values:



Ana

For example if you drill on a date for year, such as 2003 the values for Q1, Q2, Q3, and Q4 are quarters for year 2003. So, the quarterly values you drilled to are limited by the filter to quarterly values in 2003. The toolbar allows you to select other values and filter the information differently. For example, if you used the Drill toolbar to select 2002 the Q1, Q2, Q3, and Q4 results displayed on the drilled block would be quarters for year 2002.You can set InfoView to hide the Drill toolbar when you start drill mode. This is useful if you do not want to select different filters when you drill. You can also manually display or hide the Drill toolbar once you have started Drill mode. For more information, see How filters appear on the Drill toolbar on page 144.

Setting your drill optionsYou set your drill options in InfoView. When you modify your drill options, the modifications are implemented the next time you start Drill mode.

Setting your drill optionsTo set your drill options:1. On the InfoView toolbar, click Options.

The Options page appears.



2. Click the View tab.The view options appear.

3. In the WebIntelligence Documents section, click:HTMLOrHTML (Interactive)

If you select... in drill mode, you can...

in view mode, you can...

HTML drill. view and refresh report values

HTML (Interactive) drill and sort. view, refresh, filter and sort report values.



Ana

4. Select the appropriate drill options:

5. Click OK to apply your new drill settings immediately.OrIf you want to modify your options on the other tabs, click Apply and then make modifications on other options tabs and click OK to confirm all the changes.

If you want WebIntelligence to... then...drill on a duplicate report click Start drill on duplicate report.

Note: Do not select this option, if you or other users want to edit this document using the HTML Report Panel after drilling. This is because the HTML Report Panel only supports documents containing a single report.

drill on the existing report click Start drill on existing report.prompt you if a drill action requires a new query to extend the scope of analysis

select the Prompt if drill requires additional data check box.

synchronize drilling on all report blocks select the Synchronize drill on report blocks check box.

hide the Drill toolbar when you switch to drill mode

select the Hide drill toolbar check box.



Beginning your drill sessionThis section describes how to drill on WebIntelligence documents viewed in InfoView.

REMINDERYou can drill on a WebIntelligence document in InfoView only if your security profile set up by your administrator allows you to drill.

Starting drill modeDrill mode lets you look deeper into your data to discover the details behind a good or bad summary result. You can break down that data to view it from different angles and on different levels of detail.

Switching to drill modeTo switch to drill mode:1. Open an existing report.

The Drill button appears on the document toolbar.2. Click the Drill button.

The Drill button remains pressed in, indicating that the report is in drill mode.

The Drill icon appears on the report tab of the drillable report. The Drill toolbar appears at the top of the report. Values on which you can drill down are displayed as hyperlinks. A Drill Up icon appears in the dimension headers of dimensions on which you can drill up. Depending on the settings you chose

Beginning your drill session


Ana

on the InfoView View Options tab before you started drill mode, the drillable report is either the selected report or a duplicate of the selected report. For more information, see Setting your drill options on page 114.

NOTEIf a document was saved in Drill mode, the document opens in Drill mode. If your user profile does not include the rights to perform drill analysis, documents saved in Drill mode appear in view mode. You cannot drill on the report values in view mode.



Drilling on dimensions in table cells and report sections

Dimensions typically represent character-type data, such as customer names, geographies, and time periods. WebIntelligence makes calculations based on these dimensions to provide the basis for analysis in a report. For example, if you create a report that calculates a region’s total revenue by year, WebIntelligence calculates the revenue based on the two dimensions: [Region] and [Year]. You drill on a dimension to see the detailed data for [City] and [Quarter] below the summary results.

NOTEYou cannot drill on detail objects, such as addresses, telephone numbers and so on. For a description of detail objects, see What different types of objects can you use in a query? on page 187.

When you drill on a dimension value, such as Canada on the [Country] dimension. WebIntelligence replaces the drilled dimension value with each related value in the next level down the dimension hierarchy.For example, if your report displays data for Germany and Canada at the country level, and you drill down on Canada to see provincial data, the provincial values replace Canada in the column. Instead of seeing data for Canada and Germany, you now see data for each province in Canada: Quebec, Ontario, Alberta, and so on.You can drill on dimension values in both tables and sections of a report. A section is a dimension that has been separated from a table to better organize a report. For example, this report has been broken down into sections, based on years.



Ana

You can drill on the section value for each year to display values for the quarter in the selected year just as you would drill on any dimension value in a report table or chart.

NOTE

You cannot right-click your mouse to drill in InfoView. Right-clicking any part of your screen in InfoView opens the shortcut menu for your browser, not for WebIntelligence.

For more information on how to drill on a measure value, see Drilling on measures on page 136.

Drilling downYou drill down to see the lower-level data behind the visible data in a report. This can help explain a certain result. For example, your report may show that the East region has significantly out-performed the West in 2000. You can drill down to a more detailed level (to the state level, for example) to analyze the more detailed data behind that result.



How far you can drill down along a drill path depends on the scope of analysis you set for that report. If the scope of analysis was set to one level, then you can only drill one level down along that hierarchy’s drill path. For example, if your report shows data for Year, you can only drill down to Quarter. For more information on setting up a WebIntelligence report for drilling, see Setting Up Documents for Drill Analysis on page 671.When you drill down on a dimension value, a filter appears as a list box in the Drill toolbar. That filter represents the dimension value on which you drilled. The list box contains each value in the drilled dimension. For example, if you drill down on France to see data for a particular region, the filter displays France. You can then use the list box to see regional data for other countries. For more information, see How filters appear on the Drill toolbar on page 144.

Drilling down on a dimension valueTo drill down on a dimension value in a table cell or section:1. Place your pointer over the dimension value on which you want to drill.

The status bar shows the next dimension in the hierarchy where you can drill.

2. Click the value.Your report displays data one dimension level down.



Ana

Drilling upYou drill up on a dimension value to see how the more detailed data aggregates to a higher-level result. For example, you may have drilled down on Year to examine data for each quarter. If you want to see how this data aggregates to yearly results, you can drill up.When you drill up on a dimension value, you move along a hierarchy’s drill path from lower-level to higher-level data. For example, you may have drilled down on Year to Quarter. If you drill up on Quarter, you return to Year.You can drill up on a dimension value only if:• you have previously drilled down to that dimension

Or• the report creator defined the appropriate drill path in the scope of analysis.

For more information on setting the scope of analysis, see Making documents drillable on page 674.

Drilling up on a dimension valueTo drill up on a dimension value:1. Place your pointer over the drillable dimension, then click Drill Up from the

shortcut menu.Dimensions where you can drill up display the drill up arrow.

OrClick the Drill Up icon in the column header of the dimension value you want to analyze



.

Your report now displays data one dimension level up.

NOTEIf a filter has been created in the Drill toolbar due to a drill down action, the filter is removed when you drill up.



Ana

Drilling byWhen you drill down or up, you move through a hierarchy’s drill path one dimension at a time. However, you might want to skip several dimensions in the same hierarchy or move to another hierarchy altogether. You do this by drilling by.

EXAMPLEWhat is the revenue for the categories within the Accessories line in California?You work as a manager in a retail clothing store. You are responsible for stores in California. You have been sent a report showing sales revenue by state for the Accessories product line which is a new line at the store.

You want to see more detailed results to analyze how much revenue stores in California have made for the individual accessories categories.



To view this information in the report, you select California and then drill by State to Category.

The table now displays sales revenue results for each category in the accessories range that was sold in California.

The Drill toolbar at the top of the report shows that the results displayed in the drilled table are only for California.

The Drill toolbar displays the filter value California



Ana

Drilling by on a dimension valueTo drill by on a dimension value in a table cell or section:1. Place your pointer over the dimension value on which you want to drill by.

A shortcut menu appears, displaying your drill options and their respective drill paths.

2. Place your pointer on Drill by, then on the hierarchy to which you want to drill.The arrows on the right of the shortcut menu indicate that you can continue down the selected hierarchy to more detailed data.



3. Select the hierarchy and level of data you want to analyze.

4. The results for the hierarchy you selected appear on the drilled table.

The Drill toolbar displays the value of the cell from which you drilled. This value filters the results on the drilled table. For example, in the table above all the results are for the Accessories line. You can change the value of the filter to display results for a different line. See Changing a filter value in the Drill toolbar on page 145.

NOTE

You can drill by to a dimension in a hierarchy that is not displayed in your report only if that dimension to which you want to drill has been included in the scope of analysis or if your security profile allows you to drill beyond the data in the document and thereby edit the query. For more information on setting a scope of analysis, see Setting the scope of analysis on page 193. You cannot drill by to a dimension that appears in the Drill toolbar.



Ana

Choosing a drill path when more than one is possibleA dimension can belong to several hierarchies. When you drill down on such a dimension value, WebIntelligence does not know which drill path to follow. You must define the drill path.

Choosing a drill pathTo choose a drill path when there is more than one available:1. Drill on a dimension value in a table cell or section.

The Select a Drill Path dialog box appears.

2. Click the dimension you want to analyze.For example, select Country or Resort.

3. Click OK.

NOTEIf the dimension value you choose to drill on is the result of a previous drill, the drill path is already known. Therefore you do not need to select a drill path.



Drilling on dimensions already in a report blockYou cannot drill to a dimension that is already in the current table in your report. InfoView automatically displays the next available dimension in the drill path. Consider the following report.

You cannot drill down on US to Resort. Instead, InfoView displays Service Line as the next dimension in the drill path.

Resort is the next dimension in the drill path



Ana

If you drill down to Service Line, the table displays data related to the US.

Similarly, if you drill up on a Service Line value, WebIntelligence displays Country as the next dimension in the drill path.

Retrieving more levels of data to the reportIn a WebIntelligence report, you may want to drill up or down to a dimension that lies outside the defined scope of analysis. To return the additional data, WebIntelligence must run a new query, including the additional dimension(s) you specify.



EXAMPLEWhy did the sales revenue figures for accessories drop drastically from 2002 to 2003?You work in the product marketing department for the retail fashion company eFashion. You received a report that displays revenue for the Accessories, Jackets, and Trousers lines for 2001 to 2003. You notice that sales revenue from Accessories fell drastically between 2002 and 2003.

You drill down on accessories and see that the decrease of sales is due to a fall in the sales of jewelry.



Ana

You want to analyze which jewelry item caused sales to fall so drastically, but when you try to drill down further, the document does not contain the necessary level of data within the scope of analysis.Because you set your View options for Drill to Prompt if drill requires additional data, a prompt appears asking you to specify the additional data you want WebIntelligence to return to the document.

You confirm that you are only interested in results for accessories and for jewelry by selecting these values to filter the data for Lines and Category. The next level of data available is the SKU description of each jewelry item. WebIntelligence will return this level of data automatically.In addition, you can choose to include even more detailed levels of data for color and unit price. However, you only want to analyze the SKU description. You select the filters for Lines and Category and then run the query to add the SKU description data for Jewelry to the document.



When WebIntelligence returns the SKU description data and displays the values in the chart, you see that the reason for the sharp fall in jewelry sales was due to the low sales for the e-watch.

NOTEIf you select query filters when extend the scope of analysis during a drill session, those filters affect all the reports in the document. You cannot include query filters if you have set InfoView not to prompt you when running a new query.

Drilling out of the scope of analysisTo drill out of the scope of analysis:1. Drill on a dimension value.

If you set InfoView to prompt you when a drill requires a new query, the Extend the Scope of Analysis dialog box appears.



Ana

The dialog box lists the previously-drilled dimensions first, along with any filters currently applied to the drilled dimension. It then lists the remaining dimensions in the universe in hierarchical order.

2. Select the check box(es) next to the dimension(s) to which you want to drill.For example, if you want to drill to Service as well as Service Line, select both check boxes.

3. Select the check box(es) next to the values around which you want to filter the query.OrIf you do not want to apply a query filter to the report, go to step 4.

4. Click OK.WebIntelligence runs a new query and returns the data for the dimension(s) and filters you selected to the document.

NOTE

You need permission from your administrator to drill out of the scope of analysis during a drill session. For more information, see Chapter on Security profiles.



REMINDERIf your drill options are set so that InfoView does not prompt you when drilling requires a new query, InfoView alerts you that a new query is necessary in the status bar. If you place your pointer on the dimension value on which you want to drill, the status bar indicates the next dimension in the hierarchy to which you can drill. Then when you drill up or down, WebIntelligence automatically runs a new query to return the additional data. You simply extend the scope of analysis with each drill. For more information, see Setting your drill options on page 114.



Ana

Drilling on measuresMeasures retrieve numeric data based on calculations made on dimensions in a report. For example, Revenue could represent the number of items sold multiplied by item price. For more information about measures, see What different types of objects can you use in a query? on page 187.Drilling on a measure value performs the drill action on each drillable dimension in a table or chart. This is useful if you know which data you want to see before you drill. For example, you might want to see data one or two levels down in each dimension in your report. Instead of drilling down on each dimension value to arrive at the figures you want, you can drill down on the measure value. Drilling on a measure value acts as a shortcut to the data you want to see.When you drill on a measure value, WebIntelligence performs the drill action on only the drillable dimensions in the table or chart.Dimension values are not drillable if:• they do not have dimensions defined in the drill path to which you can drill.

For example, your report’s scope of analysis may have been set to one level. If you have already drilled down a level in the report, you cannot drill down on any dimensions or measures that are calculated from the drilled dimension.

• they have dimensions in their drill path that already appear in the same table or crosstab.Your table may have two adjacent dimensions from the same hierarchy; for example, Year and Quarter. If you drill down on a measure, WebIntelligence drills down only on the lower-level dimension – from Quarter to Month.

One way to drill on a measure value is to do so in a chart. For more information, see Drilling on measures in charts on page 142.



Drilling downWhen you drill down on a measure value, WebIntelligence performs the drill action one level down for each related dimension in the report. In drilling down on a measure value, you move along each hierarchy’s drill path from higher- to lower-level data.

Drilling down on a measure valueTo drill down on a measure value:1. Place your pointer over the measure value on which you want to drill.

The status bar indicates the next dimension(s) in each related drill path.

2. Click the measure value.Your report now displays data one dimension level down.A filter for each related dimension value appears as a list box in the Drill toolbar. These filters represent the dimension values that you replaced by your drill action. In the example above, a filter for both Region and Year appear in the Drill toolbar when you drill on a measure value.

Drilling upWhen you drill up on a measure value, WebIntelligence performs the drill action one level up for each related dimension in the report. You move along each hierarchy’s drill path from lower- to higher-level data.When you drill up on a measure, any filters generated through a drill down action disappear from the Drill toolbar.

Drilling up on a measure valueTo drill up on a dimension value in a table cell or section:• Place your pointer over the drillable measure, then click Drill Up from the

shortcut menu. Your report now displays data one dimension level up.

Drilling on measures


Ana

Drilling on multi-block reportsA WebIntelligence report can contain several tables, forms, or charts. Each table or chart is referred to as a block. Drilling on one block impacts all other blocks in a report. For more information on drilling on tables, see Drilling on dimensions in table cells and report sections on page 119.There are two ways to drill on a report with multiple blocks:• drill on each block in the report containing that drilled dimension• drill on only the current block of dataThe following two sections describe each drill option.You set how WebIntelligence performs the drill on a report with multiple blocks in InfoView. For more information, see Setting your drill options on page 114.

Synchronizing the drill on all blocks in a reportIf you set InfoView to synchronize drilling across a report, you drill on each block in the report containing that drilled dimension. The next dimension in the drill path replaces the previous dimension in all blocks of the report. A drill filter appears in the Drill toolbar if you drill down on a dimension value. When you drill up, the drill filter disappears. This filter affects the entire report, including the measure values in each block.

The table rows and the chart axes display the same drilled values



Drilling on only the current block in a reportIf you set InfoView not to synchronize drilling on all blocks in a report, you only drill on the current block of data. Only the current block of the report displays the drilled values. Any other tables or charts display the same values as before. Drilling on a single block is useful if you want to compare the drilled results to the summary-level data.

The table displays the drilled values, but the chart displays the values for the dimension from which you drilled.

Drilling on multi-block reports


Ana

Drilling on chartsA chart is a graphical representation of a measure for one or more dimensions in a report. For information on creating and formatting charts in WebIntelligence, see Inserting Images in WebIntelligence Documents on page 445.When you drill down, up, or by on a chart, WebIntelligence performs the drill action as it does in a table or crosstab. InfoView generates a filter in the Drill toolbar, displaying the value of the dimension from which you drilled.You can drill on:• an axis with one or more dimensions• a measure in the body of the chart• a legendThe following sections describe each option.

Drilling on axes with one dimensionYou can drill on axis values in a chart. Axes contain dimension values that would appear in a table or crosstab. When you drill on an axis value, WebIntelligence performs the drill action as it would in a table or crosstab. You move along the drill path to the next available dimension.Charts can have two or three axes. Measure values always appear on the Y-axis, while dimensions appear on either the X-axis. In charts with three axes, measures also appear on the Z-axis.

Drilling on a chart axis with one dimensionTo drill on a dimension value in a chart axis:1. Place your pointer over the dimension value on which you want to drill.2. Choose if you want to drill down, drill up, or drill by:

Your report displays value for the dimension to which you drilled.For information on how to drill other types of blocks in a report, see Drilling on dimensions in table cells and report sections on page 119.

If you want to... then...drill down on the dimension value click the value.

drill up on the dimension value click Drill up on the shortcut menu.

drill by on the dimension value click Drill by on the shortcut menu.



Drilling on axes with more than one dimensionA WebIntelligence report can contain several dimensions on one axis. Each possible combination of dimension values appear on the axis. This is known as a cartesian product.When you drill on an axis value, WebIntelligence performs the drill action on each drillable dimension on the axis.

EXAMPLESimultaneously displaying sales revenue by quarter for each clothing store in CaliforniaYou work for a retail clothing chain in the United States. You have created a report displaying sales revenue for Los Angeles and San Francisco in 2001, 2002, and 2003.WebIntelligence displays them on the axis in the following manner:

You drill down on the first value on the X-axis – Los Angeles/2001. The chart displays values for the next dimensions in both drill paths – [Store Name]/[Quarter].

Drilling on charts


Ana

Drilling on a chart axis with several dimensionsTo drill on a chart axis with several dimensions:1. Place your pointer over the values on which you want to drill.2. Choose whether you want to drill down or drill up on the dimension value:

The chart displays values for the dimensions to which you drilled.For more information on how WebIntelligence performs a drill action in a report, see Drilling on dimensions in table cells and report sections on page 119.

NOTEYou cannot Drill by dimensions on charts.

Drilling on measures in chartsA chart’s body represents measure values in a report. When you drill on the body of a chart, WebIntelligence performs the drill action for each dimension in the chart that corresponds to that measure value.

Drilling on a measure in a chartYou can drill down or up on a measure value in a chart. You cannot drill by.To drill on a measure value in a chart:1. Place your pointer on the measure value on which you want to drill:2. Choose whether you want to drill down or drill up on the measure value:

Your report displays values for the dimensions to which you drilled.For information on how to drill measures on tables, see Drilling on measures on page 136.

If you want to... then...drill down on the dimension values click the values.

drill up on the dimension values click Drill up on the shortcut menu.

If you want to... then...drill down on the measure value click the appropriate point in the graph.

drill up on the measure value click Drill up on the shortcut menu.



Exceptions to drilling on the body of a chartWhen you drill on a bar chart of any kind, WebIntelligence performs the drill action on each drillable dimension in the report. When you drill on a measure in other type of charts, however, WebIntelligence may perform the drill action only on certain dimensions in the report. In the following chart types, when you drill on the body of a chart, WebIntelligence performs the drill action only on the values in the axis legend:• area charts (two-dimensional, three dimensional, and stacked)• radar and scatter charts For more information, see Drilling on legends on page 143.You cannot drill on a measure in the following chart types:• three-dimensional surface chart • line chart with no markers

Drilling on legendsIf a chart has an axis legend, you can then drill dimension values by drilling on the legend.

Drilling on an axis legendTo drill on an axis:1. Place your pointer over the value on which you want to drill.2. Choose if you want to drill down, drill up, or drill by:

Your report displays values for the dimension to which you drilled.

NOTE

You can only Drill by on an axis legend, if the axis has a single dimension allocated to it.

For information on how to drill other types of blocks in a report, see Drilling on dimensions in table cells and report sections on page 119.

If you want to... then...drill down on the dimension value click the color associated with the

value.

drill up on the dimension value click Drill up from the shortcut menu.

drill by on the dimension value click Drill by on the shortcut menu.

Drilling on charts


Ana

Using filters when you drillWhen you drill on a dimension or measure value, WebIntelligence creates one or more filters for the entire report. These filters are based on the dimensions from which you drilled. For example, if you drill down on US, WebIntelligence filters your report data around the value “US” in the Country dimension. By changing the value of each filter, you can then see data for each value within that dimension; for example, Germany and Japan. This lets you get a broader view of the data.

How filters appear on the Drill toolbarWhen you begin a drill session and drill on a table or chart value the results displayed are filtered by the dimension on which you drilled.For example, if you drill on US in the Country column on this table, the drilled results are detailed data for the US.



This means that the drilled results are filtered by US. The Drill toolbar appears appears at the top of the report to show that Country is filtered. The selected value on the filter is US.

Changing filter valuesFilters appear in list boxes in the Drill toolbar. Each list box contains the values associated with that filter. You can limit the data showing in a table or chart by choosing the appropriate values within these boxes. Consider the example given earlier. Instead of values for US, you want to see values for France, or another country. To see that data, you simply change the filter value in the list box to the one you want.

Changing a filter value in the Drill toolbarTo change a value of a filter:1. In the Drill toolbar, click the drop-down arrow in the appropriate list box.

Each dimension value associated with that filter appears. 2. Click the value you want.

Your report displays data based on the new dimension value.

Drill Toolbar

Using filters when you drill


Ana

Adding and removing filtersYou can add and remove filters to and from the Drill toolbar. When you add a filter to the Drill toolbar, you can filter your report data around the values in that dimension. Filters you add appear to the left of any existing filters in the Drill toolbar.

Adding a filterTo add a filter to the Drill toolbar:1. Place your pointer over the Add Filter button next to the Drill toolbar.

2. When the ToolTip “Add Filter” appears, click the Add Filter button.A shortcut menu appears, displaying each dimension defined in your report’s scope of analysis that does not already appear in the Drill toolbar.

3. Place your pointer over the hierarchy you want, then over the dimension or detail you want.

4. Click the dimension or detail.The dimension you added appears in the Drill toolbar.



Removing a filterTo remove a filter from the Drill toolbar:1. In the Drill toolbar, click the drop-down arrow in the appropriate list box you

want to remove.The list of values appears.

2. Click (Remove).

The filter no longer appears in the Drill toolbar, and the report no longer displays values for the dimension that the filter was filtering previously.



Ana

Refreshing documents with prompts in Drill modeSome WebIntelligence documents contain prompt filters that are defined for a specific dimension. When you run a query, you are prompted for a specific value; for example, a year. WebIntelligence then returns data for only that year. You can refresh data in drill mode. In doing so, you may be prompted to select a value for the refresh that conflicts with a filter generated for the same dimension during a drill action. For example, InfoView may prompt you to choose between the years 2001, 2002, and 2003. Your report may also contain a filter in the Drill toolbar for Year, which displays “2002.”If you select a prompt value that differs from the filter value, that filter is set to “All Values” in the Drill toolbar. For example, if you select “2001” or “2003” to answer the prompt and refresh the report, InfoView clears “2002,” and resets the filter to display “All Values.” Your report then displays data for only the values that you chose in answer to the prompt.



Ending drill modeWhen you end drill mode in WebIntelligence, you return to View mode. Any filters generated in drill mode become simple report filters. The new report filters are inserted at the first level of the filter hierarchy in the Query Filters pane, and are combined by the operator “AND”:If there is an “OR” operator at the first level of the filter hierarchy, and a new report filter is inserted, the “OR” operator is shifted to the next level in the hierarchy.

Ending your drill sessionYou can end your drill session by a single click.

Ending drill modeTo end drill mode:• Click the Drill button on the report toolbar.

The Drill toolbar is removed and the report appears in View mode.

Saving your drilled resultsYou can save your report in drill mode. When you or another user opens that report, InfoView displays the report as you saved it, in drill mode.You can choose to have InfoView refresh the report upon opening it. When it refreshes the report, InfoView applies any filters generated through a drill action. See also Refreshing documents with prompts in Drill mode on page 148.There are two ways of saving drilled results:• saving the report in drill mode• saving a snapshot of the report

Saving a report in drill modeTo save a report in drill mode:1. Click the Save button in the InfoView toolbar.2. Enter the necessary information into each field.3. Select the Refresh on open check box if you want InfoView to refresh the

report upon opening.4. Click OK.

Ending drill mode


Ana

Taking snapshotsAnother way to save a version of your drilled results is to take a snapshot of that report. This is useful if you want to isolate certain drilled results, but continue working in drill mode.When you take a snapshot, InfoView inserts a new report after your last report in the document. You continue working in your current report, but can switch to the snapshot by clicking the new report tab.InfoView inserts the snapshot in view mode. Any filters generated during your drill session become report filters in the snapshot. To take a snapshot of a report in drill mode:• In the document toolbar, click the Snapshot button.

A new report appears after your last report in the document.


Creating and Editing WebIntelligence Documents

chapter


Crea

OverviewYou create and edit WebIntelligence documents by launching a WebIntelligence report panel from InfoView.This chapter tells you how to:• choose a WebIntelligence report panel• create new documents• edit existing documents

ting and Editing WebIntelligence Documents


Choosing a WebIntelligence report panelWebIntelligence provides two report panels you can use to edit and create WebIntelligence documents:• WebIntelligence HTML Report Panel• WebIntelligence Java Report Panel

Which report panel should you use?Each report panel is designed for different query and reporting needs. The following table will help you choose which report panel is suitable for you::

NOTEPermission to choose the report panel you want to use is enabled by your administrator. You may have access to only one report panel.

If you want to... use the...• create reports containing a single table or chart• be stepped through the report building process by

following wizard-like tabs• avoid downloading any software to your local PC• apply simple query filters when you build a query• use standard calculations without creating your

own custom formulas

HTML Report Panel

• create reports containing multiple tables and charts

• view your formatting changes implemented to report results as you make each modification

• include complex query filters or sub-queries when you build your query

• create your own custom formulas in the reports• create highly formatted reports including

personalizing the page layout of reports and applying alternate row colors to tables

Java Report Panel

Choosing a WebIntelligence report panel


Crea

Selecting a report panelBefore you edit or create a WebIntelligence document, you need to specify which WebIntelligence report panel you want to use. You do this in InfoView.

NOTEIf the server is set up in ASP mode, only the Java Report Panel is available. It is therefore not necessary to select a WebIntelligence report panel on your InfoView Options page.

Setting your Create/Edit optionsTo set your create/edit options:1. Click the Options button on the InfoView toolbar.2. Click the Create/Edit tab.3. In the Document Type section, click WebIntelligence.

The Create/Edit tab lists the WebIntelligence report panels available to you.

4. Check the report panel you want to use.For more information about the differences between the report panels, see Which report panel should you use? on page 153.



5. Click Apply to confirm your Create/Edit settings and click the other tabs to set other options, then click OK to leave the Options pages.InfoView displays the page you were on previously.For information on WebIntelligence options for viewing documents, see To open files in PDF format, you need Adobe Acrobat Reader installed on your PC. You can download Acrobat Reader free from the Adobe web site (visit www.adobe.com). on page 60. For information about options for analyzing reports, see Setting your drill options on page 114.OrClick OK to confirm your choice and leave the Options pages immediately.To find out how to create documents, see Creating new documents on page 156. To find out how to edit documents, see Editing existing documents on page 158.

Choosing a WebIntelligence report panel


Crea

Creating new documentsYou create WebIntelligence documents by selecting a universe in InfoView. Each universe maps to a database storing your corporate business information. When you connect to a universe, WebIntelligence launches a report panel automatically. You use the report panel to define the data and the reports you want to include in the new document.This section tells you how to:• select a universe• select a universe as your default universe for new documents

Selecting a universeTo select a universe:1. On the InfoView Home page, click New Document.2. The next step depends on whether you use the same universe by default

each time you create a new document or not:

NOTEThe first time you use the Java Report Panel, WebIntelligence automatically downloads a Java applet to your PC. If your PC is using Microsoft Windows 2000 as its operating system, you must be logged into your PC as Administrator to download the applet.

You define the data selection and the report structure for the new document using the WebIntelligence Report Panel selected on the InfoView Create/Edit Options tab.To see how to build documents using the WebIntelligence Java Report Panel, see Building Queries Using the Java Report Panel on page 183. To see how to build documents using the WebIntelligence HTML Report Panel, see Filtering the Information Displayed in Reports on page 825.

If you have... then...a default universe, the WebIntelligence Report Panel opens

directly

no default universe, the list of universes appears• select the universe on which you want to

create a documentthe WebIntelligence Report Panel opens



Setting a default universeTo set a default universe:1. Click the Options button on the InfoView toolbar.2. Click the Create/Edit tab.3. Under the WebIntelligence section, click Select default universe.

The list of universes appears.4. Select the universe you want to set as your default universe for new

documents.

5. Click OK.From now on, the default universe appears in the WebIntelligence Report Panel automatically when you click New Document on the InfoView home page.

Creating new documents


Crea

Editing existing documentsYou open and edit WebIntelligence documents from InfoView, the corporate business intelligence portal.

Editing a WebIntelligence documentTo edit a WebIntelligence document:1. Select a WebIntelligence document in InfoView Corporate Documents or

Personal Documents or from your InfoView Inbox.Depending on where the document is saved, you select the document by clicking the Corporate Documents or the Personal Documents link on the InfoView home page, see Accessing WebIntelligence documents on page 62.

2. Click the document name to open the document.OrClick View Details, to view the document details without opening the document.

3. Click Edit.



The document opens in the WebIntelligence report panel selected on your Create/Edit options page of InfoView.To find out how to set your Create/Edit options on InfoView, see Selecting a report panel on page 154.For information on editing documents using the WebIntelligence report panels, see Part III of this guide: Using the Java Report Panel on page 161 or Part IV of this guide: Using the HTML Report Panel on page 733.

Editing existing documents


Crea

Using the Java Report Panel

part

The Java Report Panel Workspace

chapter


The

OverviewYou edit WebIntelligence documents using either the Java Report Panel or the HTML Report Panel.This chapter provides an illustrated guide to the WebIntelligence Java Report Panel workspace. The Java Report Panel provides two views of the document you are editing:• Query View – you edit the data definition of the entire document here• Report View – you edit the data content and formatting of reports hereThis chapter illustrates the following:• using the WebIntelligence toolbar• working in query view• working in Report View• setting your Java Report Panel optionsFor information about the HTML Report Panel workspace, see The HTML Report Panel Workspace on page 735.

Java Report Panel Workspace


Using the WebIntelligence toolbarThe WebIntelligence toolbar provides the options you need to manage the Java Report Panel and the document with which you are working. This toolbar is displayed permanently when you work in the report panel.

You can personalize some of the Java Report Panel display settings. The following section of this chapter provides information on how to do this.

New Document – creates a new document on the currently selected universe. Both the query and the reports in the current document are cleared.Save – allows you to save WebIntelligence documents to your Personal Documents page in InfoView.Save As – displays the save options. You can save WebIntelligence documents to the Corporate Documents or to your Personal Documents page in InfoView and download WebIntelligence documents as Excel spreadsheets or PDF files.Export to PDF for Printing – enables you to generate a copy of individual reports or specific pages to a PDF format file for printing.Edit Query – toggles your view of the report panel from Report View to Query view. Query View is where you define the data content of the document.Edit Report – toggles your view of the report panel from Query View to Report view. Report View is where you edit the reports in a document.Refresh Data – resends the query to the server and returns the latest values from the database to the document. The values displayed in the reports are updated.Purge Data – removes the data from the document, but the document structure (reports, tables, charts and so on) is retained. This enables you to minimize the document size. To return the data to the document, you click Refresh Data.Show User Settings – displays options to personalize the display properties of the Java Report Panel.Show Me How – displays multimedia animations that demonstrate how to use the key Java Report Panel features.Help – displays the Help menu with links to online help and documentation, as well as other Business Objects information sources on the Internet.

1

2a

2b

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

10

1 2a2b

4 5 6 7 8 9 103

Using the WebIntelligence toolbar


The

Working in query viewIf your security profile and the document you open allows you to edit the query definition, the Java Report Panel opens documents in Query View. You define the data content of a document here by selecting objects from the universe, defining query filters, and choosing the scope of analysis.

Data tab – displays the objects available to you on the selected universe.Properties tab – offers options to optimize and secure the query, as well as to set the order of prompt filters.Result Objects pane – displays the objects included in the document when you run the query.Query Filters pane – displays the filters on the query, including prompt filters.Scope of Analysis pane – displays the level of data behind the reports in the document for drill analysis.All Objects – lists the objects and predefined filters available on the universe.Hierarchies – shows the hierarchical relationship between the dimensions on the universe. The hierarchies are the drill paths for drill analysis.Status bar – provides information on the object selected in the Data tab and displays the data the last time the document data was refreshed WebIntelligence toolbar – see page 165 for full details.Query toolbar – see page 167 for full details.

12

3

45

67

8

910

1 2 3 9 104

6 7 5

8



Using the Query toolbarThe Query toolbar provides the options you need to manage the query that defines the data content of a document.

Show/Hide Manager – show or hide the Query Manager. The Query Manager displays the Data tab, with the objects and hierarchies available on the selected universe. It also displays the Properties tab, where you can set properties for the query, such as limiting the query size and setting security restrictions.Show/Hide Filter Pane – show or hide the Query Filters Pane below the Result Objects Pane. You add filters on the query by dragging predefined filters or objects here. When you drag objects to the Query Filters Pane the Filter Editor appears so you can define the filter operator and operand.Show/Hide Scope of Analysis Pane – show or hide the Scope of Analysis pane where you define how many levels of data you want to include behind the values displayed in the reports. Including a scope of analysis enables you to drill down on displayed values to analyze more detailed data.Add Quick Filter – this button is activated if you select an object displayed on the Result Objects Pane. Clicking the Add Quick Filter button displays the list of values associated with the selected object. You can select one or multiple values to define a filter. The filter appears on the Query Filters Pane.View SQL – launches the SQL Viewer. The viewer displays the SQL generated by WebIntelligence for the query.

1

2

3

4

5

1 2 3 4 5

Working in query view


The

Using the Filter Editor and selecting quick filters for queriesThere are two ways to create filters on a query of a document:• using the Filter Editor• using the Quick Filter list box

Using the Filter Editor for query filters

Filtered Object – displays the selected object that is filtered.Operator – the list box offers a choice of operators for the filter.Operand Type – allows you to type a value as a constant, select a value from the List of Values related to the selected object (this option is illustrated above), or create a prompt.Advanced filter option – allows you to create an advanced filter to filter object(s) according to different criteria in the same query. (See Using Advanced Query Filters on page 269.)List of Values – lists the values associated with the selected object. (The List of Values only appears if the operand type selected is Value(s) from list.)Search value – allows you to type and retrieve a specific value to quickly select a value for the filter.Refresh List – refreshes the List of Values in the Filter Editor with the latest values on the database.Values Selected – lists the value(s) specified in the filter definition.

123

4

5

6

7

8

1

2

7

4

3

5

6

8



Using the Quick Filter list box for query filters

List of Values – lists the values associated with the selected object.Search value – allows you to type a string to display values that contain the same string of characters.Refresh List – refreshes the List of Values with the latest information in the database.

12

3

1

23

Working in query view


The

Working in Report ViewA document can contain one or multiple reports. You define the data content and formatting properties of reports and analyze report values here.

Report Manager – provides all the options you need to manage the data content and formatting of the document.Data tab – displays the objects and variables included in the document.Templates tab – lists the templates for tables, charts, and freestanding cells.Properties tab – offers options to define the formatting and properties of reports.Map tab – provides links to the different reports and report elements in the document for easy navigation (This tab only appears in when you view the document in Results view, see ).Report Filters pane – displays filters on the current report. To create new filters, you drag objects here and then define filter operators and values in the Filter Editor.Document zone – displays the reports in the documents.Report tab(s) – indicate each report in a document.WebIntelligence toolbar – see page 165 for full details.Report toolbar – see page 171 for full details.

1

2345

6

78910

2 3 4 56

8

9 10

7

1



Using the Report toolbarThe Report toolbar provides the options you need to manage the data definition and the formatting of the report(s) in a document.

Show/Hide Manager – show or hide the Report Manager in the left frame of the Java Report Panel. The Report Manager displays the Data, Properties, Templates, and Map tabs. You use these four tabs to define the formatting and properties of the reports, as well as the properties of the entire document. (Note: the Map tab only appears in Results View, see 12.)Show/Hide Filter Pane – show or hide the Report Filters Pane. You add filters on the report by dragging objects here from the Data tab. When you drag objects to the Report Filters Pane the Filter Editor appears so you can define the filter, .operator and value(s).Show/Hide Formula Toolbar – show or hide the Formula Toolbar where you can type custom formulas to add them to report cells. You can also create formulas using the Formula Editor, which provides a graphical interface for creating formulas.Show/Hide Variable Editor – show or hide the Variable Editor, where you can create custom formulas using a graphical interface and save formulas as variables for re-use on different reports in the same document.Show/Hide Drill Toolbar – this button is activated when you start Drill mode (see 13). During drill analysis, you can drag objects onto the Drill toolbar to create list boxes that display the values for each object. You can select values to filter the objects you are analyzing.Undo – allows you to cancel the previous formatting modification. (Note: you cannot undo changes to the query definition or undo refresh.)Add Quick Filter – this button is activated if you select an object on the Result Objects Pane. Clicking the Add Quick Filter button displays the list of values associated with the selected object. You can select one or multiple values to define a filter on the object, and apply the filter to a selected report, block, or section. The filter appears on the Report Filters Pane.Insert/Remove Break – insert or remove a break on a table column or row.Insert/Remove Sort – inserts or removes a sort on a table.Ascending/Descending sort options – allows you to specify the sort order.

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

89a9b

1

42

3 5

6

7

8

9a

9b

11a 13

14

15 1612

11b10b

10a

Working in Report View


The

Insert Sum – inserts a sum calculation for the selected row or column.Insert Calculation – displays the list of standard predefined calculations you can insert for the selected row or column. Each calculation is inserted in a new footer.Insert Row Above – inserts a new table row above the selected row.Insert Row/Column – displays the menu to insert additional rows below/above an existing row or to insert additional columns before/after an existing column.View Page Layout – toggles between Page Layout and Normal views of the current report. View Structure/View Results – toggle between viewing the structure of the report and the results. Structure View allows you to make multiple modifications to reports and preview your modifications without implementing the changes on the WebIntelligence server. Results View implements the modifications and displays the values and formatting on the report tables and charts.Drill – starts/ends Drill mode. You can analyze report values by drilling down or across the dimensions displayed in the tables and charts, to see more detailed slices of data.Take Snapshot of Drilled Report – makes a duplicate of the drilled report allowing you to keep a copy of the drilled values in the same document.Page navigation – click the arrows or type a page number in the box to navigate to specific pages in a document.

10a10b

11a11b

12

13

14

15

16

1

42

3 5

6

7

8

9a

9b

11a 13

14

15 1612

11b10b

10a



Using the Filter Editor and selecting quick filters for reportsYou can apply multiple filters to a report, section, or block of data in a report. There are two ways to include filters on a report element:• using the Filter Editor• using the Quick Filter list box

Using the Filter Editor for report filters

Title – specifies which block, section, or report is filtered.Filtered Object – displays the selected object on which the filter is defined.Operator – the list box offers a choice of operators for the filter.Operand type – allows you to type a value as a constant, or select a value from the List of Values related to the selected object (this option is illustrated), or to create a prompt.List of Values – lists the values associated with the selected object. (The List of Values only appears if the selected operand type is Value(s) from list.)Search value – allows you to type and retrieve a specific value to select the value for the filter.Values Selected – lists the value(s) specified in the filter definition.

1234

5

6

7

8

2

3

6

4

5

7

1



The

Using the Quick Filter list box for report filters

List of Values – lists the values associated with the selected object.Search value – allows you to type and retrieve a specific value to select the value for the filter. You can also use wildcard characters such as * or ? to retrieve multiple values with the same alphanumeric string.

12

1

2



Creating formulasThere are two ways of adding formulas to reports. You can:• type a formula into the Formula toolbar• use the Formula Editor to build a formula by selecting objects and operators

Using the Formula toolbar

12

34

5 6

Show/Hide Formula Editor – show or hide the Formula Editor.Create Variable – launches the Variable Editor where you can save the formula as a variable for re-use in the same document.Cancel Formula – cancels the formula displayed in the Formula toolbar.Validate Formula – parses the new formula and enters the formula in the cell. A message informs you if the formula syntax is not valid.Formula toolbar – you type formulas here.Formula shortcut menu – prompts you with the objects, functions, operators, and key words related to the string you are typing. You can select from the list instead of manually typing the entire string.

12

34

56



The

Using the Formula Editor

Formula pane – you drop objects, functions, and operators here to build the formula.Available Objects – lists the objects and variables in the document that you can use to build the formula.Available Functions – lists the WebIntelligence functions you can include in formulas.Available Operators – lists the operators, separators, and key words you can include in formulas.Contextual Help information – provides detailed information and a business example for the selected function.

12

34

5

234

1

5



Saving formulas as variablesOnce you have created a formula you can save the formula as a variable for reuse in the same document. There are two ways of saving formulas as variables:• type a formula in the Formula toolbar and then launch the Create Variable

dialog box• build a formula in the Variable Editor and then define the variable definition

Using the Create Variable dialog box

Name – type a name for the variable here. This is the name that will display next to the variable on the Data tab of the document so you can select and re-use it easily.Qualification – you qualify the variable as a dimension, measure, or detail object here.Formula definition – displays the formula that makes up the variable.

1

2

3

1

2

3



The

Using the Variable Editor

Name – type a name for the variable here. This is the name that will display next to the variable on the Data tab of the document so you can select and re-use it easily.Qualification – you qualify the variable as a dimension, measure, or detail object here.Formula pane – you build the formula here for the variable.Formula Editor – see page 176 for full information.

1

2

34

1

2

3

4



Formatting how values display on report cellsYou can format how cell values display using the options in the Number Format dialog box. You can also specify and save your own custom formats for re-use in the same document.To launch the Number Format dialog box, right-click a cell value and then select Format Number from the shortcut menu or launch it from the Properties tab.

Format type pane – lists the types of formats from which you can select.Properties pane – lists the formats available for the selected Format Type.Custom check box – select this check box to display the options to create your own custom format.Custom format fields – select one of the formats from the Properties pane to add the format to your list of custom formats or type your own custom format in the Undefined text box.Add – this button is activated when the Custom check box is selected. Click the Add button to add a format to your list of custom formats for re-use in the same document.

123

4

5

1 2

3

4



The

Turning tables to chartsYou can quickly transform tables and charts into a different table or chart formats using the Turn To feature. To launch the Turn To dialog box, right-click the table or chart block and then select Turn To from the shortcut menu.

1

2

Template tabs – choose a table or chart type tab for the selected report block.Format preview buttons – click a format preview button to apply the format to the selected table or chart.

12



Setting your Java Report Panel optionsYou can personalize the following display settings of the WebIntelligence Java Report Panel to help you position report elements on report pages:• define the unit for measurement• display a grid to help align page elements• use snap to grid to reposition page elements accurately• define grid spacing

Setting your Java Report Panel optionsTo set your Java Report Panel Options1. Click the User Settings button in the Java Report Panel toolbar.

The User Settings dialog box appears.

2. Specify measurement settings for the document properties and define grid settings here.

3. Click OK.WebIntelligence saves your new settings. The new settings are applied the next time you launch a WebIntelligence Report Panel.

Setting your Java Report Panel options


The

Building Queries Using the Java Report Panel

chapter


Build

OverviewThis chapter describes how you can build a basic report by creating and running a query using objects in a universe. It explains the fundamentals of universes and describes the objects that you use to construct a query.It includes information on the following:• understanding queries and universes• building a simple query• setting a scope of analysis, to include additional data for analysis• defining query properties, to return data more efficiently• selecting a context, to direct a query to return specific data• incompatible objects

ing Queries Using the Java Report Panel


Understanding queries and universesYou access data in a database by running queries using objects in a universe. This section describes what is a query, how you use a universe to build and run queries to get the data you need, and how to create reports using the Java panel.

What is a query?A query is one or more statements that request data from a database. If the data is available, then the requested data is returned by default in the form of a table which contains rows and columns.When you build a query, you are creating a request for information from a database. A request can be very simple, for example; give me total sales in California for the first quarter of last year, or more complicated, for example; give me an average age of customers who bought sweaters during the spring television promotion in Paris.Queries are sent to the databases in a language called SQL. However, when you use the Java panel you do not have to know any SQL. The Java panel presents the information available in the database as objects that have names and meanings familiar to you. These objects are organized in a structure called a universe.You build queries by combining objects in a universe. The universe translates the objects presented in your business language to SQL and then sends the request for information to the database. When the data is returned to the Java panel, it is presented in a table form, with columns that have the same names as the objects that you used in the query. The data is arranged in rows.

Understanding queries and universes


Build

Queries are based on universesYou build queries in the Java panel using objects in a universe. A universe is a representation of the information available in a database. This information is presented in everyday terms that describe your business situation. The universe appears in the Query Manager to the left of the Result Objects and Query Filters panes.

Query Manager Result Objects pane Query Filters pane



What does a universe contain?Universes are made up of objects and classes. These are described below:

What different types of objects can you use in a query?Objects can represent different types of information:

Universe component

Description

Object Named component that maps to data or a derivation of data in the database. You use objects in a query to retrieve data for your reports. For example, some of the objects in a sales universe would be Products, Region, and Sales Revenue.

Class Logical grouping of objects. Each class has a meaningful name, for example; the class Store contains the objects State, City, and Store name.

Object Examples DescriptionDimension Retrieves the data that will provide the

basis for analysis in a report. Dimension objects typically retrieve character-type data, for example; customer names, resort names, or dates.

Detail Provides descriptive data about a dimension. A detail is always attached to the dimension for which it provides additional information. For example, Age is a detail object that is associated with Customer dimension. Address provides additional information on customers.

Measure Retrieves numeric data that is the result of calculations on data in the database. For example; Revenue is the calculation of the number of items sold multiplied by item price. Measure objects are often located in a Measures class.

Details



Build

Classes and SubclassesObjects are grouped into folders called classes. Each class can also contain one or more subclasses. Subclasses contain objects that are a further subcategory of the objects in the upper lever of the class.The role of classes is to organize the objects into logical groups. When you create queries on the universe, classes help you to find the objects that represent the information that you want to use in a query.Classes and Objects are presented in a tree structure as follows:

Creating and running a queryYou use a universe to create a query in much the same way that you use nouns and verbs to construct a sentence. The dimension objects form the subject matter for the query. These are the objects that contain the information you want to retrieve, and a measure gives the query its required action, it tells the query what to do with the information represented by the dimensions.

Folder represents a class

Each icon within a class represents an object

Store details is a subclass of Store

Details are under dimensions



Why build a query?You build a query to answer a business question that requires data from a database. The query is your means to ask the database for information.

How do you use the universe to build a query?The universe is displayed in the Query Manager. From the Query Manager, you select the dimensions and details that represent the information that you want to retrieve, and add them to a work space called the Results Objects pane. You add one or two measure objects that represent the calculation, or the action that you want to perform on the information.Once you have constructed your query, you then run the query against the database.

What happens when you run a query?When you run a query, you retrieve the information from the database represented by the objects that you have added to the Results Objects pane. The request for information is processed in the database, and the results are sent back to the Java panel in the form of a document. The document contains all the information that you have asked for in the query arranged in columns and rows.

Returned data is stored for analysisThe data that is returned in a query is stored in the document. It is convenient to visualize the returned data as being organized as a cube. In the document, the data is displayed as a table. The table is a flat 2 dimensional view of the of the data cube.Each of the columns in a returned document represents an axis in the cube. You can edit the document by swapping and manipulating the data within the cube on any axis. When you swap or change data between different axis, the new result is again projected as a flat table in the resulting document.The data stored in the cube allows you to create a report that corresponds to your business needs without having to send another query to the database.If you want to add information to the document that is not in the cube, then you must add the object to the query and run the query again to get the new information.



Build

Building a simple queryBefore you can create a query, you must firstly start the WebIntelligence Java panel and select a universe. Refer to the chapter “Creating and Editing WebIntelligence Documents” for more information on connecting to a universe.Once you are connected to a universe, the universe objects appear in the Query Manager. You build a query by selecting objects in the Query Manager Data page, and adding them to the Results Objects pane. You can set various properties for the query, and then run the query to get the data for each object.The following is an overview of the steps that you follow to build a query. Each stage is described in more detail in its corresponding section. A procedure for the whole process is given in the section Building and running a simple query on page 200.You can control the amount and type of data that is returned for an object by setting filters on the object. This is described in Filtering Data Retrieval Using Query Filters on page 209.

OverviewAn overview of the query building process appears below:

Using the Query ManagerThe objects that you can use in a query are contained in a universe. The universe is displayed in the Query Manager at the left of the Result Objects and Query Filter panes.

What you do to build a query See the sectionNavigate the Query Manager to find the objects that you want to use in the query.

Using the Query Manager on page 190

Select and add objects to a query Building the query on page 191

Set the scope of analysis Setting the scope of analysis on page 193

Set properties for the queries Defining query properties on page 197

Run the query Running a simple query on page 199



Within a universe, objects are organized in folders called classes which are arranged in a tree view in the Query Manager. Each class is attached to the tree by a node. You click the node alternatively to open the class folder to display its objects or close the class folder to hide its objects.You navigate through the objects in a universe by expanding and closing classes.

Opening and closing a class folderYou open a class folder to display its objects. You close a class folder to hide its contents. Opening a class folder is called expanding a class.To expand a class:• Click a plus node next to the class that contains the object that you want to

use in a query.OrDouble click a class folder.The class expands. The objects contained in the class appear in the tree view.

To close a class:• Click a minus node next to the class that you want to close.

OrDouble click an open class folder.The class closes. The objects contained in the class are no longer displayed.

Building the queryYou build a query by selecting objects in the Query Manager and dragging them across to the Result Objects pane. You can also remove an object from the Result Objects pane at any time.

Adding an object to a queryTo add an object to a query:1. Open a class.

The class expands to show the objects that belong to the class.2. Select an object or class and drag it over to the Results Objects pane.

The object or class appears in the Results Objects pane.

Building a simple query


Build

Removing an object from a queryTo remove an object from a query:1. Make sure you are in Query View.

The Edit Query button is pressed in when you are working in Query View.2. Select an object in the Result Objects pane.3. Drag the object over to the Query Manager.

OrClick Delete.The object is removed from the Result Objects pane. The next time you run the query the object is not included in the query definition.



Setting the scope of analysisIn a universe, the objects within each class are represented in a hierarchy. For example, a class called Time period contains the objects Year, Quarter, Month, and Week arranged in a hierarchy as follows:

NOTEThe hierarchy does not always correspond to the order of dimensions within a class This is because the hierarchies can be customized at the universe level. Customizing hierarchies is done using BusinessObjects Designer.

What is a scope of analysis?The scope of analysis for a query is extra data that you can retrieve from the database to give more details on the data returned by each of the objects in a query. This extra data does not appear in the initial result document, but it remains available in the data cube, so you can pull this data in to the report to allow you to access more detail at any time. This process of refining the data to lower levels of detail is called drilling down on an object.In the universe, the scope of analysis corresponds to the hierachical levels below the object selected for a query. For example, a scope of analysis of one level down for the object Year, would include the object Quarter, which appears immediately under Year.You can set this level when you build a query. It allows objects lower down the hierarchy to be included in the query, without them appearing in the Results Objects pane. The hierarchies in a universe allow you to choose your scope of analysis, and correspondingly the level of drill available.You can also create a custom scope of analysis by selecting specific dimensions to the Scope of Analysis pane.

Setting the scope of analysis


Build

Setting levels of analysisWhen you set the scope of analysis for a query, you want to include objects one or more levels down the hierarchy tree, for each dimension that you have added to the Result Objects pane.When you run the query, the objects included in the scope of analysis are returned in the cube, but are not projected onto the result document. They can be added to the document at any time, without having to run the query again.

How many scope of analysis levels can you set?You can set the following levels for scope of analysis:

NOTE

Including a scope of analysis in a document increases the document size significantly. This is because the data necessary for the scope you specify is saved with the document, even though it is not visible in the reports unless you start drill mode and drill down to the data to display the corresponding values. In order to minimize the size of documents and optimize performance, we recommend that you only include a scope of analysis in documents where you are certain that users will need to drill.

Level DescriptionNone Only the objects that appear in the Results Objects pane

are included in the query.

One level downTwo levels downThree levels down

For each object in the Results pane, one, two, or three objects lower down the hierarchy tree are included in the query. The data from these objects is stored in the cube until you add them to the document.

Custom All objects added manually to the Scope of Analysis panel are included in the query.



Setting the Scope of AnalysisTo set the scope of analysis:1. Verify that you are in Query View.

The Edit Query button on the WebIntelligence toolbar is pressed in when you are in Query View.

2. Click the Show/Hide Scope of Analysis Pane button so that it appears pressed in.The Scope of Analysis panel appears at the bottom of the Result Objects pane. The default scope of analysis is Custom. Each dimension in the Result Objects pane appears in the Scope of Analysis pane.

3. Click the down arrow in the Scope of Analysis drop-down list box.4. Select a level for the scope of analysis.

Scope of Analysis button is pressed

Scope of Analysis pane Scope of Analysis drop-down list box

Setting the scope of analysis


Build

The level appears in the list box and the objects that appear hierarchically below each object in the Result Objects pane appear in the Scope of Analysis pane.

5. If you want to add selected objects to the scope of analysis or create a custom scope of analysis, select objects in the Query Manager and drag them across to the Scope of Analysis panel.

[Quarter] and [Month] appear under [Year][SKU desc] and [Color] appear under [Category]



Defining query propertiesYou can set properties for the query that can optimize the time taken for the query to run, or the amount of data returned, set security options, specify the order of prompts in the report, and control potential ambiguous query results. Properties are grouped together in sections on the Query Properties page in the Result Objects pane. You can set the following query properties:

Query Property Options

Description

Limits • Max rows retrievedMaximum number of rows of data that can be returned when a query is run. If you only need a certain amount of data, you can set this value to limit the number of rows of data that is returned to your document. This prevents a query from taking too much time or from returning necessary data to the document.

Note: The Max rows retrieved setting can be overridden by the limits set by your administrator in your security profile. For example, if you set the Max rows retrieved setting in the HTML report panel to 400 rows, but your security profile limits you to 200 rows, only 200 rows of data will be retrieved when you run the query.

• Max retrieval timeMaximum time that a query can run before the query is stopped. This can be useful when a query is taking too long due to an excess of data, or network problems. You can set a time limit so a query can stop within a reasonable time.

Data • Retrieve duplicate rowsIn a database, the same data may be repeated over many rows. You can choose to have these repeated rows returned in a query, or to have only unique rows returned.

Defining query properties


Build

Setting query propertiesTo set query properties:1. Verify that you are in Query View.

The Edit Query button is pressed in when you are working in Query View.2. Click the Properties tab.

Security • Allow other users to edit the queryWhen selected, other users who have the appropriate editing rights can access the Result Objects pane and modify the query. When cleared, only the report creator can modify the query. This option is selected by default.

Prompt Order • Prompts are listed in the list. You can use the up and down arrows to move a prompt up or down the list to change the order.

Context

(Contexts are described in the section Working with query contexts on page 201)

• Context listDisplays contexts selected during the previous refresh of the report.

• Reset contexts on refreshWhen selected, you are prompted to choose a context each time a query requiring a context is run. When unselected, WebIntelligence retains the context specified the first time you run the query.

• Clear contextsAll selected contexts are removed from the context list. The user is prompted to select a context when the report is refreshed.

Query Property Options

Description



The Query Properties options appear.

3. Click the Fold/Unfold arrows at the top right of each section of the options to expand or close the property groups.

4. Select or type query property options.For a full explanation of each option, see Query Property Options on page 197.Modifications in the sections properties are applied immediately.

Running a simple queryOnce you have built your query by adding the required objects to the Result Objects pane, set the scope of analysis and defined query properties, you are ready to run the query.When you run a query, the universe asks the database to find the data that corresponds to the demands of each of the objects in the query. You run a query by clicking the Run Query button.

Click up arrow to hide section

Click down arrow to show section

Defining query properties


Build

Building and running a simple queryBefore you can create a query you must ensure that you have connected to a universe from the InfoView portal. Once the universe is available in the Query Manager of the Java panel you can start building a query.You can build and run a simple query as follows:1. Verify that you are in Query View.

The Edit Query button is pressed in when you are in Query View.2. Click a class node in the Query Manager.

The class expands to show objects.3. Select an object and drag it into the Results Objects pane.

OrDouble-click an object.The object appears in the Results Objects pane.

4. Repeat steps 2. and 3. for each object that you want to include in the query.5. If you want to set a scope of analysis level, do the following:

- Click the Scope of Analysis button on the Query View toolbar- Select a level for the scope of analysis from the Scope of Analysis drop-down list box.

6. Click the Run Query button.A result table appears. Each column corresponds to an object added in the Result Objects pane. Data for each object appears in rows.



Working with query contextsWhen you create a query, or refresh a report, you may be asked to choose a context before the query can run. In a universe, contexts are implemented to avoid ambiguous queries. This section describes what is an ambiguous query, how contexts are used, and explains how you can choose a context to ensure that your query returns relevant information.

What is an ambiguous query?An ambiguous query is a query that contains one or more objects that can potentially return two different types of information.In a universe, certain dimensions may have values that are used for two different purposes in the database. For example, the Country dimension in the query below can return two types of information:• Customers and the country in which they spent their vacation.• Customers and the country for which they have made their reservation:

The role that Country plays in this query is ambiguous. A country value can be either the country where a vacation was sold, or a country where a vacation is reserved. One is existing information (sales), and the other is future information (reservations).To avoid ambiguities in a query, the universe designer identifies the different ways that objects can be used in the universe, and implements restrictions on how these objects can be combined. These restrictions are called contexts.

What is a context?A context is a defined group of objects that share a common business purpose. This business purpose is usually the type of information that these related objects represent. For example, a sales context is a grouping of all the objects that can be used to create sales queries. A reservations context is a grouping of all the objects that can be used in reservation queries. Contexts are defined in a universe by the universe designer.You can combine any object within the same context to create a query. You can also combine objects in different contexts. If you use an object that is common to both contexts, WebIntelligence will try to determine the context that best fits the

Working with query contexts


Build

other objects in the query. If it can not determine a context, you are prompted to choose the context that you want to apply to the query. For example, When you run the query above, a dialog box appears asking you to choose whether you want the country information to be sales or reservations information.

Defining how contexts are used in a queryIn WebIntelligence you can customize how contexts are used in a report.You can set the following options to determine how contexts are used when you refresh a report:

When you run a query, or refresh a report that can result in an ambiguous query, a dialog box appears asking you to select a context.

Selecting context propertiesTo select context properties:1. Verify that you are in Query View.2. Click the Properties tab.

The Query Properties page appears.3. Expand the Context group box.4. Select or clear the Reset contexts on refresh check box.

Option DescriptionReset contexts on refresh • When selected, you are prompted to choose

a context each time a query requiring a context is run.

• When cleared, a query is run automatically using the context used on previous refresh.

Clear contexts Clears the contexts listed in the list after the first refresh.



5. Click the Clear contexts button, if you want to remove all existing contexts saved in the report.This does not remove the context from the universe.

Selecting a contextTo select a context:1. From the Select a Context box, click one of the listed contexts.

This is the context that contains the data that is relevant to your query.

2. Click OK.The query is run for the selected context.

Working with query contexts


Build

About Incompatible objects in queriesSometimes it is not possible to use certain combinations of objects in queries. This situation arises when objects bear no relationship to one another. These objects are called incompatible objects.For example, the Island Resorts Marketing universe contains the [Reservation Year] and [Revenue] objects, which are incompatible. Why? Because there is no revenue associated with a reservation. Revenue is generated only when the customer is invoiced. The underlying database structure reflects this; you cannot build a query that aggregates revenue by reservation year because there is no such thing as revenue by reservation year. In other words, the aggregation context that you specified for the [Revenue] object does not exist.

Incompatible objects and SQLWhen you build a query, WebIntelligence generates SQL behind the scenes. This SQL is run against the database to produce a result that WebIntelligence displays in a report. For a query to be free of incompatible objects, WebIntelligence must be able to generate a single SQL query to retrieve the data. If this is not possible, the query contains incompatible objects.

How WebIntelligence handles incompatible objectsIf a report requires more than one SQL query to provide its data, WebIntelligence places the data from each query in a separate block, as shown below.

However, you can move data so that it all appears in one block. If you do this, WebIntelligence populates the incompatible cells in the block with either the #INCOMPATIBLE or #CONTEXT error messages.



The #INCOMPATIBLE error messageThe #INCOMPATIBLE error message appears in dimensions that are not compatible.

EXAMPLEThe #INCOMPATIBLE error messageThe report below contains the [Year], [Reservation Year] and [Revenue] objects. Because you cannot calculate revenue by reservation year, the dimensions appear with the #INCOMPATIBLE error message and the measure appears with the #CONTEXT message.

EXAMPLEThe #INCOMPATIBLE error message in a report with no measuresThe [Year] and [Reservation Year] objects in the report below still return the #INCOMPATIBLE error message even though no measure is specified; WebIntelligence is still able to display the error message even without the presence of measures in the report.

The #CONTEXT error messageThe #CONTEXT error message appears in measures whose aggregation context does not exist in the report. In the example The #INCOMPATIBLE error message on page 205, the [Revenue] object appears as #CONTEXT because it is not possible to aggregate [Revenue] by [Reservation Year], an incompatible object that also appears in the report.

About Incompatible objects in queries


Build

Relationship between the #INCOMPATIBLE and #CONTEXT error messagesThe #INCOMPATIBLE error message always implies a #CONTEXT error message. If you have a block containing incompatible dimensions, a measure that returns the #CONTEXT error message will always exist. However, the inverse is not true. It is possible to have a block whose dimensions are compatible, to which you can add a measure that returns the #CONTEXT error message.

EXAMPLE#CONTEXT error message with compatible dimensionsThe block below contains the [Country],[Year] and [Revenue] objects. Both dimensions are compatible and the aggregation context exists; hence the block returns data.

If you add the [Future Guests] object to the block, it returns #CONTEXT. This is because it is not possible to calculate future guests by country and year.



Incompatible objects and sectionsThe concept of incompatible objects applies to the relationship between objects in a section header and the section body. The objects in the section body must be compatible with the objects in the section header.

EXAMPLEIncompatible objects in a report containing sectionsThe report below has the [Year] object in the section header, and blocks containing ([Country], [Revenue]) and ([Reservation Year], [Future Guests]) in the section body. The first block returns data because the [Country] and [Revenue] objects are compatible with the [Year] object (in other words, it is possible to calculate revenue by year by country) but the second block returns the #INCOMPATIBLE and #CONTEXT errors. This is because it is not possible to calculate future guests by year by reservation year; there is no link between the [Year] and [Reservation Year] objects.

About Incompatible objects in queries


Build

Incompatible objects and crosstabsCrosstabs return #INCOMPATIBLE and #CONTEXT errors if the dimensions in the rows and columns are not compatible, or if the dimensions on the same axis are not compatible.

EXAMPLECrosstab with incompatible objectsThe crosstab below has [Year] and [Reservation Year] as rows, [Quarter] as columns and [Revenue] as a measure. This creates an impossible aggregation context.

Incompatible objects and filtersYou should take care when filtering a report, because it is possible to create an impossible aggregation context when you apply a filter. For further information on creating filters, see Filtering the Values Displayed in Reports on page 491.

EXAMPLECreating an impossible aggregation context with a filterThe report below has sections on [Reservation Year] and [Year], and a block containing [Quarter] and [Revenue]. If you apply a filter on [Reservation Year], all the other objects display #INCOMPATIBLE or #CONTEXT. Without a filter, there is no problem, but because there is no relationship between [Year] and [Reservation Year], WebIntelligence is unable to determine what data to show in the block when you add the filter.

Troubleshooting incompatible objectsIf you have a report that returns #INCOMPATIBLE or #CONTEXT error messages, you need to remove the conflicting dimensions in order to create an aggregation context that WebIntelligence can process. To do this you need to understand your data and the reason why the aggregation context you have specified is not possible.


Filtering Data Retrieval Using Query Filters

chapter


Filte

OverviewYou limit the data returned to a WebIntelligence document by applying filters when you define the query. Using query filters enables you to secure the data you don’t want specific user groups to see and limits the size of the documents stored on your network. When you run the query or refresh the document data, WebIntelligence returns only the values that meet the query filter definitions.This chapter tells you about:• how query filters work• the different types of query filter• using predefined filters• creating custom filters• combining multiple filters on a single query• editing and removing query filters• applying query filters to business questionsThis chapter explains how to apply filters to objects in a query using the Java Report Panel. For information about applying filters using the HTML Report Panel, see Filtering Queries on page 761.

TIPTo build documents that filter data according to complex business questions, use Advanced filters to build multiple sub-queries. See Using Advanced Query Filters on page 269.

ring Data Retrieval Using Query Filters


How query filters workWhen you build a query on a universe, you can filter the query to limit the data WebIntelligence returns to the document. Query filters retrieve a sub-set of the data from the database and return the corresponding values to the document. You define filters that match the criteria of specific business questions. For example, you can filter the [Year] dimension to view only sales revenue for Year 2003; or filter the [Annual Income] dimension to view only customers whose annual income is equal to or greater than $1.5M.Including query filters on the data definition of the query enables you to:• retrieve only the data you need to answer a specific business question• hide the data you don’t want specific users to see when they access the

document• minimize the quantity of data returned to the document to optimize

performance

EXAMPLEIn 4Q2002, which stores in my sales region gained margins above $13K?As Regional Marketing Manager for Texas, you are only interested in analyzing margins for Texas, but the sales universe includes data US-wide. In addition, you only want to view information for stores where margins reached over your 4Q 2002 quarterly target figure: $13K.To create a document with only the information you need, you apply a filter on the [State], [Year], and [Quarter] dimensions and a filter on the [Margin] measure:

How query filters work


Filte

To avoid displaying the filtered values Texas, 2002, and Q4 in the table columns Year, Quarter, and State, you exclude the [Year], [Quarter], and [State] objects from the Result Objects pane. When you generate the report, the report values correspond to Texas stores with 4Q 2002 margins greater than or equal to $1.3K:

This enables you to filter the report for the specific values that interest you and to minimize the values displayed in the table.

The difference between query filters and report filtersYou can apply filters at two levels within a document:• query filters – these filters are defined on the query; they limit the data

retrieved from the data source and returned to the WebIntelligence document• report filters – these filters limit the values displayed on reports, tables, charts,

sections within the document, but they don’t modify the data that is retrieved from the data source; they simply hide values at the report level

Query filtersYou define query filters in Query View



Users without the security profile to edit the query cannot modify the query filters you define. This ensures that the data saved with a document is appropriate for those who view or analyze the data within that document.

NOTEQuery filters decrease the time it takes to run the reports in the document and limit the size of the document to the data relevant to the users who consult it. Query filters also ensure document security.

Report filtersFilters you apply to the data displayed in the report are called report filters. You use report filters to limit the values displayed in the reports within a document. You can filter each report to display a different subset of the same data. The data hidden by the report filters remains saved with the WebIntelligence document. You can modify the report filters to display different data in the report or remove the report filters altogether to display all the data defined in the query.You define report filters in Report View. For information on using report filters, see How report filters work on page 493.

NOTEWhen you add a report filter, is it possible to create an aggregation context that WebIntelligence is unable to process because you have made some of the objects in the report incompatible. For more information on incompatible objects, see About Incompatible objects in queries on page 204. For information on how report filters relate to incompatible objects, see Incompatible objects and filters on page 208.



Filte

What makes up a filter?To create a filter, you need to specify three elements:• a filtered object• an operator• a value(s)

EXAMPLEFiltering the data source to retrieve only values for the Accessories product lineFor example, to display data only for the Accessories product line, you select:

When you run the query, WebIntelligence applies the operator to the filtered object and retrieves the value(s) from the database that correspond to the value(s) you specified.You can filter multiple objects in a query. For example, you can create another filter on the [Sales Revenue] measure to focus your data to a more specific range of results:

When you run the report again, WebIntelligence displays the range of values for the weeks you specified in the filter.

a value: Accessories

filtered object: [Lines]

an operator: Equal to



What objects can I filter on the query?You can define custom query filters on any dimension, measure, or detail object listed on the Data tab in Query View. You can also use predefined filters created by your administrator at the universe level. Predefined filters appear with the universe objects and are indicated by the filter icon:

For example, you can filter the [Year] dimension to return values for a specific year, filter the [Revenue] measure to return values for a range of revenue figures, or filter the [Postal Code] detail to return values for a specific postal area. For an illustrated description and examples of dimensions, measures, and details, see Building Queries Using the Java Report Panel on page 183.

NOTEYour administrator can prevent objects from being filtered. If you create filters on these objects, when you try to run the query a warning appears listing the filters that you cannot use. You need to remove these filters from the query in order to run the query.

Dimension

Detail

Measure

Predefined filters



Filte

Which operator should I choose?It is important to understand the effect of each operator available to you when you define a filter. The table below lists the operators available for query filters and provides an example of each operator in the context of a business question:

To obtain data... for example... select... to create the filter...equal to a value you specify,

retrieve data for the US only,

Equal to [Country] Equal to US.

different from a value you specify,

retrieve data for all quarters except Q4,

Different from [Quarter] Different from Q4

greater than a value you specify,

retrieve data for customers aged over 60,

Greater than [Customer Age] Greater than 60

greater than or equal to a value you specify,

retrieve data for revenue starting from $1.5M upward,

Greater than or equal to

[Revenue] Greater than or equal to 1000500

lower than a value you specify,

retrieve data for exam grades below 40,

Less than [Exam Grade] Less than 40

lower than or equal to a value you specify,

customers whose age is 30 or less,

Less than or equal to

[Age] Less than or equal to 30

between two values you specify that includes those two values,

weeks starting at week 25 and finishing at 36 (including week 25 and week 36),

Between [Weeks] Between 25 and 36

outside the range of two values you specify,

all the weeks of the year, except for weeks 25 through 36 (week 25 and week 36 are not included),

Not between [Weeks] Not Between 25 and 36



the same as several values you specify,

you only want to retrieve data for the following countries: the US, Japan, and the UK,

In list [Country] In list ‘US; Japan; UK’

different from the multiple values you specify,

you don’t want to retrieve data for the following countries: the US, Japan, and the UK,

Not in list [Country] Not in list ‘US; Japan; UK’

for which there is no value entered on the database,

customers without children (the children column on the database has Null as the data entry),

Is null [Children] Is null

for which a value was entered on the database,

customers with children (the children column on the database does not have Null as the data entry),

Is not Null [Children] Is not Null

that includes a specific string,

customers whose date of birth is 1972,

Matches pattern

[DOB] Matches pattern, ‘72’

To obtain data... for example... select... to create the filter...



Filte

that doesn’t include a specific string,

customers whose date of birth is not 1972,

Different from pattern

[DOB] Different from pattern, ‘72’

that corresponds to two values you specify,

telco customers who have both a fixed telephone and a mobile phone,

Both [Account Type] Both “fixed” and “mobile”

that corresponds to one value you specify and does not correspond to another value you specify

telco customers who have a fixed telephone, but don’t have a mobile phone,

Except [Account Type] “fixed” Except “mobile”


The difference between the Different from, Not in list, and Except operators

Different from, Not in list, and Except are all operators that exclude certain data from your query results. For example, you could use this query filter to obtain a list of customers who have not bought accessories:

However, the filter illustrated above would not exclude customers who had bought accessories, if these customers had also bought other line products from your company. The same is true if you use the Not in list operator.If you used Except, the query would exclude all customers who had bought accessories, whether they had bought other line products from your company or not.



How do I specify the value(s)?When you define query filters, you specify the value(s) you want WebIntelligence to retrieve from the database and return to the document. For example, if you want to limit the document data to data for one or more countries, the value(s) you define will be the names of those countries, such as the US and Japan.There are two ways you can define the values for a filter using the Java Report Panel:• type the value yourself – this is called a constant• ask WebIntelligence to prompt you with the list of values present on the

database so you can select the values you want to retrieveThe following table gives examples of when it is more efficient to type a constant or select value(s) from list:

How many filters can I apply to a query?You can apply one or multiple filters to a single query. For example, to retrieve data for stores with long opening hours and only for stores in specific US states, you can combine a pre-defined filter with a custom filter:

For information on how to combine multiple query filters, see Combining multiple filters on a query on page 237.

If... for example... then...the list of values on the dimension or detail you are filtering is long and you are sure of how to spell the value you want to filter;

names of months or numbers for specific years,

type a constant.

you are not sure how to spell the value(s) you want to filter;

customer names or product lines, which can change frequently and include unusual spellings,

select value(s) from list.

Custom query filter appliedto the [State] dimension

Predefined query filter



Filte

Can I filter data without including the filtered object among the report data?If you don’t want to include a filtered object on the Data tab of reports, you can filter the object without including the object on the Result Objects pane. This is useful if you want to filter a query to limit the document information to specific values, but you don’t want other users who modify the reports to see the filtered object. For example, the following tables show two versions of a document with a query filter on the [County] dimension that returns values for the US only:

The [Country] dimension is filtered to only return values for the US and not included as a result object. The Country dimension does not appear on the Data tab of the report.

The [Country] dimension is filtered to only return values for the US and included as a result object. The Country dimension appears on the Data tab of the report.



Types of query filtersYou can apply four types of filters to queries when you build queries using the Java Report Panel:• predefined filters – created by your administrator• custom filters – you define on the query• prompts – you define these dynamic filters to display a question or a list of

values so you or other users can select different filter value(s) at each document refresh

• advanced filters – you define on sub-selections of the data on the queryYou can combine all four types of filters on a single query.This chapter explains how to use the following two filter types:• predefined filters• custom filtersFor information on creating prompts, see Building Prompt Filters on Queries on page 253. For information on creating advanced filters, see Using Advanced Query Filters on page 269.

TIPUse query filters systematically when you create WebIntelligence documents to:• ensure the document data is relevant to your analysis• optimize the time it takes to return the data to the reports in documents• minimize the size of documents stored on your system

Types of query filters


Filte

Using predefined filtersPredefined filters are a method of making the specific data you most typically need for reports permanently available in the WebIntelligence data tab. They are created by an administrator and saved with the universe. Predefined filters often contain complex expressions that require a detailed knowledge of the database structure. Including predefined filters on the universe means you don’t need to create the same custom filters every time you create new WebIntelligence documents based on the same universe.

EXAMPLETargeting only privileged customers with a new store card payment schemeIn this example, you are a sales representative who wants to analyze the number of purchases by customer by year, in order to target an incentive campaign for a new type of store card payment scheme. Only those customers who are high spenders interest you.Your administrator has created a filter on the universe, called Privileged Customers, to make it easy for users building documents to analyze only those customers.With the predefined filter selected, your query looks like this:

The data returned to the report table or chart will only include data for the customers your company considers privileged customers.

NOTE

As a WebIntelligence user, you cannot edit predefined filters. This needs to be done by an administrator. Predefined filters can only be used to filter the query, they cannot be used to filter specific reports, sections, or blocks in the document.



Including a predefined query filterTo include a predefined query filter:1. Make sure you are in Query View.

The Edit Query button is pressed in when you are in Query View. WebIntelligence displays the universe objects on the Data tab:

2. Double-click the objects you want to include in the query.OrDrag and drop the objects onto the Results Objects pane.The objects appear on the Result Objects pane.For step-by-step instructions on selecting objects to build a query, see Adding an object to a query on page 191.

result objects

query filters

universe objects

Using predefined filters


Filte

3. Double-click the predefined filter.OrDrag-and-drop the predefined filter to the Query Filters pane.The predefined filter appears on the Query Filters pane.

When you run the query, the data corresponding to the query filter(s) you selected is returned to the report.

You can apply multiple filters to the same query by combining predefined filters with custom filters. For more information, see Combining multiple filters on a query on page 237.

NOTEPredefined filters are created and edited by your administrator. As a WebIntelligence user, you cannot view the component parts of predefined filters or edit predefined filters.



Creating custom query filtersYou create custom query filters to limit document data to information corresponding to:• a specific business question• the business information needs of a specific group of usersFor example, you can create custom filters to retrieve sales results data for specific dates, products, or services, or to view customer information only for customers who are high wage earners or who live in a particular region.

EXAMPLEAnalyzing year 2002 sales revenue figures at large stores nationwideIn this example, you are a finance officer who wants to analyze the revenue figures for the larger stores nationwide at your company. The universe you connect to contains data for all stores for all years. You create the following filters:

The custom filters, which you defined and applied to the [Store Floor Size] and [Year] dimensions, limits the values returned to the document to values for year 2002 for larger stores.

Creating custom query filters


Filte

You can define custom query filters two ways:• Using the Quick Filter option – allows you to quickly select one or multiple

values from a list of value(s)• Using the Filter Editor – allows you to select from many operators and to

either type or select the value(s)



Using the quick filter option to create filtersQuick filters allow you to quickly define the value(s) you want to retrieve for a specific object without launching the Filter Editor. By default, Quick filters use the Equal to operator if you select a single value or the In list operator if you select multiple values.For example:• If you select the [Payment Status] dimension and the value “unpaid” you

create the filter:[Payment Status] Equal to “unpaid”

• If you select the [Country] dimension and the values US, Japan, Germany, you create the filter:[Country] In list “US;Japan;Germany”

Creating a query filter using the quick filter optionTo create a query filter using the quick filter option:1. Make sure you are in Query View.

The Edit Query button is pressed in when you are working in Query View.2. Make sure the Query Filters pane is visible.

If the pane is not displayed, click the Show/Hide Filter Pane button.

Query Filters pane



Filte

3. Select the object you want to filter and drag it to the Result Objects pane.4. Reselect the object on the Result Objects panel and click the Add Quick

Filter button on the Report toolbar.The List of Values dialog box appears. The values for the selected object are listed.

5. Select the value(s) you want to retrieve from the database.For example, to filter the query for values in Q1, select the [Quarter] dimension, then select Q1 from the list of values.

6. Click OK.The new filter appears on the Query Filters pane.



When you run the query or refresh the document, WebIntelligence retrieves only the values that correspond to the filter.

You can apply multiple filters to the same query. See Combining multiple filters on a query on page 237.For information about editing and removing query filters, see Editing and removing query filters on page 246.

Using the Query Editor to create filtersUsing the Query Editor allows you to choose from a range of operators to define the filter condition and to either select values from the List of Values or to type a constant when you define the filter value(s).

Creating a custom query filter using the Filter EditorTo create a custom query filter using the Filter Editor:1. Make sure you are in Query View.

The Edit Query button is pressed in when you are working in Query View.2. On the Query toolbar, click the Show/Hide Filter Pane button to display the

Query Filters pane.



Filte

The Query Filters pane is where WebIntelligence displays all the filters defined on the query.

For information on how to define the result objects you want WebIntelligence to retrieve to the document, see Creating and running a query on page 188.

3. Select the object you want to filter and drag it to the Query Filters pane.The Filter Editor appears:

The name of the object you selected displays beneath the title: Filtered Object.

Query Filters pane



4. Select an operator.For a description and example of each operator, refer to the table of operators on page 216.

5. Select Constant or Value(s) from List.The following table will help you decide which option you should select

6. The next step depends on whether you selected Constant or Value(s) from list.(See the table on the following page 232.)



type a constant.






Filte

TIPFormats for currency values and dates vary between locales. For example, 20 March 2003 is 03/20/2003 in the US but 20/03/2003 in Europe. To ensure that you enter the correct format when you type a constant to define a filter, select Value(s) from list as the operand type to verify the format, then select Constant and type in the correct format.

If you selected Constant... If you selected Value...• Type the value(s), you want to

retrieve, in the Constant text box.• Depending on the operator you

selected, type a single value:

OrType multiple values.

• Select the value(s), you want to retrieve, from the displayed List of Values and add them to the Values Selected box, by clicking the >> button.

• Depending on the operator you selected, select one value:

OrSelect multiple values:



7. Click OK.The new filter appears in the Query Filters pane.

When you run the query, only data corresponding to the query filter is returned to the report.

NOTE

You can choose to display the filtered values in the report, by including the object you filter in the Result Objects pane, or filter the object without displaying the filtered values, by excluding the object you filter from the Result Objects pane.

You can apply multiple filters to the same query. See Combining multiple filters on a query on page 237.For information about editing and removing query filters, see Editing and removing query filters on page 246.



Filte

Using wildcard characters to search the List of ValuesWhen you define filters based on very large databases, the list of values can contain thousands of values. To save scrolling through the list to select the value(s) you want to define the filter, you can use the Search button to find the value(s) quickly. In addition, if your filter includes an operator that requires multiple values, you can use wildcard characters to search for values that have the same string of characters in common.For example, if you want to define a filter on customer names by retrieving data only for those customers whose family name begins with “Mac” you can combine the characters Mac with wildcard characters to search for all the customers with Mac as part of their family name, such as MacDermott, MacPherson, MacMillan. You can then select the names you want and add them to the filter.

Using wildcard characters to search for values with the same stringTo use wildcard characters to search for values with the same string:1. Make sure you are in Query View.

The Edit Query button is pressed in when you are working in Query View.2. On the Query toolbar, click the Show/Hide Filter Pane button to display the

Query Filters pane.1. Double-click a filter

OrCreate a new filter by dragging and dropping the object you want to filter from the Data tab onto the Query Filters pane.

2. In the Filter Editor, verify that an operator is selected for the filter and select or change the operator if necessary.

3. For the operand type, select Value(s) from list:.



The values for the filtered object appear listed in the List of Values pane.

For full information on filtering selected objects and working with the Filter Editor, see Creating a custom query filter using the Filter Editor on page 229.

4. Type the series of characters that occur in the value(s) you want to retrieve.For example, to find all the values for long-sleeved clothing categories, type: long

5. Type the appropriate wildcard.The following table lists the wildcard character(s) supported by the Java Report Panel:

This wildcard... does this...* replaces one or several characters.

For example: C* typed as the value to filter the State dimension will return all states that start with the letter C; such as California, Colorado.

? replaces one character.For example: 11012? typed as the value to filter the SKU code detail, will return all SKU codes that start with the specified number series and one number following it; such as 110120, 110121, 110122.



Filte

For example, to find all long-sleeved articles, you need to type:long*This is because any number of characters could appear after the word “Long.”

6. Click the binoculars.WebIntelligence displays the values that include the string you specified:

7. Add the value(s) you want to filter to the Values Selected list.8. Click OK

The new query filter appears in the Query Filters pane.



Combining multiple filters on a queryTypical business questions require to retrieve information that matches more than one criteria. For example, if you are analyzing customer services data, you will most likely want to focus on customers for a specific time period and also for a specific region, and probably also for a specific level of customer service contract. With WEBINTELLIGENCE, you retrieve data that answers several criteria like this by combining filters in the same query.

EXAMPLEAnalyze sales revenue this year at stores where the floor size is over 4,000 square feet and sales revenue figures are equal to or less than $1.5MIn this example, you are an operations manager for a retail chain. You want to analyze information about the large retail stores in your chain that are making less than the sales revenue figure your company has set as the target.To do this you add a predefined filter on the [Year] dimension to specify that you only want to retrieve values for this year. Then you create a second filter on the [Sales Floor Size] dimension to specify that you only want to retrieve data for stores where the floor size is greater than 4,000 square feet. After this, you create a third filter on the [Sales Revenue] measure to specify that you only want to retrieve data for stores where the sales revenue figures are equal to or less than $1.5M. Finally, you combine these three filters with the And operator:

Combining multiple filters on a query


Filte

When you run the query, only data for stores that satisfy all three criteria will be returned to the report.:

The section tells you how to:• combine query filters• combine simple filters with combined filters

How you combine query filtersYou combine filters to retrieve data that corresponds to multiple business criteria. For example, to retrieve data for customers who live in California and who don’t have a premium service contract, you combine the following two filters:

Filter 1: [State] Equal to CaliforniaAndFilter 2: [Service Contract] Not equal to Premium

Combining query filtersTo combine query filters:1. Create each filter.

For step-by-step information on how to create query filters, see Creating a custom query filter using the Filter Editor on page 229.

2. Make sure that the Show/Hide Filters pane button on the Query toolbar is pressed in.You view the filters on the query in the Query Filters pane.



By default WebIntelligence combines the filters with the And operator:

3. You can leave the And operator or change the operator to Or.This table explains the difference between the And and the Or operators:

4. If necessary, change the operator to Or, by clicking the And operator once:

Or now displays as the operator.

You want to retrieve... for example... select...data true for both filters, customers who ordered supplies in Q1 and

who are based in the US (the data you retrieve will include: US customers who placed orders in Q1),

And

data true for any one of the filters,

customers who ordered supplies in: Q1 or who are based in the US (the data you retrieve will include: worldwide customers who placed orders in Q1 and US customers who placed orders during any quarter),

Or



Filte

Combining simple filters with combined filtersYou can combine filters with other groups of combine filters to retrieve data that corresponds to one or multiple business criteria. You combine filters with And or Or operator. You can combine groups of filters with single filters to answer complex criteria. The following example explains how the And and Or operators affect the data WebIntelligence retrieves to a document.

EXAMPLEUsing And or Or to combine query filtersThis example illustrates how using And and Or operators in four different ways to combine the same three query filters affects the values retrieved to a document.The three filters are on the [State] dimension, the [Quarter] dimension, and the [Sales Revenue] measure.

Using AndUsing And to combine all three filters returns data for Texas in Q4, if the Sales Revenue total is greater than $2M:



In this case, the Sales Revenue for Texas in Q4 is over $2M, so the following values are returned to the default report when you run the query:

When you use the And operator to combine all the query filters like this, all of the criteria specified in all of the filters need to be matched by the data on the database for WebIntelligence to run the query. If any one filter is unmatched WebIntelligence displays a warning to inform you that there is no data corresponding to the query definition. If you run the query anyway, the default report displays without any values. Only the table headers appear.

Using OrUsing Or to combine all three filters returns data that matches any one of the filters:



Filte

In this case, WebIntelligence returns values for Texas for all quarters, data for all states in Q4, and data for all states where sales revenue was greater than $2M.

Using And and OrYou can retrieve data that answers either the criteria specified in one filter or the criteria specified in the other filter(s). You can combine the first filter with either the second or third filter by using And and Or as follows:

In this case, WebIntelligence retrieves data that corresponds to:• the first filter – [State] Equal to Texas

and• also corresponds to either

- the second filter – [Quarter] Equal to Q4or

- the third filter – [Sales Revenue] Greater than $2M



Using Or and AndYou can reverse the operators and combine the same three filters as follows:

In this case, WebIntelligence retrieves data that corresponds to:• the first filter – [State] Equal to Texas

or that corresponds to• both the second filter – [Quarter] Equal to Q4 and the third filter – [Sales

Revenue] Greater than $2M

Combining simple filters and combined filtersTo combine simple filters and combine filters:

1. Create each query filter.For step-by-step information on how to create a query filter, see Creating custom query filters on page 225.

2. Make sure that the Show/Hide Filters pane button on the Query toolbar is pressed in.The filters and prompts on the query are listed here. By default WebIntelligence combines the filters and prompts with the And operator.



Filte

3. You can leave the And operator or click the operator to change it to Or:

For a definition and example of And and Or, see page 239.4. To nest a filter under another filter or prompt, select the filter you want to nest

and drag it onto the filter you want to group it with:

WebIntelligence groups the two filters and nests the grouped filters beneath the other filter(s).

To combine the filter on the [Revenue] measure with the filter on the [Country] dimension, drag the [Revenue] measure filter onto the [Country] dimension filter



5. If necessary, click the And or Or operator to change the operator.When you run the query or refresh the document data, WebIntelligence filters the data according to the query filters you defined.



Filte

Editing and removing query filtersYou can edit or remove any of the filters defined on the query.

Editing a query filterTo edit a query filter:1. Make sure you are in Query View.

The Edit Query button is pressed in when you are working in Query View.2. Make sure the Query Filters Panel is visible.

If the Query Filters pane is not displayed, click the Show/Hide Query Filters Pane button.The query filters and prompts are listed here:

3. Double-click the filter you want to edit.The Filter Editor appears:

4. You change the definition of the filter here.For information on how to define filters, see Creating a custom query filter using the Filter Editor on page 229.



5. Click OK.The modified query appears in the Query Filters pane. When you click Run Query to regenerate the document, the results displayed in the report(s) correspond to the new filter definition.

Removing a filter from a queryTo remove a query filter:1. Make sure you are in Query View.

The Edit Query button is pressed in when you are working in Query View.2. Make sure the Query Filters Panel is visible.

If the Query Filters pane is not displayed, click the Show/Hide Query Filters Pane button.The query filters and prompts are listed here:

3. Drag the filter you want to remove and drop it onto the Data tab.OrSelect the filter, then press the Delete key.If the Data tab is not visible, click the Show/Hide Manager button to display the Report Manager with the Data and Query Properties tabs.The filter is removed from the query definition and no longer appears on the Query Filters pane. When you click Run Query to regenerate the document, the results displayed in the report(s) are no longer filtered.

To delete the prompt filter on the [Year] dimension, drag the [Year] dimension filter onto the Data tab

Editing and removing query filters


Filte

Applying query filters to business questionsThis section provides examples of how you can apply query filters to WebIntelligence documents to answer typical business questions.

Retrieving a range of valuesUsing filters to retrieve a range of values is useful if you want to define a date range to analyze invoices or orders for a particular calendar period, or if you want to define an alphabetical range; such as for customer names or product lines.

EXAMPLEAnalyzing the payment status of invoices sent to customers in December 2002In this example you want to analyze the payment status of all invoices sent to customers during the month of December, 2002. To do this you need to retrieve data for invoices dated between December 1, 2002 and December 31, 2002.To do this:1. Click the Edit Query button on the WebIntelligence toolbar.

Query View appears.2. Drag and drop the [Invoice Date] object into the Query Filters pane.

The Filter Editor dialog box appears.3. Select the operator Between.

REMINDER

4. If you know how dates are typed into the database, select Constant. If you are unsure how dates should be typed or you want to select from new values entered into the database that you haven’t yet seen, select Value(s) from list.

To retrieve data that... for example... double-click...include a range of values,

retrieve data for 12/01/02 through 12/31/2002,

Between

omit a range of values, Exclude data for 12/01/02 through 12/31/2002,

Not between



5. Enter the start date and end date for the month of December 2002:

6. Click OK to confirm the filter.The new filter appears in the Query Filters pane.

When you run the query, only invoices for the month of December 2002 will be returned to the document.

TIPTo avoid displaying the Year column in the table, which will display the same value “2002” in each row, remove the [Year] object from the Result Objects pane when you define the query. The document data will still be filtered for 2002, but the value “2002” will no longer be displayed in the report(s).

If you selected Constant... if you selected Value(s) from list...• type the date for December 1,

2002 into the From: box,• type the date for December 31,

2002 in the To: box

• select the date for December 1, 2002 and click the From>> button

• select the date for December 31, 2002 and click the To>> button

Applying query filters to business questions


Filte

Using the In list operator to define filtersUsing the In list operator for filters is useful, if you want to retrieve data for several values, such as specific cities, product lines, or named customer accounts, that are not already grouped together in objects on the universe.

EXAMPLEAnalyzing sales revenue for the cities in your sales regionIn this example, you want to analyze sales revenue for the cities that fall into your sales region. The [City] object on the universe includes all the cities with which your company does business. In order to analyze only those cities for which you are responsible, you need to create a filter that selects the cities you specify.To do this:1. Click the Edit Query button on the WebIntelligence toolbar.

Query View displays the query definition of the open document.2. Drag and drop the [City] object into the Query Filters pane.

The Filter Editor dialog box appears.3. Select the In list operator.

REMINDER:

4. Select the Operand type, Value(s) in list.The values related to the [City] object appear.

5. Select each city by selecting the city name(s) in the List of Values box, and then press the >> button.

If you want to... for example... select...include data that is listed in a list of values that you specify,

retrieve values for three cities: London, Paris, Tokyo,

In list

exclude data that is listed in a list of values that you specify,

exclude values for three cities: London, Paris, Tokyo,

Not in list



The selected cities are listed in the Values Selected list.6. Click OK.

The new filter appears in the Query Filters pane:

When you run the query, WebIntelligence only returns the values that correspond to data for the cities you defined in the filter.

Retrieving data that includes a specific alphanumeric stringUsing filters to retrieve values with a specific string or characters is useful if you want to retrieve data for multiple values, where all these values include the same string of numbers or characters in their label.This is particularly useful for retrieving data for post codes for addresses or SKU codes for specific line categories. For example, you can retrieve post codes that include “NY,” SKU codes that include “606,” or customer date of births that include “1971.”

EXAMPLEAnalyzing data for customers in a specific postal area by filtering the first two letters of their post codeIn this example, you want to analyze data for customers living in the CA postal area. You can do this by retrieving only the data for customers whose post code includes CA.To do this:1. Click the Edit Query button on the WebIntelligence toolbar.

Query View appears.2. Drag and drop the [Post Code] object into the Query Filters pane.

The Filter Editor dialog box displays.3. Select the operator Matches pattern.

Applying query filters to business questions


Filte

REMINDER

TIPVery large databases can contain thousands of values for each table column or row. To select multiple values quickly, you can use wildcard characters to retrieve values that have the same string of characters in common. See Using wildcard characters to search the List of Values on page 234.

4. Select the operand type, Constant.5. In the Constant text box, type the character or numerical string you want to

filter. In this example, the character string you type will be CA.If you only want to type a partial string, you can include wildcard characters when you type the string definition, see Using wildcard characters to search the List of Values on page 234.

6. Click OK.The new filter appears in the Query Filters pane.

When you run the query, only data for customers whose post code includes the string you specified, will be returned to the document.

To retrieve data that... for example... select...includes an alphabetical or numeric character string you specify,

a SKU code prefix, month of birth, or post code prefix,

Matches pattern

does not include an alphabetical or numeric character string you specify,

a SKU code prefix, month of birth, or post code prefix.



Building Prompt Filters on Queries

chapter


Build

OverviewThis chapter tells you how to build prompts to filter WebIntelligence documents. Each time you refresh the document data, the prompts appear for you to specify the filter values you want WebIntelligence to return to the document. Prompts enable multiple users to return different data to the same document every time they refresh the document data. You can create prompts that require you to specify an account number, a date, a range of customer names, and so on.This chapter explains how:• prompt filters work• you apply prompts to a document• you apply multiple prompts to a single document• you edit and remove prompts

ing Prompt Filters on Queries


What are prompts?A prompt is a dynamic filter that displays a question every time you refresh the data in a document. You answer prompts by either typing or selecting the value(s) you want to view before you refresh the data. WebIntelligence retrieves only the values you specified from the database and returns those values to the reports within the document.Prompts allow multiple users viewing a single document to specify a different sub-set of the database information and display it in the same report tables and charts. Prompts also reduce the time it takes for the data to be retrieved from the database.

EXAMPLEEnable users in the Accounts department to specify the period for which they want to view customer payment informationIn this example, the document has a prompt filter on [Invoice Date] so that account managers can specify a period for which they want to display the payment status of invoices by customer:

When you refresh the data in the report, the prompt displays to request you to specify the start date and end date of the period for which you want to return data to the document.

This chapter explains how to create and edit prompts. For information on how to view and refresh documents with prompts, see Answering prompts on page 72.

What are prompts?


Build

What makes up a prompt?To create a prompt, you need to specify three elements:• a filtered object• an operator• a prompt messageFor example, to prompt users to select a specific year, you define a prompt on the [Year] dimension:

You can create multiple prompts on a document.For example, you can create another prompt on the [City] dimension to focus your data to a more specific range of results:

When you run the query or refresh the document data, WebIntelligence displays the prompts:

A prompt message displays on the prompt filter and requests the user to type one or more values. You can use this default message or type your own.


filtered object: [Year]



What objects can I filter with a prompt?You can define prompts on any dimension, measure, or detail object listed on the Data tab in Edit Query view:

For example, you can filter the [Year] dimension to return values for a specific year, filter the [Revenue] measure to return values for a range of revenue figures, or filter the [Postal Code] detail to return values for a specific postal area.For an illustrated description and examples of dimensions, measures, and details, see Building a simple query on page 190.

dimension

detail

measure

What are prompts?


Build

Which operator should I choose?It is important to understand the effect of each operator available to you when you define a prompt. The table below lists the operators available for prompts and provides an example of each operator in the context of a business question:

To obtain data that...

for example... select this operator...

to create this filter...

is equal to a value you specify,



is different from a value you specify,



is greater than a value you specify,



is greater than or equal to a value you specify,




is lower than a value you specify,



is lower than or equal to a value you specify,




falls between two values you specify and includes those two values,



falls outside two given values you specify,





NOTEYou can’t use the following operators for prompts: Is null and Is not null. You can define query filters using these operators (see Which operator should I choose? on page 258)

is the same as several values you specify,



is different from the multiple values you specify,



includes a specific string,

customers whose date of birth is March 1972,

Matches pattern [DOB] Matches pattern, ‘72’

doesn’t include a specific string,

customers whose names do not begin with S,


[DOB] Different from pattern, ‘s’




that corresponds to one value you specify and does not correspond to another value you specify




for example... select this operator...


What are prompts?


Build

Choosing how prompts displayBy default, WebIntelligence prompts display a box and a list of values. You answer the prompt by either typing the value(s) in the box or by selecting value(s) from the list.You can modify how prompts display by checking one, some, or all of the following options:

If you want the prompt to display... useful when you... then...the list of values associated with the filtered dimension, measure, or detail

want to view all the values for the object and then select from those values

leave the option selected by default: Prompt with List of Values

the value(s) specified the last time the prompt was answered (users can select a different value(s))

often reselect the same value(s) when you refresh the document, but want the ability to select a different value when necessary, such as the name of the current month

select the option: Keep last values selected

the value(s) you specify as the default (users can select a different value(s))

almost always reselect the same value(s) when you refresh the document, but want the ability to select a different value when necessary, such as the number for the current year

select the option: Set default value(s)

a list of values from which users select a value(s)

prevent users from typing a value that might not exist on the database

select the option: Select only from List



Applying prompts to documentsYou can apply one or multiple prompts to a document. The prompts appear in the order you create them, but you can also edit the order in which the prompts appear later. For information about prioritizing multiple prompts see Prioritizing the order of prompts on page 265.

Creating a promptTo create a prompt:1. Make sure you are in Query View.


If the Query Filters pane is not displayed, click the Show/Hide Query Filters Pane button.

3. From the Data tab, drag the object on which you want to apply a prompt and drop it onto the Query Filters pane.For example, if you want to allow users to specify the geographical region for which they want to view data.

Applying prompts to documents


Build

The Filter Editor displays. The name of the selected object appears beneath the Filtered Object title.

4. Under Operand Type, select Prompt.

5. A default prompt message displays in the Prompt text box.6. Edit the message to word a business question.

OrLeave the default message.

7. Leave the default display option Prompt with List of Values checked.OrCheck different prompt option(s) to define how the prompt displays.By default, WebIntelligence prompts display a list of values and a prompt box. For full information about each prompt display option, see Choosing how prompts display on page 260.

8. Click OK to confirm the prompt.The prompt appears at each document refresh.For information on how to refresh documents with prompts, see Answering a prompt before opening or refreshing a document on page 74.



Applying multiple promptsYou can apply multiple prompts to a single query so that users accessing the same WebIntelligence document can limit the data returned to the report to the information that corresponds to their specific business interest.The following section tells you how to:• combine multiple prompts• combine prompts within other query filters• prioritize the order of prompts

Combining multiple promptsCombining multiple prompts on a single query enables you to filter the data returned to the document so that each person viewing the reports sees only the information relevant to their business need. For example, if you combine the following three prompts on a Customer Accounts document:• Which customer• Which account?• Which calendar period: from? to?enable each accounts manager viewing the document to view report values for a specific customer account during a specific period.

Combining promptsTo combine prompts:1. Create each prompt.

For step-by-step information on how to create a prompt, see Creating a prompt on page 261.

2. Make sure that the Show/Hide Filters pane button on the Query toolbar is pressed in.You can view the prompts on the query in the Query Filters pane. By default WebIntelligence combines the prompts with the And operator.

Applying multiple prompts


Build


If necessary, change the operator to Or, by clicking the And operator once.Or now displays as the operator. For information on changing the order of prompts, see Prioritizing the order of prompts on page 265.

Combining prompts with other query filtersCombining prompts and filters on a single query enables you decide the values for some of the selected objects on the query using filters and allow users to decide the values of other selected objects using prompts. For example, if you combine the following filters and prompts on a HR document:• [Year] Equal to This Year• [Job title] Not equal to Senior Executive• Which employee? Users viewing the document can choose which employee they view information for, but they can only view data for the current year and they can’t view data for senior executives.

You want to retrieve... for example... select...data true for both filters. customers who ordered supplies in Q1 and

in Q2 (the data you retrieve will include: customers who placed orders in both Q1 and Q2),

And

data true for any one of the filters.

customers who ordered supplies in: Q1 or Q2 (the data you retrieve will include: customers who placed orders in Q1only; customers who placed orders in Q2 only, and; customers who placed orders in both Q1 and Q2),

Or



Combining prompts with other filtersTo combine prompts with other filters:

1. Create each prompt and filter.For step-by-step information on how to create a prompt, see Creating a prompt on page 261. For step-by-step information on how to create query filters, see Creating a custom query filter using the Filter Editor on page 229.

2. Make sure that the Show/Hide Filters pane button is pressed in.The prompts and query filters appear on the Query Filters pane. By default WebIntelligence combines the prompts and filters with the And operator.

3. You can leave the And operator or change the operator to Or.For a definition and example of And and Or, see the table of operators on page 264.The prompts appear when you run the query or refresh the document data. You can change the order the prompts appear by prioritizing the prompts.

Prioritizing the order of promptsTo prioritize the order of prompts:1. Make sure you are in Query View.

The Edit Query button is pressed in when you are working in Query View.2. Click the Properties tab.

If the Properties tab is not visible, click the Show/Hide Manager button to display the tab.The prompts are listed in order in the Prompt Order list box.

Applying multiple prompts


Build

3. Select the prompt you want to move and click the up or down arrows to re-position the select prompt.When you click Run Query or refresh the document data, the prompts display in the new order you specified.For information on how to answer prompts when you open WebIntelligence documents, see Answering prompts on page 72.

Use the up and down arrows to modify the order in which you want the prompts to appear each time the query is run or the document data is refreshed



Editing and removing promptsYou can edit or remove any of the prompts defined on a WebIntelligence query.

Editing a promptTo edit a prompt:1. Make sure you are in Query View.


If the Query Filters pane is not displayed, click the Show/Hide Query Filters Pane button to display the pane.The query filters and prompts are listed here.

3. In the Query Filters pane, double-click the prompt you want to edit.The Filter Editor appears.

4. You change the definition of the prompt here.For information on how to define prompts, see Creating a prompt on page 261.

5. Click OK.6. Click Refresh.

The modified prompt appears.

Removing a prompt from a queryTo remove a prompt from a query:1. Make sure you are in Query View.

The Edit Query button is pressed in when you are working in Query View.2. Select the prompt and then click the Delete key.

OrDrag the prompt you want to remove and drop it onto the Data tab.If the Data tab is not visible, click the Show/Hide Manager button to display the tab.The prompt is removed from the query definition and no longer appears on the Query Filters pane.

Editing and removing prompts


Build

Using Advanced Query Filters

chapter


Usin

OverviewWhen you filter queries to limit the values returned to WebIntelligence documents, you apply the filters to the entire data selection in the query. Using advanced query filters, you can apply filters to dynamic sub-sets of the data that are not selected in the main query. This chapter explains how:• advanced filters apply to business questions• to create advanced filters• to combine multiple advanced filters• to name advanced filters• to edit and remove advanced filters

NOTE

Advanced query filters are available when you use the Java Report Panel to create documents. Advanced query filters are not available with the HTML Report Panel. For more information about the differences between the two WebIntelligence report panels, see Which report panel should you use? on page 153.

g Advanced Query Filters


How advanced filters apply to business questions

In a business situation, you often want to analyze the data on a database according to multiple criteria that you cannot specify by combining simple filters.

EXAMPLEFiltering sales revenue according to two different criteria in the same queryIn this example, you are a financial analyst at a retail store chain. Your business question has two criteria: You want to run a report that shows sales revenue results for years 2002 and 2003 only for states that achieved sales greater than or equal to $1M in Year 2003.If you simply add a filter on sales revenue, you will create the following.

The filter on sales revenue is applied to the results for both 2002 and 2003.

To retrieve data that matches both criteria of your question, you need to define a sub-set of the data using the advanced filter option and then apply the filter on sales revenue to the sub-set.

How advanced filters apply to business questions


Usin

The query looks like this:

The advanced filter defines a sub-set of data for state. You then define two filters to the sub-set of data for state:• First, you filter [Year] to limit results for state to those for year 2003.• Second, you filter [Sales Revenue] to limit results for state to those greater

than $1M.When you run the query, WebIntelligence only returns the year 2002 and year 2003 values you need to answer your question: What are sales revenue results for each product line in 2002 and 2003 for those states that achieved sales revenue of over $3M in 2003?

NOTEIn order to build advanced filters, you first need to understand how to define simple query filters. If you don’t already know how to do this, see Creating custom query filters on page 225 for a full explanation of query filters and how to define them.



Building advanced filtersThere are three steps to building an advanced filter:• selecting objects and defining query filters for the main query• selecting objects for the advanced filter• adding simple query filters to the advanced filterIf you have already specified the result objects for the main query, go directly to Selecting objects for an advanced filter on page 274, to find out how to add the advanced filter(s) to the query definition.

Selecting objects and defining filters for the main queryTo select objects and define filters for the main query:1. Make sure you are in Query view.

If you are editing an existing document and can see the reports displayed, then you need to click the Edit Query button on the Report toolbar to change to Query View.

2. Double-click the dimension, measure, and detail objects you want to include in the document.

Building advanced filters


Usin

The selected objects display in the Results Objects pane.

Selecting objects for an advanced filterTo select objects for an advanced filter:1. Select the dimension you want to specify as a sub-set within the query

definition.The dimension(s) you select defines the aggregation context of any measures or measure filters you place on the advanced filter later. For example, to calculate and filter sales revenue results according to sales revenue by state, drag the [State] object onto the Query Filters pane.



The Filter Editor appears.2. Check Advanced filter.

The selected object is labelled Filtered Object.3. The next step depends on whether you want to include or exclude the values

returned by the filter from the document:

If you want to... for example... then...retrieve the data defined in the filter and return those values to the document,

retrieve data for the service lines listed in the filter,

do not check Exclude the filter values from the results

retrieve all data except the data defined in the filter and return those values to the document,

retrieve data for all the service lines except the service lines listed in the filter,

check Exclude the filter values from the results



Usin

4. The final step depends on whether you want to include more objects in the context of the aggregation:

You can now apply filters to the advanced filter. The following section explains how to do this.

Adding query filters to an advanced filterTo add query filters to an advanced filter:1. In Edit Query view, drag a predefined filter from the Data tab and drop the

filter onto the yellow zone in the advanced filter.Ordrag on object onto the yellow zone in the advanced filter and define a custom filter using the Filter Editor.For example, if you have an advanced filter on the [State] dimension and you want to filter results for state to only return values for states where sales revenue results were greater than $3M, you will drag the [Sales revenue] measure onto the advanced filter for [State].

If you want to... for example... then...add more objects [Service Line] [Country] • drag another object

from the data tab onto the advanced filter

The new object is added to the advanced filter:

keep only one object [Service Line] go directly to Adding query filters to an advanced filter on page 276.



Advanced filters can be minimized to optimize your workspace. Before you add objects and filters on to an advanced filter, maximize the filter by clicking on the Fold/Unfold arrow.For step-by-step instructions to define the operator, operand type, and value for the simple filter you added, see Creating a custom query filter using the Filter Editor on page 229.

2. Click OK to confirm the new filter.The new filter appears within the advanced filter:

To focus the query definition further, you can add more filters based on other dimensions and measures, and add them to the advanced filter. To do this, repeat steps 1. and 2.For example, you can filter the values for state further by adding another filter on the [Year] dimension.

3. Click Run Query.



Usin

The data that corresponds to the definition in the main query and the definition in the sub-query is returned to the document.

You can apply multiple advanced filters to the same document. See Combining advanced filters on page 279. For information about editing and removing advanced query filters, see Naming advanced filters on page 281.

The Query definition looks like this

WebIntelligence returns these values to the document



Combining advanced filtersWhen you filter data to return values to WebIntelligence reports you apply filters to the entire data selection defined in the query. Using advanced query filters, you apply other filters to sub-sets of the data on the database that are not selected in the main query.You can apply multiple advanced filters to a single document. This section tells you how to combine advanced filters with other advanced filters and with other simple query filters.For an explanation of advanced filters and how you can apply them to typical business questions, see How advanced filters apply to business questions on page 271.

Combining advanced filtersTo combine advanced filters:1. Create each advanced filter.

For step-by-step information on how to create advanced query filters to build sub-queries, see Selecting objects for an advanced filter on page 274.The advanced filters appear in the Query Filters pane. By default WebIntelligence combines the filters with the And operator:

2. Leave the And operator.OrClick the And operator to change the operator to Or.

Combining advanced filters


Usin

Combining advanced query filters with simple filtersTo combine advanced filters with simple filters:

1. Create each filter.For step-by-step information on how to create advanced filters, see Selecting objects for an advanced filter on page 274. For information on how to create simple query filters, see Creating a custom query filter using the Filter Editor on page 229.This allows you to view the filters on the query. By default WebIntelligence combines the filters with the And operator.

2. You can leave the And operator or click the operator to change it to Or.For a definition and example of And and Or, see the example: Using And or Or to combine query filters on page 240.

3. To nest a filter under another filter or prompt, select the filter you want to nest and drag it onto the filter you want to group it with.WebIntelligence groups the two filters and nests the grouped filters beneath the other filter(s).Click the And/Or operator to change the operator if necessary.When you run the query or refresh the document data, WebIntelligence filters the data according to the query filters you defined.



Naming advanced filtersAdvanced filters can contain many dimensions. By default, the names of each dimension display on the filter. To help you understand the type of business information that each filter is filtering at a glance, you can give a more meaningful business name to the filter. When the filter is minimized, the name you specified appears instead of the individual names of each dimension.

Renaming an advanced filterTo rename an advanced filter:1. Click the advanced filter you want to name:

The Advanced Filter Editor appears.

2. Type a new name in the Name text box.

You can exclude the results generated from the filter, and retrieve the results

Naming advanced filters


Usin

excluded by the filter. For more information, see page 2843. If you want to exclude the results generated by the filter from the query, check

Exclude the filter values from the results.OrIf you want to include the results generated by the filter, leave Exclude the filter values from the results unchecked.

4. Click OK.WebIntelligence renames the filter.

5. Click the Fold/Unfold button to minimize the filter.The new name appears on the filter.



Editing and removing advanced filtersYou can edit or remove any of the advanced filters in the Query Filters pane.

Editing an advanced filterTo edit advanced filters:1. Make sure you are in Query View.

The Edit Query view button is pressed in when you are working in Query view.2. Make sure the Query Filters pane is maximized.

If the Query Filters pane is not displayed, click the Show/Hide Query Filters Pane button.The filters and prompts defined on the query are listed in the pane.

Editing and removing advanced filters


Usin

3. The next step depends on which component of the advanced filter you want to edit:

4. Click OK to confirm your changes.The modified filter appears in the Query Filters pane.

If you want to edit... then...the dimension objects defined in the advanced filter.

remove dimensions by selecting the dimension and clicking Delete:

oradd dimensions by dragging dimensions from the Data tab and dropping them onto the advanced filter:

a simple filter in the advanced filter.

click the filter:

then edit its properties in the Filter Editor (see Creating a custom query filter using the Filter Editor on page 229).



Removing an advanced filterTo remove advanced filters:1. Make sure you are in Query View.

The Edit Query view button is pressed in when you are working in Query view.2. Make sure the Query Filters pane is maximized.

If the Query Filters pane is not displayed, click the Show/Hide Query Filters Pane button.The filters and prompts defined on the query are listed in the pane.

3. Select the advanced filter you want to remove.4. Drag the filter onto the Data tab.

The filter you deleted no longer appears in the Query Filters pane.

TIPAdvanced filters can be minimized to optimize your workspace. To view the definition of an advanced filter, maximize the filter by clicking on the fold/unfold button.

Editing and removing advanced filters


Usin

Working with Tables

chapter


Wor

OverviewWhen you create a new document, WebIntelligence generates a new report with a vertical table and standard formatting. This initial table includes all of the data in the query behind the document.You can edit the table contents, personalize the formatting, or turn the table into a different table type or chart. You can also insert more tables onto the same report or onto new reports within the same document.This chapter tells you about:• WebIntelligence table templates• working in Structure or Results view• adding tables to reports• duplicating tables• applying a different template to existing tables• adding or deleting table rows or columns• moving or swapping table rows or columns• replacing table columns and rows• modifying tables to create crosstabs• clearing and deleting tables• formatting tables and table cells• setting properties for table headers and footers• setting page layout for tables• selecting display properties for empty table cells• avoiding duplicate row aggregationThis chapter explains how to work with tables using the Java Report Panel. For information on using the HTML Report Panel, see Defining the Structure of Reports on page 791.

king with Tables


WebIntelligence table templatesThis section tells you about the different table templates you can use to display information on WebIntelligence reports:• vertical tables• horizontal tables• crosstabs• formsThe following section describes each template.

Vertical tablesVertical tables display header cells at the top of the table and the corresponding data in columns. By default, the header cells display the names of the dimensions, details, and measures included in the table. The body cells display the corresponding values.

WebIntelligence table templates


Wor

Horizontal tablesHorizontal tables display header cells at the left of the table and the corresponding data in rows. By default, the header cells display the names of the dimensions, details, and measures included in the table. The body cells display the corresponding values.

This table format is useful for reports with several measures, such as financial reports and balance sheets.

CrosstabsCrosstabs display values for dimensions across the top axis and on the left axis. The body displays the values of a measure that correspond to the cross-section of the dimensions. For example, this crosstab displays values for [Quarter] across the top axis and displays values for [State] on the left axis. The body displays values that [Sales Revenue] for each quarter in each state.

You can include multiple dimensions in crosstabs. For example, this crosstab displays two dimensions. The values for the [Sales Revenue] measure are values each state by quarter for each line.

king with Tables


Crosstabs display values of the dimensions and measures they contain. You can include additional headers that display the names of the dimensions and measures names. See Displaying object names in headers on crosstabs on page 338.Crosstabs are useful for presenting results that correspond to the intersection of two or more dimensions. For example, including the [State] dimension, the [Quarter] dimension, and the [Line] dimension as well as the [Sales revenue] measure on a crosstab allows you to easily illustrate revenue by region per product line, per quarter.

Crosstabs with dimensions in the bodyWhen you create crosstabs that include a dimension(s) in the body, the body cell values are calculated according to a mutli-dimensional data model. The values displayed in the body are calculated according to all of the coordinates on the table axes, whether or not there is a row for the specific coordinate in the SQL result.

The current value of the dimension on the axis provides the value to be displayed in the body. The value for that dimension will be the same for the whole column, if the dimension is in the on top axis or for the whole line in other cases.

WebIntelligence table templates


Wor

FormsForms are useful in your report if you want to display detailed information per customer, product, or partner. For example, a form is a useful way of displaying individual customer records with information such as the customer account, name, address, and so on. Forms are also useful for formatting address labels for envelopes.

This illustration shows two forms on a report. The form on the left displays personal information about the customer. The form on the right displays the date and amount of each invoice for that customer.

king with Tables


Working in Structure or Results ViewThe WebIntelligence Java Report Panel allows you to make modifications to documents and preview those changes in Structure View, without implementing each change on the WebIntelligence server. This enables you to make multiple formatting changes quickly and preview them. When you return to Results View, WebIntelligence requests the server to apply the changes and returns the modified format in a single operation.

You can create and format tables in either Structure View or Results View. If you have several modifications to make, however, we recommend you make the modifications in Structure View.

Results View displays the results retrieved from the data source and how the report will print

Structure View displays the structure of the report, and the definition of the data, filters, sorts and calculations

Working in Structure or Results View


Wor

Adding tables to reportsYou can insert one or multiple tables on a report. You insert tables by dragging one of the following onto a blank area of the report:• the objects, for which you want the table to display values – this is a fast way

to build simple, vertical tablesor

• a table template that defines the structure of the table, to which you then allocate objects – this is a fast way to build more complex tables with precision

REMINDERWhen you create a new document, WebIntelligence generates a default report with a vertical table that contains all the objects in the query. You can modify or delete this table. See Applying a different template to existing tables on page 303 or Clearing cells and deleting tables on page 318.

For information on creating new documents, see Building Queries Using the Java Report Panel on page 183. For information on inserting additional blank reports into a document, see Editing and Formatting Reports on page 517.

Creating a table by dragging objects onto a reportTo create a table by dragging objects onto a report:1. Make sure you are in Report View.

When you work in Report View, the report tab(s) appear across the bottom of the Document pane. You can go to Report View by clicking the Edit Report button on the WebIntelligence toolbar.The objects in the document appear in the Data tab.If the Data tab is not visible, click the Show/Hide Manager button on the Report toolbar.

king with Tables


2. If the report is empty, drag an object onto the report.

OrIf the report already contains tables or charts, press the Alt key, then with the Alt key pressed, drag an object onto an empty area of the report.A new table header and body cell appears on the report. The table header displays the name of the object.

3. To add another object to the table, drag another object from the data tab and drop it onto the left or right of the table header.

A second column appears before or after the first column.

Adding tables to reports


Wor

4. To add more objects to the table, repeat step 3.WebIntelligence displays the values in a vertical table.

You can quickly turn the vertical table to a different table format, such as a crosstab by using the Turn To feature. See Applying a different template to a table using the Turn To dialog box on page 305.

Creating a table by selecting a templateTo create a table by selecting a template:1. Make sure you are in Report View.

When you work in Report View, the report tab(s) appear across the bottom of the Document pane. You can go to Report View by clicking the Edit Report button on the WebIntelligence toolbar.

2. Click the report tab of the report where you want to insert a table.To find out how to add a blank report to the document, see Editing and Formatting Reports on page 517.

3. Click View Structure.Working in Structure View allows you to define and preview the new table without requesting the server to apply each of your modifications. You then apply all your modifications and display the results in the new table, by returning to Results View.

4. Click the Templates tab.If the Templates tab is hidden, click the Show/Hide Manager button on the Report toolbar. The Templates appear.

king with Tables


5. Click the + next to Tables.

The table templates are listed.6. Drag a template from the Template tab onto a blank area of the report.

The template appears on the report.



Wor

7. Click the Data tab.The objects and variables that the document contains appear here. You can add any of these objects or variables to the table.

8. Drag an object or variable onto an empty header or body cell of the table.9. When the ToolTip “Drop here to replace cell” appears, drop the object onto

the table.

The empty cell is replaced by the object.If you are working in Results View, the values of the objects display on the table.

If you are working in Structure View, the name of the object displays on the table.

10.To add more objects to the template, drag an object from the Data tab and drop it onto the template.Make sure that the ToolTip “Drop here to replace a cell” appears, and then drop the object onto the template.

king with Tables


Repeat step 10. to allocate objects to columns, rows and body on the template.

Once you have allocated objects to each part of the table template, you can add more objects to increase the size of the table. Each additional object inserts more columns or rows onto the table.

11.To add another object and create an additional table column or row, drag an object from the Data tab and drop it onto a row or column.

• If you drop the object onto the left of a column, you create a new column before the existing column.

• If you drop the object onto the right of a column, you create a new column after the existing column.

• If you drop the object onto the top edge of a row, you create a new row above the existing row.

• If you drop the object onto the bottom edge of a row, you create a new row below the existing row.Make sure that the ToolTip “Drop here to insert a cell” appears before you drop the object.

Structure View

Results View

Structure View



Wor

The object appears in a new table cell.

12. If you are working in Structure View, click View Results to display the values in the new table.

In Structure View, the object names display on the template.

In Results View, the values for each object display on the table.

king with Tables


Duplicating tablesYou can include multiple tables on a single report. Instead of creating each table from scratch, you can duplicate an existing table and paste it onto a blank area of the same report. You can then modify the format or data definition of the duplicate table, or change it to a chart.

Duplicating a tableTo duplicate a table:1. Select a table on a report.

A gray border appears around the table when the table is selected.2. Keep your pointer pressed in and press the Ctrl key.

WebIntelligence creates a duplicate table on top of the original table.3. With your pointer and the Ctrl key pressed in, drag the duplicate table to an

empty area of the report.

4. Release the pointer, then release the Ctrl key.

The duplicate table appears in Structure View until you drop it onto an empty report area

Duplicating tables


Wor

The duplicate table appears on the report.

For information on positioning the duplicate table on the report page, see Aligning tables, charts, and free-standing cells on reports on page 536. For information on turning tables to charts, see Applying a different chart template to a table or chart using Turn To on page 384.

king with Tables


Applying a different template to existing tables

You can modify the layout of existing tables by applying a different template. WebIntelligence automatically displays the values in the original table in the new layout.

EXAMPLETurning a vertical table to a crosstab to compare sales results per state You work in the California branch of a retail clothing chain, and have been sent a report showing revenue by quarter for the western region.

The data is presented in a vertical table, which presents the results by quarter for each of the three western states, including California. However, it is not easy to compare the results in a glance. You turn the chart to a crosstab to get a comparative view of the sales results quickly.



Wor

You can change the format of existing tables on reports. WebIntelligence applies the new template to the table values. You can change the template by:• dragging a different table template onto a table• using the Turn To dialog box

Applying a different template to a table using drag and dropTo apply a different template to a table using drag and drop:1. Make sure you are working in Report View.

The Edit Report button is pressed in when you are in Report View and the report tabs of each report in the document are visible.

2. Select the report tab that contains the table you want to modify.3. Click the Templates tab.

If the Templates tab is hidden, click the Show/Hide Manager button on the Report toolbar. The Templates appear.

4. Click the + next to Tables.

The table templates are listed.

king with Tables


5. Drag a template from the Template tab onto a table.You must drop the template directly on the existing report block.

WebIntelligence applies the new template to the table values.

Applying a different template to a table using the Turn To dialog boxTo apply a different template to a table using the Turn To dialog box:1. Make sure you are working in Report View.


2. Select the table you want to reformat.A gray border appears around the table.

3. Right-click the report block.

4. On the shortcut menu, click Turn To.The Turn To dialog box appears.

5. On the Tables tab, select the table template you want to apply to the table.6. Click OK.



Wor

Adding or deleting table rows or columnsYou can add new rows or columns to tables by:• using drag and drop• using the Insert row or column toolbar menu

Adding rows or columns to tables using drag and dropTo add a row or column to a table using drag and drop:

1. Make sure you are working in Report View.The Edit Report button is pressed in when you are in Report View.

2. Select the report tab that contains the table you want to modify.3. Click the Data tab.

If the Data tab is hidden, click the Show/Hide Manager button.The objects and variables included in the document are listed.

4. Drag the object you want to add to the table from the Data tab, and drop the object where you want to add it:

To add the object into a new... drag the object onto...column to the left of an existing column, the left edge of a column header.

column to the right of an existing column,

the right edge of a column header.

row before an existing row, the top edge of a row header.

row after an existing row, the bottom edge of a row header.

king with Tables


The name of the object appears in the new column or row header, and the values appear in the new body cells.

Adding table rows or columns using the Insert row or column toolbar menuTo add a table row or column using the Insert row or column toolbar menu:1. Make sure you are working in Report View.

The Edit Report button is pressed in when you are in Report View.2. Select the table you want to reformat.

A gray border appears around the table.

To create a new column that displays values for Lines to the right of the State column, drag the Lines object to the right edge of the State column.

The values for Lines display in a new column.

Adding or deleting table rows or columns


Wor

3. Select the column or row next to which you want to insert the new column or row.

The Insert column or row button automatically displays one of the insert options.

4. Click the displayed option.For example, Insert column before.

OrClick the arrow next to the Insert... button, and then select the appropriate option from the drop-down menu.

WebIntelligence adds a blank column or row to the table.

You can allocate an object or variable included in the document onto the new table column or row.

Select the column displaying values for [State], to insert a column before or after it.

king with Tables


5. Drag an object from the Data tab, and drop the object onto the blank column or row.

If the Data tab is hidden, click the Show/Hide Manager button on the Report toolbar.WebIntelligence allocates the selected object to the new column or row. The name of the object displays in the column or row header, and the values for the object display on the body cells.

Deleting table rows or columnsTo delete a table row or column:

1. Make sure you are working in Report View.The Edit Report button is pressed in when you are in Report View and the report tabs of each report in the document are visible.

2. Right-click the table column or row you want to delete.The shortcut menu appears.

Adding or deleting table rows or columns


Wor

3. Select Delete Row, Delete Column, or Delete.

When you delete an object, all the columns or rows that show values for the deleted object are removed from the table.

WebIntelligence deletes the selected row or column from the table, when possible.

If you want to delete... then click...a row Delete Row.

a column Delete Column.

an object Delete

king with Tables


Moving or swapping table rows or columnsYou can re-order the information displayed on tables by:

• moving rows or columns• swapping rows or columns

Moving a row or column on a tableTo move a row or column on a table:


2. Select the table column or row that you want to move.

3. Drag the selected column or row and drop it before or after another column or row on the table.When you drag a row or column, the column or row header displays next to your pointer

The Lines column is selected.

The Lines column header displays next to the pointer.

Moving or swapping table rows or columns


Wor

WebIntelligence inserts the row or column at the new position on the table

Swapping table rows or columnsTo swap table rows or columns:


2. Select one of the rows or columns you want to swap.

3. Drag the selected column or row onto the column or row with which you want to make the swap.

The Lines column displays in the new position on the table.

The Lines column is selected.

king with Tables


For example, to swap the Lines and State columns, drag the Lines column onto the State column.

WebIntelligence swaps the two columns or rows.

Moving or swapping table rows or columns


Wor

Replacing table columns and rowsYou can replace table columns and rows with different data.

Replacing a table column or rowTo replace a table column or row:1. Make sure you are working in Report View.

The Edit Report button is pressed in when you are in Report View.2. Select the report tab that contains the table you want to modify.3. Click the Data tab.

If the Data tab is hidden, click the Show/Hide Manager button on the Report toolbar.The objects and variables included in the document are listed.

4. Drag the object you want to add to the table from the Data tab and then drop the object onto the row, column, or body you want to replace.

To replace the values for quarter by values for state, drag and drop the [State] object onto the table column headed “Quarter”

king with Tables


The values for the new object display on the table.

Replacing table columns and rows


Wor

Modifying tables to create crosstabsYou can reformat vertical and horizontal tables as crosstabs by applying the crosstab template or using the Turn To dialog box as explained in Applying a different template to existing tables on page 303. You can also change tables to crosstabs using drag-and-drop to insert objects or variables onto a second table axis to form the crosstab. You can• add an object onto a table• move a table column or row

NOTEIf the document doesn’t include the data you want to add to the crosstab, you can edit the query. For more information, see Creating and running a query on page 188.

Creating a crosstab by adding an object to a vertical or horizontal tableTo create a crosstab by adding an object to a vertical or horizontal table:1. Make sure you are working in Report View.


2. Drag an object from the Data tab onto the top edge of the table or the left side of the table where you want to create the new axis and form the crosstab.

If the Data tab is hidden, click the Show/Hide Manager button on the Report toolbar.

3. Drop the selected object.

king with Tables


WebIntelligence creates a second axis to form a crosstab and inserts the object on the new axis.

Creating a crosstab by moving a table column or rowTo create a crosstab by moving a table column or row:1. Make sure you are working in Report View.


2. Select the table column or row you want to move to create the crosstab.3. Drag the selected column or row onto the top edge of the table or the left side

of the table where you want to create the new axis and form the crosstab.

4. Drop the column or row onto the header.WebIntelligence creates a second axis to form a crosstab, and displays the data of the column or row you moved on the new axis.

For example, you move the Quarter column above the Sales column to create a crosstab that displays Year values down the left axis, Quarter values across the top axis, and Sales Revenue values in the body.

Modifying tables to create crosstabs


Wor

Clearing cells and deleting tablesYou can clear cell contents or delete rows and columns from tables. The following section tells you how to:• clear cell contents from tables• delete tablesFor information on deleting specific rows or columns from tables, see Deleting table rows or columns on page 309.

Clearing cell contents from tablesYou can clear cell contents and then use the empty cells to display images, hyperlinks, formulas, or text you type. You can clear the following types of cell in a table:• header cells – you can clear each header cell separately• footer cells – you can clear each footer cell separately• related body cells – when you clear one body cell, you automatically clear all

of the body cells in the same column or row of the tableThe following illustration shows the cells you can select.

Clearing a header cell, clears the contents of the individual cell

Clearing body cells, clears the contents of all the body cells

Clearing a footer cell, clears the contents of individual footer cell

king with Tables


Clearing cell contents from a tableTo clear cell contents from a table:1. Make sure you are working in Report View.


2. Right-click the cell you want to clear.The shortcut menu appears.

3. Click Clear Cell Contents.OrClick the Delete key.

WebIntelligence clears the contents from the selected cell(s).

Clearing cells and deleting tables


Wor

Deleting tables from reportsYou can delete tables from a report. You can delete a table:• using the shortcut menu• using drag-and-drop• using the Delete key

NOTEYou cannot select and delete multiple tables at one time.

Deleting a table using the shortcut menuTo delete a table using the shortcut menu:1. Make sure you are working in Report View.


2. Select the table you want to delete.A gray border appears around the table.

3. Right-click the selected table.The shortcut menu appears.

4. Click Delete.

Deleting a table using drag-and-dropTo delete a table using drag-and-drop:1. Make sure you are working in Report View.


king with Tables


2. Select the table you want to delete and drag it onto the Report Manager.

If the Report manager is hidden, click the Show/Hide Manager button on the Report toolbar.WebIntelligence deletes the table from the report.

Deleting a table using the Delete keyTo delete a table using the Delete key:1. Make sure you are working in Report View.


2. Select the table you want to delete.A gray border appears around the table.

3. Press the Delete key.WebIntelligence deletes the table from the report.

Clearing cells and deleting tables


Wor

Formatting tables and table cellsYou can format tables and cells on tables so that the look and feel of your documents reflects your corporate standard.You can set the following formatting options:• table or cell background – select colors, skins, and images• table or cell borders – select line styles and colors• cell text – define fonts, font sizes, and font styles• cell size – specify the height and width of cells• spacing within and between table cells – padding and spacing

NOTEThe colors available in WebIntelligence are the colors set up for your desktop.

Formatting table or cell backgroundsBy default, tables have the standard WebIntelligence format.

You can format table and cell backgrounds as follows:• select a color – to highlight information or use corporate colors• apply a color to alternate table rows – to make long tables easier to read• select a skin – to add a texture or motif• insert an image – to add icons, logos, or photos

king with Tables


Selecting a background colorTo select a background color:1. Make sure you are working in Report View.


2. Select the table or table cell for which you want to format a background.When the table is selected, a gray border appears around the table. When a cell(s) is selected, a blue border appears around the cell(s).

3. Click the Properties tab.If the Properties tab is hidden, click the Show/Hide Manager button on the Report toolbar.

4. Click the Format sub-tab.5. The Format options for Table or Cell appear.

Table format options

Cell format options

Formatting tables and table cells


Wor

6. In the Background section, click the drop-down arrow next to Color.A list of available colors appear.

7. Click the color you want to apply to the selected table or table cell.OrClick Custom, and then create a custom color using the + and - buttons or the slider bar on the Custom Color editor and click OK.If you know the RGB hexadecimal color reference, you can type the reference into the text boxes next to the + and - buttons.

WebIntelligence applies the background color to the selected table or cell.

Defining alternate row and column colors for a tableTo define alternate row and column colors for a table:1. Make sure you are working in Report View.


2. Select the table for which you want to format alternate row colors.When the table is selected, a gray border appears around the table.Click the Properties tab.If the Properties tab is hidden, click the Show/Hide Manager button on the Report toolbar.

Slider

king with Tables


3. In the Alternate Row/Column Colors section, click the arrow on the button next to Color.

4. Select a color from the list of colors.OrClick Custom, and then create a custom color using the + and - buttons or the slider bar on the Custom Color editor, and then click OK.If you know the RGB hexadecimal color reference, you can type the reference into the text boxes next to the + and - buttons.

5. Set the frequency for the alternate row color in the combo box next to Frequency by clicking the + or - sign, or by entering a number.Setting the frequency to 1 will color all rows the same background color. If you want every other row to have a different color background, set the frequency at 2. If you want every third row to have a color, set it at 3, and so on.

Slider



Wor

WebIntelligence applies the alternate row color to the table.

Selecting and removing skinsTo select or remove a skin:1. Make sure you are working in Report View.


2. Select the table or table cell for which you want to apply a skin.When the table is selected, a gray border appears around the table. When a cell(s) is selected, a border appears around the cell(s).


4. Click the Format sub-tab.The Format options for Table or Cell appear.

The row color frequency is set to 2

king with Tables


5. In the Background section, select Skin.6. Click the dropdown arrow on the button that displays the current skin format.

7. To display a skin, select a skin from the dropdown list.OrTo remove a skin, select None from the dropdown list.WebIntelligence applies the skin to the background of the selected table or cell.

Inserting imagesTo insert an image:1. Make sure you are working in Report View.


2. Select the table or table cell where you want to insert an image.When the table is selected, a gray border appears around the table. When a cell(s) is selected, a blue border appears around the cell(s).


4. Click the Format sub-tab.



Wor

The Format options for Table or Cell appear.

5. In the Background section, select Image (URL).The image options appear.

6. Type the URL into the URL box.

Table format options

Cell format options

king with Tables


A URL is made up of the following components:http://<web_server_name>/<sub-directory>/<filename>For example:http://internal.efashion/images/efashion_logo.gif

NOTEThe URL may have no sub-directories or multiple sub-directories. It cannot include spaces. Contact your administrator for more information on the location of image files on your corporate server(s).

Formatting bordersYou can change border color and thickness one side at a time, or all sides at once.

Formatting bordersTo format borders:1. Make sure you are working in Report View.


2. Select the table or table cell for which you want to format the borders.When the table is selected, a gray border appears around the table. When a cell(s) is selected, a blue border appears around the cell(s).


4. Click the Format sub-tab.5. The Format options for Table or Cell appear. The border formatting options

are in the Border section of the sub-tab.6. You can apply the same border to each side, or different borders.

If you want to... then...apply the same border style to all sides of the selected table or cell,

select Apply to all sides.

apply different border styles to each side of the selected table or cell,

make sure that Apply to all sides is not selected.



Wor

7. To select the line style of the border, click the button on the left, and then select the line style or no line from the drop-down list.

8. To select a border color, click the button on the right, and then select a color from the list.OrClick Custom, and then create a custom color using the + and - buttons or the slider on the Custom Color editor and click OK.If you know the RGB hexadecimal color reference, you can type the reference into the text boxes next to the + and - buttons.

WebIntelligence applies the border color to the selected table or cell.

Removing borders from tables or table cellsTo remove borders from tables or table cells:1. Make sure you are working in Report View.


2. Select the table or table cell for which you want to format the borders.When the table is selected, a gray border appears around the table. When a cell(s) is selected, a blue border appears around the cell(s).

Select a line style here.

Select a border color here.

Slider

king with Tables



4. Click the Format sub-tab.5. The Format options for Table or Cell appear. The border formatting options

are in the Border section of the sub-tab.6. You can remove the border from all sides or a single side of the selected table

or cell.

You remove borders by selecting no line as the line style for the border(s).

7. Click the button on the left, and then select no line from the drop-down list

Formatting values on table cellsYou can personalize how values display on tables by defining the formatting properties for the text:• font style• font size• font color• text alignment

Formatting text in table cellsTo format text in table cells:1. Make sure you are working in Report View.


If you want to... then...remove the border from all sides of the selected table or cell,

select Apply to all sides.

remove the border from one side of the selected table or cell,

make sure that Apply to all sides is not selected.

Select no line as the line style to remove any borders



Wor

2. Select the table cell you want to format.When a cell is selected, a blue border appears around the cell. If you select a body cell in a table, all the body cells on the same column or row are selected.

3. Click the Properties tab.If the Properties tab is hidden, click the Show/Hide Manager button on the Report toolbar.You can limit your formatting changes to the selected cell(s) or apply your formatting changes to the table header, footer, or body of the selected table.

4. In the Apply To section, click the arrow next to the current selection and specify which cell(s) you want to format.

If you select Selected Cell, the formatting you specify will only be applied to the single cell you selected. If you select Header Cells, Body Cells, or Footer Cells then the formatting you specify will be applied to all the header, body, or footer cells currently on the table and also to any header, body, footer cells added to the table later.

king with Tables


5. In the Text section, select the font, color, and vertical and horizontal alignment properties by clicking the arrows next to each button and selecting an option from the drop-down list.

WebIntelligence applies the new formatting to the table cells.

NOTEYou can define the format properties for numbers, date/time, currency and other data type by selecting from predefined formats or by creating your own custom formats. For full information, see Formatting Numbers and Dates on page 429.



Wor

Sizing cellsYou can define the height and width of cells by:• using drag and drop• specifying the size of cells on the Properties tab

Defining the width and height of cells using drag and dropTo define the width and height of cells using drag and drop:1. To change the cell height, select the bottom border of the cell you want to

resize.OrTo change the cell width, select the right border of the cell you want to resize.An arrow appears on the border.

2. To change the cell height, drag the border up or down.OrTo change the cell width, drag the border to the left or right.WebIntelligence modifies the size of all the cells on the same column or row as the selected cell.

Adjust cell height

Adjust cell width

king with Tables


Setting AutoFit cell sizeTo set AutoFit cell size:

• To set AutoFit cell width, double-click the right border of the cell.OrTo set AutoFit cell height, double-click the bottom border of the cell.

AutoFit retains the current cell size as the minimum size and enlarges the cell size if the string or image that the cell contains is larger than the minimum size specified.

Setting cell height and cell width using the Properties tabTo set cell height and cell width using the Properties tab:1. Make sure you are in Report View.

The Edit Report button is pressed in when you are in Report View.2. Select the table cell you want to format.3. Click the Properties tab.

If the Properties tab is not visible, click the Show/Hide Manager button on the Report view toolbar to maximize the Report Manager and display the Properties tab.

4. Click the Cell Properties sub-tab.5. To set the width of the cell, select the Specify width check box, and then type

a numeric value or use the + and - buttons to specify the cell width you want.OrUnselect the Specify width check box.

Double-clicking the right or bottom border of a cell defines the minimum cell width or height and sets AutoFit to expand the cell size if the contents are bigger than the specified size



Wor

AutoFit appears as the selected width for the cell. The cell width displayed is the minimum size of the selected cell. If cell content is wider than the minimum size, WebIntelligence increases the column width.

6. To set the height of the cell, select the Specify height check box, and then type a numeric value or use the + and - buttons to specify the cell width you want.OrUnselect the Specify height check box.AutoFit appears as the selected height for the cell. The cell height displayed is the minimum size of the selected cell. If cell content is higher than the minimum size, WebIntelligence increases the row height.WebIntelligence applies the size to all the cells in the same table column or row as the selected cell.

TIPDocuments that contain tables with the cell size set to AutoFit, take longer to display in the Java Report Panel or InfoView than documents where tables contain cells with a fixed cell width and cell height. We recommend that for large documents, you specify a fixed sized for cell width and cell height for tables.

The minimum size for the cell is displayed in the AutoFit check box

king with Tables


Setting properties for table headers and footersBy default, WebIntelligence tables display:• a header on each column or row• no table footersThe header cells display the name of the objects included in the table. WebIntelligence automatically adds table footers, if you add a predefined calculation to a table to display the results of the calculation. You can also manually add table headers and footers.

You can set the following properties for table headers and footers:• show or hide headers and footers• repeat the headers or footers on every report page • add headers to crosstabs to display the names of the objects for which the

crosstab displays values• add table headers or footers

Showing or hiding table headers and footersTo show or hide a table header or footer:1. Make sure you are working in Report View.


header cells

body cells

Footer cells

Setting properties for table headers and footers


Wor

2. Select the table.When the table is selected, a gray border appears around the table.

3. Click the Properties tab.If the Properties tab is not visible, click the Show/Hide Manager button to maximize the Report Manager and display the Properties tab.

4. Click the Table Properties sub-tab.5. Select the appropriate check box:

WebIntelligence displays or hides the table headers or footers. You can set the page layout of reports so that the table headers and/or footers of tables are repeated on each report page. This is useful for long tables that span several tables, because the column headers and footers will appear on each page. See Repeating table headers or footers on report pages on page 343.

Displaying object names in headers on crosstabsTo display object names in headers on crosstabs:


2. Select the crosstab.

If you want to display... then select...a table header, Show table headers

(Note: this option is selected by default.)

a table footer, Show table footers

king with Tables


When the crosstab is selected, a gray border appears around the table.


4. Click the Crosstab Properties sub-tab.You set the display properties for crosstabs here.

5. In the Headers and Footers section, select Show object name.WebIntelligence displays the object names in additional headers on the crosstab.

Setting properties for table headers and footers


Wor

Setting page layout for tablesYou can set the page layout for each page in a WebIntelligence report. You can do the following:• start each table on a new report page• avoid page breaks on a table• repeat table headers or footers on report pages

Starting tables on a new report pageTo start each table in your report on a new page:1. Make sure you are working in Report View.


2. Select the table.When the table is selected, a border appears around the table.


king with Tables


4. Click the Table Page Layout sub-tab.You select options for the page layout of tables here.

5. In the New Page section, select Start on a new page.WebIntelligence starts each table on a new page of the report.

Avoiding page breaks in tablesTo set WebIntelligence to avoid page breaks in tables:1. Make sure you are working in Report View.



The selected table is a crosstab

Setting page layout for tables


Wor


4. Click the Table Page Layout sub-tab.You select options for the page layout of tables here.

5. In the New Page section, select Avoid page breaks in block.WebIntelligence avoids page breaks on the tables on the report. If the block is bigger than one page, WebIntelligence inserts a page break.

TIPYou can include multiple tables and charts on a single report, and then align them neatly on a report using the relative alignment feature. This ensures there is overlap between the different blocks of information on a report, if changes to report values increase the size of the tables or charts. See Positioning charts in relation to other charts or tables on page 389.

The selected table is a crosstab

king with Tables


Repeating table headers or footers on report pagesTo repeat table headers or footers on report pages:




4. Click the Table Page Layout sub-tab.The Page Layout options appear.

Setting page layout for tables


Wor

5. In the Page Layout section, select the appropriate options:

WebIntelligence applies the settings you defined to the table.

If you want to... then select...repeat the table header on each report page that displays the table,

Repeat header on every page(Note: this option is selected by default.)

repeat the table footer before each new page,

Repeat footer before a new page

king with Tables


Selecting display properties for empty table cells

Sometimes tables or specific rows and columns display no values. For example, if a sales of a specific product are discontinued at a retail outlet, a sales report on US store sales will have no sales results for that product line at that outlet.By default, WebIntelligence displays such empty rows, columns, or tables. You can choose to display or hide empty tables, rows or columns.

Showing or hiding empty tables, rows, columnsTo show or hide empty tables, rows, or columns:




4. Click the Table Properties sub-tab.5. Select the appropriate check box:

To show empty... select...tables Show table when emptyrows or columns in a vertical table Show empty rowsrows or columns in a horizontal table or crosstab Show empty columns

Selecting display properties for empty table cells


Wor

Avoiding duplicate row aggregationWebIntelligence automatically aggregates any rows that display the same set of dimensions. For example, you may have a table that displays revenue by resort and quarter.

If you remove resort from the table, WebIntelligence displays the revenue column with a sum of all resorts for each quarter.

king with Tables


If you unselect the Avoid duplicate row aggregation option, WebIntelligence aggregates the duplicate values in the quarter column and only displays the value for each quarter once in a single row.

If you select the Avoid duplicate row aggregation option, each duplicate value is displayed in a separate table column or row.

Avoiding duplicate row aggregationTo avoid duplicate row aggregation:1. Make sure you are working in Report View.




4. Click the Table Properties sub-tab.5. In the Display section, select Avoid duplicate row aggregation.

WebIntelligence displays each duplicate value in a separate row or column on the table.

Avoid duplicate row aggregation is not selected

Avoiding duplicate row aggregation


Wor
king with Tables

Working with Free-Standing Cells

chapter


Wor

OverviewThis chapter explains how to insert and format free-standing cells in a WebIntelligence document using the Java Report Panel. This chapter provides information on:• what free-standing cells are• inserting text, images, and formulas• inserting information about report data• inserting page number information• formatting free-standing cells

king with Free-Standing Cells


What are free-standing cells?Free-standing cells are single cells that stand alone in a report. You can use free-standing cells contain information that can add meaning to your report, such as:• text comments – type messages or questions or to add titles• images – display logos, icons, or photographs on reports• formulas or calculations – add custom formulas or calculations• the last refresh date – display he date when the document results were

refreshed with the most recent data from the database• the DrillFilter function – display the names of the objects by which the data on

a drilled report is filtered• page numbers – display the page number of each report page

EXAMPLEIncluding additional information on a report using free-standing cellsYou are the line manager for the City clothing line at the eFashion company. City line margins are negative in several regions. You send a document to regional managers that includes sales results and margins for City lines, and ask managers to advise if the sales of City clothing lines should be discontinued.

You include free-standing cells that display the date the results were last refreshed with the data on the database and a comment from you asking the regional managers for their advice.

What are free-standing cells?


Wor

Inserting text, images, and formulasYou can insert blank cells on reports and then insert text, an image, a hyperlink, or a formula into the blank cell. You can position, size, and format each blank cell independently without affecting the other cells on the report.

Inserting a blank cell on a reportTo insert a blank cell on a report:1. Make sure you are in Report View.

The Edit Report button is pressed in when you are in Report View.2. Click the Templates tab.

If the Templates tab is not visible, click the Show/Hide Manager button on the Report toolbar to display the tab.The Template categories appear.

3. Click the + sign next to Free-Standing Cells.



4. Select the Blank Cell template, and then drag the template onto an empty area of the report.

The blank cell appears on the report.

5. Select the cell and then click the Properties tab.OrRight-click the cell, then select Edit Format from the shortcut menu.

6. Select the Cell Properties sub-tab.

Inserting text, images, and formulas


Wor

The Cell Properties options appear.

7. Do one of the following:

If you want to display... Then...Text – a title or comment, • type the text into the Text box;

• press the Enter key.

An image, • type the file name or the URL and file name into the Text box;(Note: you must not use spaces in the URL or file name)

• in the Display section, check the Read contents as check box, then select Image from the drop-down list;

• press the Enter key.For full information on specifying URLs and file paths see How you display images in reports on page 447.



WebIntelligence displays the information you specified in the new cell.

HTML code, • type the HTML string into the Text box;• in the Display section, check the Read

contents as check box, then select HTML from the drop-down list;

• press the Enter key.

A hyperlink, • type the URL into the Text box;• press the Enter key.For full information on specifying URLs, see Adding a hyperlink on page 542.

A formula, • click the Show/Hide Formula Toolbar button on the Report View toolbar;

• type the formula into the toolbar, and then press the Enter key.

For full information on formula syntax and specifying the aggregation context for formulas, see Entering a formula by typing on page 562 and Specifying input and output contexts on page 579.

If you want to display... Then...

Inserting text, images, and formulas


Wor

Inserting information about the report dataYou can insert special cells to show the following information about report data:• Last refresh date – the date that the results displayed in the report were

updated with the data on the database.For more information about setting refresh options, see page 720.

• Drill filters – the names of the objects that filter the results displayed on a drilled report.For more information about working with filters in drill mode, see page 707.

You can also add a blank cell next to the Last Refresh Date or Drill Filter cell to clearly indicate the type of information these cells display.

EXAMPLEWhat filters are filtering the results displayed in a drilled report?To analyze the reasons behind sales results for line sales in Q1. You drill down on Q1 values and then drill down again on the results for the Accessories line to take a look at a breakdown of sales for each accessories category. As you drill, the Drill toolbar displays filters for Accessories and Q1 to show that the results displayed in the drilled report are filtered by Q1 results for the Accessories product line.

You want to distribute a printout of the report at a meeting. However, the Drill toolbar will not be printed as part of the report and you would like readers of the printout to understand how the results are filtered.

The Drill toolbar displays how the report is filtered during your drill analysis in the WebIntelligence Report Panel



To let your colleagues know what that the values in the report are limited to results for Q1 and the Accessories line you include a free-standing cell with a predefined formula that displays the filters generated during drill.

When you generate the report to a PDF format file for printing, the drill filter information appears in the free-standing cell.

The following section tells you how to insert:• the Last Refresh Date or Drill Filter free-standing cell• text in front of the free-standing cell to label the cell contents

Inserting the Last Refresh Date or Drill Filter cellTo insert the refresh date of drill filter cell:1. Make sure you are in Report View.


If the Templates tab is not visible, click the Show/Hide Manager button on the Report toolbar to display the tab.

The DrillFilter calculation displays how the report was filtered during your drill analysis on the printable file

Inserting information about the report data


Wor

The Template categories appear.


4. Click the + sign next to Formula and Text cells.5. Select the Drill Filters or the Last Refresh Date template, then drag the

template onto a blank area of the report.The Drill Filter cell remains blank until you start Drill mode and perform a drill action on the drillable report. The Last Refresh Date cell displays the date the document was last refreshed immediately.



Adding a text label before a free-standing cellTo add a text label before a free-standing cell:

1. In Report View, click the Templates tab.The Template categories appear.


3. Select the Blank Cell template, and then drag the template onto the report to the left of the Drill Filters cell or the Last Refresh Date cell.(For information on inserting Drill Filters or Last Refresh Date cells, see Inserting the Last Refresh Date or Drill Filter cell on page 357.)The blank cell appears on the report.

4. Select the cell and then click the Properties tab.OrRight-click the cell, then select Edit Format from the shortcut menu.

5. Select the Cell Properties sub-tab.

The blank cell appears with the default border style.



Wor

You specify the contents of the cell here.

6. In the Text box, type the text label you want to appear.For example, to label a Drill Filter cell, type: Filters applied during drill:or, to label a Last Refresh Date cell, type: Report information last updated:

7. Press the Enter key.The text appears in the new cell. By default, the size of the characters and the cell size may not display the entire string.You can resize the cell.

8. Drag the right cell border to the right and/or drag the bottom cell border down.OrModify the cell size using the + and - buttons next to the Specify width and Specify height size options on the Cell Properties tab.You can modify the size and format of the text, and set the Wrap text option.

9. Select the Cell Format sub-tab.



10.Select the appropriate options in the Text, Background, and Border sections.

For more information about each option, see Formatting tables and table cells on page 322.You can position the cell so that the label is aligned with the Drill Filter or Last Refresh Date cell.

11.Click the new cell containing the text label you typed, then click the Cell Page Layout sub-tab.You can modify the position of the cell here in the Left and Top text boxes.

You can also select the Drill Filter or Last Refresh Date cell and verify the position of this cell

Format the text here – font size, color, style, and the wrap text option

Format the background of the cell here – color or image

Format the cell border here – remove the border or change the border thickness or color



Wor

WebIntelligence applies the formatting changes you specified.

The Drill Filters cell displays the filters applied to the displayed values when the report was drilled.

The text cell displays the text you typed into the blank cell template.

The Last Refresh Date cell displays the date when the report values were refreshed in synch with the database.

The text cell displays the text you typed into the blank cell template.



Inserting page number informationYou can insert the following special cells to display page information on a report:• Page Number• Page Number/Total Pages• Total Number of Pages

Page NumberWhen you insert the Page Number cell, WebIntelligence displays the page number of the report page.

Page Number/Total PagesThe Page Number/Total Pages cell displays the page number of the report page followed by the total number of pages in the document.

Page Number ce

Page Number/Total Pages cell

Inserting page number information


Wor

Total Number of PagesThe Total Number of Pages cell displays the total number of pages in the document.

TIPIf you insert the Page Number/TotalNumberOfPages cell or the TotalNumberOfPages cell into a large report with many pages, WebIntelligence takes longer to return the data to the report.

You can insert a page number cell in any part of a WebIntelligence report. You can also type text into the special cell before or after the page number field to label the page number information.The following section of this guide tells you how to insert:• page number cells• text before or after the special field in page number cells

Inserting page number cellsTo insert a page number cell in your report:1. Make sure you are in Report View.


If the Templates tab is not visible, click the Show/Hide Manager button on the Report toolbar to display the tab.

Total Number of Pages cell



The Template categories appear.

3. Click the + sign next to Free-Standing Cells.4. Click the + sign next to Page Number cells.

5. Drag the page number cell template of your choice, onto an empty area of the report. (See page 363 in this section for full information about each template.)OrClick the View Page Layout button and the View Structure button on the Report View toolbar, then select the Report Header or Footer on the report and drag the page number cell template onto the header or footer cell.

View Page Layout button

Dragging the Page Number/Total Number of Pages cell template onto the page footer area of the report



Wor

If you are working in Results View, the page numbers appear in the cell. If you are working in Structure View, click the View Results button to display the page number information in the cell.

Adding text to page number cellsYou can edit the text surrounding the page numbers in each Page Number cell. For example, you can add text to the Page Number cell so that the page number includes the label “Page:”.

Editing a Page Number cellTo edit a Page Number cell:1. Make sure you are in Report View.

The Edit Report button is pressed in when you are in Report View.2. Click the Cell Properties sub-tab.3. On the report, click the page number cell you want to edit.

WebIntelligence displays the special field in the Text box. The special field(s) is contained within two square brackets: [...].For example: [Page] or [page]/[pages]

Page: is typed into the cell before the page number field



4. In the Text box, type the text you want to display before the [ bracket or after the ] bracket. You must not type any text inside the [ ] brackets.For example, type:Page: [page]

5. Press the Enter key.WebIntelligence displays the page number cell with the text you typed.



Wor

Formatting free-standing cellsYou can format any free-standing cells that appear in your report. You can set the following properties:• text format• background• borders• page position

Setting formatting options for free-standing cellsTo set the formatting options for free-standing cells:1. Make sure you are in Report View.

The Edit Report button is pressed in when you are in Report View.2. Select the free-standing cell you want to format.3. Click the Properties tab.

If the Properties tab is not visible, click the Show/Hide Manager button on the Report View toolbar to display the Properties tab.

4. Click the sub-tab corresponding to the formatting options you want to set:

5. Select the appropriate options.WebIntelligence applies the options to the selected cell. For more information about formatting cells, see Formatting tables and table cells on page 322.

If you want to set... click this sub-tab...• the font size, style, color of the text in the cell• the cell background color, image, or skin• the cell border style and color

• the size of the cell• the number format of the cell values

- (For information on setting number formats, see Formatting Numbers and Dates on page 429.)

• whether WebIntelligence reads the cells contents as a hyperlink, and image, or HTML

• the position of the cell on the report page• repeat cell on every page

Cell Format tab

Cell Properties tab

Cell Page Layout tab


Working with Charts

chapter


Wor

OverviewThis chapter explains how to create, edit, and format charts in WebIntelligence documents using the Java Report Panel. For information on working with charts using the HTML Report Panel, see Formatting Charts on page 943.This chapter tells you:• about charts and WebIntelligence chart templates• how to create charts• how to change tables and charts to different chart types• deleting charts• setting page layout for charts• formatting charts

NOTEIf you want to distribute a WebIntelligence document as an Excel spreadsheet, you can create charts using WebIntelligence, save the document as an Excel spreadsheet, and then make your formatting changes in Excel. See Saving WebIntelligence documents as Excel Spreadsheets on page 725.

king with Charts


About charts and chart templatesWebIntelligence offers standard chart formats to graphically display your business information.

Choosing the appropriate chart templateYou can select one of five basic chart types in WebIntelligence:• bar charts• line charts• area charts• pie charts• radar, polar, and scatter charts

Bar chartsBar charts display data in bar form, either vertically or horizontally. Bar charts are useful if you want to compare similar groups of data; for example one time period to another. There are five types of bar charts: grouped, bar and line, stacked, percent, and 3D.

Line chartsLine charts connect specific data values with lines, either horizontally or vertically. Line charts are useful if you want to show trends or changes in data over time. There are five types of line charts: mixed, stacked, percent, 3D, and 3D surface.

Area chartsArea charts are line charts in which the area between the lines and axis are filled in. Area charts are useful if you want to emphasize the size of the total data in a report, as opposed to the changes in the data. You may not want to use an area chart if you have a sharp contrast between specific data points. Use a line chart instead.You can use more than one measure object on the Y-axis as long as the measures are of the same type and scale; for example, Number of Guests, and Future Guests. There are five types of area charts: absolute, stacked, percent, 3D area, and 3D surface.

About charts and chart templates


Wor

Pie chartsPie charts display data as segments of a whole. Pie charts are useful if you want to show how each part of your report data contributes to the total.You can only include one measure object in a pie chart. If you have several measures in your report, you should choose another chart type. There are four types of pie charts: pie, 3D pie, ring, 3D ring.

Radar, Polar, and scatter chartsIn radar charts, the X- and Y-axis connect at the chart’s center. Radar charts are useful if you want to look at several different factors related to one item. For example, you could use a radar chart to display revenue data for different services within a hotel. On one axis, you could display revenue for the rooms. On another you could display revenue for the restaurant, and so on.Scatter charts are similar to line graphs, except that the data points are plotted without a line connecting them. Scatter charts are useful if you want to make a comparison between specific data points.There are four types of radar, polar, and scatter charts: radar line, stacked radar, polar, and scatter.

king with Charts


Creating chartsYou can include one or multiple charts on the reports in a WebIntelligence document. You can create a chart when you build or new document or insert charts into an existing document.If you are building a new document, you need to define the data definition of the document by building a query before you select a chart template. For full information on building queries see Building a simple query on page 190.Once you have defined the query you go to Report View to define the chart(s) on report(s).

To create a chart, you follow three steps:• select a chart template• allocate dimensions and measures to the chart axes• view the results displayed on the chart

TIPIf you want to create a chart that displays the same data as a table on a report, you can copy the table first and then turn the duplicate table into a chart using the Turn To dialog box. See Duplicating tables on page 301 and Applying a different chart template to a table or chart using Turn To on page 384.

The Edit Report button takes you to Report View. Edit Report is always visible on the WebIntelligence toolbar.

Creating charts


Wor

Selecting chart templates

Inserting a chart template onto a reportTo insert a chart template onto a report:1. On the WebIntelligence toolbar, click the Edit Report button.

You enter Edit Report view. A report tab for each report in the document displays at the bottom of the report panel.

2. Select the report where you want to insert the chart.3. Click View Structure on the Report toolbar.

You can only view charts in Results View after you have allocated objects to the chart axes. Structure View will display the empty template and allow you to allocate objects to the axes and select formatting properties for the chart before you view the results in the final chart.

king with Charts


4. Click the Templates tab.If the Templates tab is not visible, click the Show/Hide Manager button.

5. Click the + sign next to Charts.

Structure View displays the structure and the data definition of the report without results

Creating charts


Wor

6. Select the chart template drag it onto an empty area of the report.

The empty template appears on the report.

7. Click the Data tab.8. Drag a dimension or measure object onto the chart axes where you want the

results for that dimension or measure to appear on the chart.

For example, drag the 3D Bar template to the right of an existing table on a report.

king with Charts


The template indicates whether you can drop dimension or measures on each axis.

Drop the dimension or measure onto the axis when the ToolTip appears.

Creating charts


Wor

9. To allocate more dimension and measure objects to each chart axis, repeat step 8.

You must allocate objects to the X-axis and Y-axis for charts to display correctly. Allocating objects to the Z-axis is optional.

10.To display the results in the chart, click the View Results button on the Report toolbar.The chart displays the results corresponding to the objects you allocated to the chart axes. The size of the chart is minimal.

king with Charts


Resize the chart by selecting the chart and then dragging the borders outwards.

Drag the vertical borders to the right or the left to change the chart width.

Drag the horizontal borders up or down to change the chart height.

Creating charts


Wor

The finished chart appears.

For information on formatting charts and positioning charts on the report see Formatting charts on page 394 and Setting page layout for charts on page 387.

king with Charts


Changing existing tables and charts to different chart types

You can change the way information is presented on reports by turning the tables and charts into different chart types. This enables you to apply different formats and decide which format communicates the information most clearly.

EXAMPLEHow does revenue in California compare to revenue in other states?You work in the California branch of a retail clothing chain, and have been sent a report showing revenue by quarter for the western region:

The data is presented in crosstab form, which gives you a good method for analyzing exact revenues by state or quarter. But you want to quickly compare revenue in California to revenue in other states. You turn the crosstab into a 3D Bar chart to get a quick comparative overview of the data.



Wor

Applying different templates to chartsYou can change the format of existing charts or turn tables into charts. WebIntelligence applies the new template to the chart values.You can change the template by:• dragging a different chart template onto a chart• using the Turn To dialog box

Dragging a different chart template onto a table or chartTo change drag a different chart template onto a table or chart:1. Make sure you are in Report View.

The Edit Report button is pressed in when you are working in Report View.2. Click the Templates tab.

If the Templates tab is not visible, click the Show/Hide Manager button on the Report toolbar to display the Templates tab.

3. Click the + sign next to Charts.

king with Charts


4. Click the + sign next to the template type you want to apply.5. Drag a template onto the chart or table you want to modify.

You must drop the template directly on the existing report block. If you drop the template outside the existing report block, you create a separate chart.

WebIntelligence applies the new template.

If necessary, resize the chart by selecting it and then dragging the horizontal and vertical borders.



Wor

If you want to move the dimensions or measures to different axes, drag the objects you want to move and drop them onto the Data tab, then drag and drop the objects you want to display on the chart onto each chart axis.

Applying a different chart template to a table or chart using Turn ToTo apply a different chart template to a table or chart using Turn To:1. Place your pointer on the border of the table or chart you want to modify.

A gray border appears around the selected report block.

2. Right-click the report block.A shortcut menu appears.

3. Click Turn To.The Turn To dialog box appears.

4. Click the tab corresponding to the chart type you want.

king with Charts


5. Click the chart type tab, click the specific format you want to apply to the block.

6. Click OK.WebIntelligence applies the selected template to the block and displays your data as in the chart type you chose.

NOTEIf you use Turn To to display a chart where the chart does not have data allocated to the X-axis and Y-axis. Incomplete charts do not appear when you view the report in Results View or in Drill mode.



Wor

Deleting chartsYou can delete a chart from a report.

NOTEIf your report contains more than one chart or other report block, you must delete them individually. You cannot delete multiple report blocks at one time.

Deleting chartsTo delete a chart:• Right-click the chart and click Delete.

OrVerify the Data tab is displayed, then drag the chart from the Document pane to the Data tab.

If the Properties tab is not visible, click the Show/Hide Manager button to maximize the Report Manager and display the Properties tab.

king with Charts


Setting page layout for chartsYou can set the page layout for each page in a WebIntelligence report. You can do the following:• position a chart on the report page• position a chart relative to another chart or table to avoid overlap• start a chart on a new report page

Positioning charts on the report pageYou position charts on the report page by specifying a position for the chart in relation to the left edge and the right edge of the report page.

Setting the position of a chart on the report pageTo position a chart on the report page:1. Click the View Page Layout button on the Edit Report toolbar.

Page Layout View displays how the report elements are aligned on the report page.

2. Select the chart you want to align.

This chart is positioned at 1.5 cm from the left edge and at 2.5 cm from the top edge of the report page

Setting page layout for charts


Wor

3. Click the Properties tab, and then click the Chart Format sub-tab.OrRight-click the chart, then select Edit Format from the shortcut menu.The options for positioning the appear in the Position section.

You can specify the position of the left side of the chart and/or the top of the chart in relation to the report page edge.

4. You position the left edge of the chart by specifying a numerical value in the Left text box:- Type a numerical value. Or - Click the + and - buttons to select a numerical value.

5. You position the top of the chart by specifying a numerical value in the Top text box:- Type a numerical value. Or - Click the + and - buttons to select a numerical value.The chart appears at the position you specified.

king with Charts


Positioning charts in relation to other charts or tablesIf you have more than one block (table, chart, or form) in your report, you can use relative positioning. Relative positioning allows you to position a selected block (for example, a chart) in relation to other blocks in the report.

If new data changes the size of the tables or charts, relative positioning ensures that the different tables and charts display correctly without overlapping each other.

NOTEIf you position a chart in relation to another table or chart and then change the position of the chart on the report page, the position of the related table or chart is also changed.

Positioning a chart in relation to another chart or tableTo position a chart in relation to another chart or table:1. Click the View Page Layout button on the Edit Report toolbar.

Page Layout View displays how the report elements are aligned on the report page.

2. Select the chart you want to align.

The table is positioned in relation to the chart – the left side and the top side of the crosstab are positioned to 0.0 cm in relation to the table



Wor

3. Click the Properties tab.OrRight-click the chart, then select Edit Format from the shortcut menu.Click the Chart Page Layout sub-tab.The options for positioning the appear in the Position section.

4. Check Relative to.The of button displays: Select.

5. Click the arrow next to Select.The names of the blocks are listed on a drop-down menu. Each block is a table, chart, or form on the report.By default, WebIntelligence gives each block the following name: block followed by a number (for example, Block1, Block2, Block3, and so on). To make it easier to select blocks for positioning and formatting you can give blocks meaningful names (for example, Bar Chart, Crosstab: Monthly Sales, Pie Chart: Annual Hires, and so on). For information on naming blocks, see Renaming report blocks on page 524.

king with Charts


6. Select the block in relation to which you want to position the selected chart.

You can specify the position of the left side of the chart and/or the top of the chart in relation to the block you selected.

7. You position the left edge of the chart by specifying a numerical value in the Left text box:- Type a numerical value. Or - Click the + and - buttons to select a numerical value.

8. You position the top of the chart by specifying a numerical value in the Top text box:- Type a numerical value. Or - Click the + and - buttons to select a numerical value.

9. Type the numerical position where you want the chart to appear on the report page.OrClick the + and - buttons to select the position where you want the chart to appear.WebIntelligence moves the chart to the position on the report page that you specified.

The Annual Sales chart is selected



Wor

Setting page breaks for chartsWhen your report contains several pages, you can choose to:• start the chart on a new page of the report• repeat the chart on every page of the report

Starting charts on a new report pageTo start each chart on a new report page:1. Make sure you are in Report View.

The Edit Report button is pressed in when you are working in Report View.2. Select the chart you want start on a new page.

A line appears around the selected chart.3. Click the Properties tab.

OrRight-click the chart, then select Edit Format from the shortcut menu.

4. Click the Chart Page Layout sub-tab.The options for setting page breaks appear in the New Page section.

5. Select the Start on a new page check box.WebIntelligence inserts a page break before the chart and the chart appears on a new report page.

Repeating charts on every pageTo repeat a chart on every page:1. Make sure you are in Report View.

The Edit Report button is pressed in when you are working in Report View.2. Select the chart you want repeat on every page.

king with Charts


3. A line appears around the selected chart.4. Click the Properties tab.


5. Click the Chart Page Layout sub-tab.The options for setting page breaks appear in the New Page section.

6. Select the Repeat on every page check box.The chart is repeated on each page of the report.



Wor

Formatting chartsThis section explains the formatting options for charts. This section of this guide includes illustrations that will help you identify the different areas of charts you can format. Since not all chart types include all of the possible axes or legends, this section provides examples of several different chart templates.

About 2D chartsFor example, 2D charts include an optional axis legend that lists the values displayed on the bars or lines.

In this example, a 2D bar chart includes the optional Z-axis. Including data on the Z-axis enables you to show an additional break down of the results displayed on the chart bars. The [Sales revenue] measure is on the Y-axis, the [Year] dimension is on the X-axis, and the [Quarter] dimension is on the Z-axis.

X-Axis Values X-Axis Label

Y-Axis Values

Y-Axis Label

Legend values

Data

Floor

Chart title

Legend title

king with Charts


About 3D charts3D bar charts do not include an axis legend. You can clearly see what information is displayed on the chart bars by looking at the axis labels.The following example shows a 3D bar chart.

In this example, the chart bars display sales revenue per quarter, per year. The [Sales revenue] measure is on the Y-axis, the [Quarter] dimension is on the X-axis, and the [Year] dimension is on the Z-axis.

X-axis valuesX-axis label Z-axis values Z-axis label

Chart title

Floor

Right wall

Y-axis label

Y-axis values

Chart data

Formatting charts


Wor

About pie chartsPie charts have a single axis displayed on the body of the pie. This is the Y-axis. Each segment of the pie chart displays a value for the measure on the Y-axis. The pie chart legend indicates the dimension referred to by the measure.

In this example, the 3D pie chart shows sales revenue per year. The measure on the Y-axis is [Sales revenue] and the dimension displayed on the legend is [Year]. Like 2D pie charts, 3D pie charts display measures for a single dimension. The graphical design of 3D pie charts, however, gives a three dimensional appearance.

Chart formatting optionsYou can personalize the formatting properties of the following areas on a chart:• chart size• title – insert, edit, and format a title for the chart• apply a 3D look to 2D charts• apply a background color• chart border – specify thickness and color• walls and floors – show/hide and specify formatting• axis legend – show/hide and specify formatting• axis labels – rename and/or specify formatting• format axis values and set the frequency of markers• display a linear or a logarithmic axis scale for measures• data series – the bars, lines, markers on the body of the chart

Y-axis label

Chart title

Legend title

Legend values

king with Charts


Setting the chart sizeYou can set the dimensions of the chart width and height two ways:• drag the chart borders using your pointer• specify the chart width and height in inches, centimeters, or pixels

Resizing a chart using your pointerTo resize a chart using your pointer:1. Select the chart you want re-size.

A border appears around the selected chart.2. To modify the width of the chart, place your pointer on the right edge border.

Your pointer becomes a double-arrow.

3. Press your pointer again, and then drag the border to make the chart the width you want.

4. To modify the height of the chart, place your pointer on the bottom border.5. When your pointer turns to a double-arrow, press your pointer again and then

drag the border to make the chart the height you want.

Resizing a chart by specifying a measurementTo resize a chart by specifying a measurement:1. Select the chart you want re-size.

A border appears around the selected chart.

Your pointer changes to a double-arrow when you select the border around the chart

Formatting charts


Wor

2. Click the Properties tab.OrRight-click the chart, then select Edit Format from the shortcut menu.

3. Click the Chart Properties sub-tab.The size options appear in the Size section of the sub-tab. The measurement unit is inches, centimeters, or pixels according to the measurement unit selected in your User Settings. For information on how to change your user settings see Setting your Java Report Panel options on page 181.

4. To re-size the height and/or width of the chart:- Type a numerical measurement in the Width and/or Height text boxes.- Or- Use the + and - buttons next to the Width and Height text boxes to select a new size.The chart size changes accordingly.

Inserting and formatting titles for chartsYou can add a title to any chart in your report. This is useful if you have several charts in your report, and want to differentiate one from another.To have a title appear above your chart, you must enter a title in the text box. If you leave the text box empty, WebIntelligence displays the chart with no title.Once you have entered text in the text box to have it appear, you can format the text, background, and borders of the chart title.

Inserting and formatting a chart titleTo insert and format a chart title:1. Make sure you are in Report View.

The Edit Report button is pressed in when you are working in Report View.2. Select the chart.

king with Charts


3. With the chart selected, click the Properties tab, and then click the Chart Format sub-tab.OrRight-click the chart, then select Edit Format from the shortcut menu.

4. Under Apply To, click Chart Title.

The chart title options appear.5. Under Text, enter a title in the text box.

Formatting charts


Wor

6. Press the Enter key.The title appears on the chart.

7. Set the formatting options you want for the chart title.

8. WebIntelligence displays your chart title with the formatting you chose.

Chart title

Select font styles and sizes for text here.

Select a background color here.



Select a border style or remove a border here.

king with Charts


Displaying charts with a 2D or 3D lookYou can format 2D charts with a 3D look. A 3D look shades the chart bars or pie segments, giving the 2D chart the appearance of being in relief.

Displaying charts with a 3D lookTo display a chart with a 3D look:1. Make sure you are in Report View.

The Edit Report button is pressed in when you are working in Report View.2. Select the chart you want.3. Click the Properties tab.


A 2D bar chart without the 3D look A 2D bar chart with the 3D look

Formatting charts


Wor

4. Click the Chart Properties sub-tab.

5. Select 3D look.WebIntelligence displays the chart in the 3D look format.

Adding background colorsYou can add a background color to charts in WebIntelligence reports. The background is applied to the entire block.

Adding background colorsTo add a background color to a chart:1. Make sure you are in Report View.

The Edit Report button is pressed in when you are working in Report View.

the background color fills the block behind the chart and the legend

king with Charts


2. Select the chart you want to format.A border appears around the selected chart.

3. Click the Properties tab, and then click the Chart Format sub-tab.OrRight-click the chart, then select Edit Format from the shortcut menu.

4. In the Apply To section, verify that Chart is displayed.

If Chart is not displayed, click the arrow to the right of the button that displays a different chart area and then select Chart from the drop-down list.

5. Click the arrow on the button next to Color.A list of available colors appears.

Formatting charts


Wor

6. Select the color you want for the chart background.OrClick Custom, and then create a custom color using the + and - buttons or the slider on the Custom Color editor and click OK.If you know the RGB hexadecimal color reference, you can type the reference into the text boxes next to the + and - buttons.

WebIntelligence displays your chart with the new background color.

Formatting chart bordersYou can add a border around a chart and specify the border thickness and color. If a chart already has a border you can modify or remove the border.

Modifying chart bordersTo modify a chart border:1. Make sure you are in Report View.


A temporary border appears on the selected chart. This border will disappear when you remove your pointer from the chart.


Slider

king with Charts


4. In the Apply To section, verify that Chart is displayed.

If Chart is not displayed, click the arrow to the right of the button that displays a different chart area and then select Chart from the drop-down list.

5. In the Border section, click the left button and then select a line style.

To remove a border, click None.6. Still in the Border section, click the right button and then select a border color.

WebIntelligence applies the new border style and color to the selected chart.

Formatting charts


Wor

Formatting chart floors and wallsFloors and walls give depth to charts and help to set off the data displayed on the chart bars or lines. 3D charts, have a floor, a left wall, and a right wall. 2D charts just have a floor. You can specify a color for the floor and for each wall.

Formatting chart floors and wallsTo format the chart floor and walls:1. Make sure you are in Report View.


A border appears around the selected chart.3. With the chart selected, click the Properties tab, and then click the Chart

Format sub-tab.OrRight-click the chart, then select Edit Format from the shortcut menu.

4. Click the button under Apply To, and select Chart from the drop-down list of chart areas.

A light gray wall on a 2D bar chart A light gray floor, a dark gray left wall, and a dark gray right wall on a 3D bar chart

king with Charts


5. Select the appropriate check box:

6. To select a color, click the drop-down arrow next to Color.A list of available colors appears.

7. Click the color you want.OrClick Custom, and then create a custom color using the + and - buttons or the slider on the Custom Color editor and click OK.If you know the RGB hexadecimal color reference, you can type the reference into the text boxes next to the + and - buttons.

WebIntelligence displays the floor and/or walls with the color(s) you chose.

If you want to display... then select the...the chart floor Show floor check box.

WebIntelligence selects this check box by default.

the left or right wall Show left wall or Show right wall check box.

Slider

Formatting charts


Wor

Formatting axis legendsYou can show an axis legend for the following chart types:• 2D bar charts, 2D line charts, and 2D bar and line charts• pie and doughnut charts• radar, polar, and scatter chartsYou can set WebIntelligence to display the axis legend to either the left, right, or bottom of the chart. You can also hide the axis legend.

You can format the text, background, and borders of the:• axis legend title• axis legend valuesThe following section explains how to show and format axis legends on charts.

Axis legend Values

Axis legend title

king with Charts


Showing or hiding axis legendsTo show or hide the axis legend:1. Make sure you are in Report View.

The Edit Report button is pressed in when you are working in Report View.2. Select the chart.3. With the chart selected, click the Properties tab.


4. Click the Chart Properties sub-tab.5. Choose to show or hide the axis legend:

6. To select the legend’s position, click the drop-down arrow next to the Axis legend box.A drop-down list displays the possible positions for the axis legend.

7. Select the position you want the legend to appear in relation to the chart.WebIntelligence displays your axis legend next to the chart in the position you selected.

Formatting axis legendsTo format the axis legend:1. Make sure you are in Report View.


If you want to... then...show the axis legend select the Axis legend check box.

hide the axis legend deselect the Axis legend check box.

Formatting charts


Wor


4. Under Apply To click the arrow next to the chart area that is currently selected.

The areas of the chart you can format are listed in a drop-down list.5. Select Legend Title to change the format of the legend title.

OrSelect Legend Values to change the format of the legend values.

Click the arrow next to the selected chart area

Legend title is selected

Legend values is selected

king with Charts


6. In the Text, Background, and Border section of the Chart Format tab:- click the arrows on the buttons and select formats from the drop-down lists- check the appropriate check boxes

WebIntelligence displays your axis legend with the formatting you chose.

Formatting axis labelsBy default, axis labels display the object name(s) of the object(s) on each axis.

Select font styles and sizes for text here.


Select a text color here.


Select a border style or remove a border here.

For example, the object allocated to the X-axis on this 3D bar chart is [Year] so the axis label is Year.

Formatting charts


Wor

You can replace the name of the object by a label you type. The label remains unchanged, even if you edit the chart and allocate a different object to the axis or if you drill on the chart axis to display values related to other objects in the chart.

Specifying a fixed label for an axisTo specify a fixed label for an axis:1. Make sure you are in Report View.

The Edit Report button is pressed in when you are working in Report View.2. Select the chart.3. With the chart selected, click the Properties tab, and then click the Chart

Format sub-tab.OrRight-click the chart, then select Edit Format from the shortcut menu.

4. Under Apply To, click X-Axis Label, Y-Axis label, or Z-Axis label.Unlike other chart types, Pie charts only display a single axis, which is the Y-axis. The axis legend displays the X-axis label and maps each X-axis value to the corresponding pie segment color.

5. In the Text section of the tab, unselect Show object name.When Show object name is selected, the axis label displays the name of the object on the axis.

6. In the text box, type the name you want to appear in the axis label.7. Press the Enter key.

The new text appears on the axis label.

king with Charts


Displaying the object name on an axis labelTo display the object name on an axis label:

1. Make sure you are in Report View.The Edit Report button is pressed in when you are working in Report View.

2. Select the chart.3. Click the Properties tab, and then click the Chart Format sub-tab.


4. Under Apply To, click X-Axis Label, Y-Axis label, or Z-Axis label.

5. In the Text section of the tab, select Show object name.

The fixed name becomes grayed out in the text box. The object name of the object appears on the axis label on the chart.

Formatting charts


Wor

Formatting axis values and markersYou can personalize how axis values and markers display on charts as follows:• format axis values – choose the font size, orientation, and color of the values,

and choose a specific format for numbers, dates, currency, and so on• grid – opt to show or hide a grid on an axis• axis markers – display axis markers at an automatic or specific frequency• axis scale range – specify a min. or max. value on the axis• axis scale type – set the axis to logarithmic (a logarithmic scale uniformly

presents percent changes rather than point changes. In other words, the distance from 1 to 2 (100% increase) is the same as the distance from 2 to 4 (another 100% increase).

Axis values

Axis scale (this axis scale is set to start at zero and the axis scale type is linear)

Grid (the grid shows on both axes)

king with Charts


Formatting axis valuesTo format axis values:1. Make sure you are in Report View.

The Edit Report button is pressed in when you are working in Report View.2. Select the chart.3. Click the Properties tab, and then click the Chart Format sub-tab.


4. Under Apply To, click the button that displays the currently selected area of the chart, then select X-Axis Values, Y-Axis Values, or Z-Axis Values from the drop-down list.

Formatting charts


Wor

5. To choose a specific format for numbers, currency, or dates and time (or to create your own custom format), click the button under Number Format.

The Number Format dialog box appears. You can select and apply a different format here. For a step-by-step information on how to select formats and how to create your own custom formats, see Applying predefined formats on page 431 or Defining custom formats on page 435.

6. To format how the text of the values appears, select formatting options in the Text section.

WebIntelligence applies your formatting changes to the selected axis values.

Showing/hiding the grid on an axisTo show/hide the grid on an axis:1. Make sure you are in Report View.



4. Under Apply To, click the button that displays the currently selected area of the chart.

Select font orientation, styles, and sizes for text here.

Select a font color here.

king with Charts


5. Select X-Axis Values, Y-Axis Values, or Z-Axis Values from the drop-down list.

6. To show the grid on the selected axis, select Show grid.OrTo hide the grid on the selected axis, unselect Show grid.The grid is shown or hidden as you specified.You can select a color or create a custom color for the grid on the selected axis.

7. Click the color on the box next to the Show grid option, then select a color from the drop-down list.OrClick Custom, and then create a custom color using the + and - buttons or the slider on the Custom Color editor and click OK.

Formatting charts


Wor

The grid changes color accordingly.

Setting axis marker frequencyTo set the axis marker frequency:1. Make sure you are in Report View.



Here, the chart has the grid shown on the X-axis and the Y-axis. The X-axis grid has a custom color applied. The Y-axis grid is the default color black.

Here, the chart has no grid shown.

king with Charts


4. Under Apply To, click X-Axis Values, Y-Axis Values, or Z-Axis Values.

You set the axis marker frequency in the Frequency section.5. Unselect Auto axis value frequency.

The text box next to Frequency becomes active.

6. In the text box either type a value or use the + and - to select a value.If you specify 2, every two values will appear on the axis; if you specify 3, every three values will appear on the axis, and so on.

7. Press the Enter key.WebIntelligence only displays the values at the frequency you specified. You can reset the frequency to automatic by selecting Auto axis value frequency again.

Select the axis values for the X, Y, or Z axis here.

Formatting charts


Wor

Showing a specific range of axis valuesTo show a specific range of axis values:1. Make sure you are in Report View.



4. Under Apply To, click X-Axis Values, Y-Axis Values, or Z-Axis Values.

You specify the minimum and/or maximum values you want to appear on the selected axis in the Axis Scale section.

5. To specify the minimum value, select Min. Value, then in the text box either type a value or use the + and - to select a value, and then press the Enter key.

king with Charts


6. To specify the maximum value, select Max. Value, then in the text box either type a value or use the + and - to select a value, and then press the Enter key.WebIntelligence displays the minimum and/or maximum values you specified on the axis.

Changing axis scales from linear to logarithmicBy default, WebIntelligence displays the Y-axis on charts as a linear scale. You can set the axis to a logarithmic scale. Logarithmic scales allow you to examine values that span many orders of magnitude without losing information on the smaller scales.In a linear scale, the axis markers are evenly spaced. Linear scales are based on addition. Consider, for example, the linear sequence:

1, 3, 5, 7, 9To get the next number in the sequence, you add 2 to the previous number.

The smallest bar on this chart displays the value $1 367,841 but the Y-axis starts at zero. This is because the minimum value is set to 0.

Here, the minimum value has been set to 300,000.

Formatting charts


Wor

Logarithmic scales are based on multiplication rather than addition. In a logarithmic scale, the steps increase or decrease in size. Logarithmic scales are based on multiplication (or division). Consider, for example, the logarithmic sequence:

2, 4, 8, 16, 32To get the next number in the sequence, you multiply the previous number by 2. We can say that this sequence represents ``base 2.''Consider the following sequence:

1, 10, 100, 1000, 10000This sequence represents ``base 10,'' because you get the next term in the sequence by multiplying the previous term by 10.

Displaying a logarithmic scaleTo display a logarithmic scale:1. Make sure you are in Report View.



4. Under Apply To, click Y-Axis Values.

Logarithmic scale option

king with Charts


5. Select Logarithmic scale.WebIntelligence displays the Y-axis values on a logarithmic scale.

NOTEA logarithmic scale uniformly presents percent changes rather than point changes. In other words, the distance from 1 to 2 (100% increase) is the same as the distance from 2 to 4 (another 100% increase).

Choosing chart data display options• show/hide the values – for the data on each chart bar, line, or marker• show/hide charts – when there is no data for the objects on the axes• select a specific color – for the data series on the chart

Showing/hiding data valuesTo show/hide data values:1. Make sure you are in Report View.



4. Under Apply To, click Chart Data.

Formatting charts


Wor

5. To show the data values, select Show data values.Or

6. To hide the data values, unselect Show data values.The data values are shown or hidden on the chart, according to your selection.

Showing/hiding empty charts1. Make sure you are in Report View.

The Edit Report button is pressed in when you are working in Report View.2. Select the chart.3. Click the Properties tab, and then click the Chart Properties sub-tab.

OrRight-click the chart, select Edit Format from the shortcut menu, and then click the Chart Properties sub-tab.

The data values are hidden on this chart

The data values are shown on this chart

king with Charts


4. To show charts when there is no data for the chart axes, select Show chart when empty.OfTo hide charts when there is no data for the chart axes, unselect Show chart when empty.WebIntelligence hides or shows the charts with no values, as you specified.

Specifying a color for the data seriesTo specify the color of the data series:1. Make sure you are in Report View.



Formatting charts


Wor

4. Under Apply To, click Chart Data.

5. In the Data section, click the color displayed to the right of Primary color.The drop-down list of colors appears.

6. Click the color you want.OrClick Custom, and then create a custom color using the + and - buttons or the slider on the Custom Color editor and click OK.If you know the RGB hexadecimal color reference, you can type the reference into the text boxes next to the + and - buttons.

Choose the color for the primary data series bar, line, or marker on the chart here

Slider

king with Charts


If the chart has a single measure the color you specified is applied to the chart bars, lines, or markers that display the measure.

NOTEIf the chart contains multiple measures, all the data series displayed on the bar, line, or marker of the chart display in the color you selected.

Formatting charts


Wor
king with Charts

Formatting Numbers and Dates

chapter


Form

OverviewThis chapter describes the formats that you can apply to values displayed in cells and on chart axes. You can select from a range of predefined formats or create your own custom formats.This chapter tells provides information on:• default formats• applying predefined formats• defining custom formats

atting Numbers and Dates


Default formatsYou can change how values display in specific cells or on chart axes. You do this by applying predefined formats available in WebIntelligence or by creating your own custom formats. You can save your custom formats for reuse on multiple blocks and reports in the same document.

Applying predefined formatsThe following predefined formats are available for cells:

In addition, you can create your own custom formats and re-use those custom formats throughout the reports in a document.You can access the formatting options in one of two ways:• using the shortcut menu• using the Cell Properties tab

Applying a predefined format using the shortcut menuTo apply a predefined format using the shortcut menu:1. Make sure you are in Report View.

The Edit Report button is pressed in when you are working in Report View.2. Right-click a cell.

For example, right-click a cell in a section, table, or chart. If you select a cell in the body of a table, WebIntelligence automatically selects all the body cells that display values for the same object. If you want to modify the format of values on a chart access, you need to work in Structure View.

Format DescriptionDefault The format defined for the object on the universe.

Number Formats for decimal or integer values.

Currency Formats for currency values.

Date/Time Date and time formats.

Boolean True, false.

Default formats


Form

The shortcut menu appears.

3. Click Format Number.The Format Number dialog box appears.

4. Click a format in the Format Type list.The available formats for the format type you selected appear in the Properties pane.Samples of the format appear in the Positive, Negative, and Equal to Zero boxes or for Boolean formats only, samples appear in the True and False boxes.

5. Click OK.WebIntelligence applies the new format to the cell.

To display the shortcut menu for a chart, work in Structure View and right-click an object on an axes. In this example, the [Margin] measure object is selected.

The shortcut menu appears when you right-click a cell on a table, section, or a free-standing cell.



Applying a predefined cell format using the Properties tabTo apply a predefined cell format using the Properties tab:1. Make sure you are in Report View.

The Edit Report button is pressed in when you are working in Report View.2. Click a cell.

For example, click a cell in a section, table, or chart. If you select a cell in the body of a table, WebIntelligence automatically selects all the body cells that display values for the same object. If you want to modify the format of values on a chart access, you need to work in Structure View.

3. Click the Properties tab.4. Click the Cell Properties sub-tab.

If the Properties tab is not visible, click the Show/Hide Manager button.

To format how values display on a chart access, work in Structure View and select an object on an axes.

To format how values display on a table, section, or free-standing cell, select a cell.

Applying predefined formats


Form

The Number Format section of the Cell Properties tab displays the type of format currently applied to the selected cell.

5. Click the Number Format button.

The Number Format dialog box appears.6. Click a format in the Format Type list.7. The available formats for the format type you selected appear in the

Properties pane.

8. Click OK.WebIntelligence applies the new format to the cell.

The Number format type is selected. The list of Number formats appear in the Properties pane.



Defining custom formatsYou can use the Custom format type to define a customized number format for any cell. The example below shows how you can define a custom currency format for negative sales revenue and margin results.

EXAMPLEDefining a custom currency format to display negative results in redYou create a report which contains information on the sales revenue and margin for certain eFashion clothing lines. Some of the results are negative values.

You want to be able to spot any negative results quickly, so you create a custom number format that displays any negative values in red. You apply the custom format to the Sales Revenue column and Margin column of the table.

The negative values stand out clearly on the report in red.

The margin for City Trousers line is a negative result

The custom format displays negative values in red

Defining custom formats


Form

Quick reference to characters for creating custom cell formatsThe following table lists the strings you can use to create custom formats.

Formatting cells displaying number and currency data

Character(s) Display(s) Example# The corresponding digit.

If the number has less digits than the number of # characters used to specify the format, no leading zeros are inserted.

‘12345’ with the format:#,##0 gives ‘12,345’ (if your locale defines the grouping separator as a comma) or ‘12 345’ (if your locale defines the grouping separator as a space)

0 The corresponding digit. If the number has less digits than the number of 0 characters used to specify the format, a leading zero(s) is inserted before the number.

‘123’ with the format#0,000 gives ‘0,123’

, The grouping separator as defined by your locale.

‘1234567’ with the format:#,##0 gives ‘1,234,567’ (if you locale defines the grouping separator as a comma) or ‘1 234 567’ (if your locale defines the grouping separator as a non-breaking space)

. The decimal separator as defined by your locale.

‘12.34’ with the format:#.#0 gives ‘12.34’ (if your locale defines the decimal separator as a period) or ‘12,34’ (if your locale defines the decimal separator as a comma)



[%]% Displays a percentage sign (%) after the resultand multiplies the result by 100.

‘0.5’ with the format:#,##0[%]% gives ‘50%’

% The % sign after the result, but does not multiply the result by 100.

‘1’ with the format:#,##0% gives ‘1%’

A non-breaking space ( ) ‘1234567’ with the format:# ##0 gives ‘1234 567’

1, 2, 3, a, b, c, $, £, € (and so on)

The alphanumeric character.

‘705.15’ with the format:$#.#0 gives ‘$705.15’or with the format:#,#0 € gives ‘705,15 €’

[Red], [Blue], [Green], [Yellow], [Gray], [White], [Dark Red], [Dark Blue], [Dark Green], [Dark Yellow], [Dark Gray], [Light Brown], [Purple], [Magenta], [Dark Cyan]

The value in the specified color.

‘150’ with the format:-#,##0[Red] gives ‘150’#,##0[Dark Blue] gives -’150’

Character(s) Display(s) Example



Form

Characters for formatting cells displaying date and time data

Data Type Character Displays ExampleDay

d The number of the day in the month with no leading zeros. If the date for day is less than two characters, the date displays without a zero before it.

The first day of a month with the format:d gives ‘1’

dd The number of the day with leading zeros. If the date for day is less than two characters, the date displays with a zero before it.

The first day of a month with the format:dd gives ‘01’

ddd The name of the day abbreviated. The first letter is capitalized.

‘Monday’ with the format:ddd gives ‘Mon’

dddd The name of the day in full. The first letter is capitalized.

‘Monday’ with the format:dddd gives ‘Monday’

dddd dd The day of the week followed by a space and the number of the day.

‘Monday’ with the format:dddd dd gives ‘Monday 01’

MonthM The number of the month with

no leading zeros. If the number for month is less than two characters, the number displays without a zero before it.

‘January’ with the format:M gives ‘1’



MM The number of the month with leading zeros. If the number for month is less than two characters, the number displays with a zero before it.

‘January’ with the format:MM gives ‘01’

mmm The name of the month abbreviated. The first letter is capitalized.

‘January’ with the format:mmm gives Jan

mmmm The name of the month in full. The first letter is capitalized.

‘January’ with the format:mmmm gives January

Yearyy The last two digits for year. ‘2003’ with the format:

yy gives ‘03’

yyyy All four digits for year. ‘2003’ with the format:yyyy gives ‘2003’

Timeh:mm:ss a The hour with no leading zeros

and the minutes and seconds with leading zeros. The “a” character displays AM or PM after the time.

‘21:05:03’ with the format:h:mm:ss a gives ‘9:05:03 PM’

HH The hour according to the 24-hour clock.

‘21:00’ with the format:HH gives ‘21’

hh The hour according to the 12-hour clock.

‘21:00’ with the format:hh gives ‘09’

Data Type Character Displays Example



Form

HH:mm The hour and minutes with leading zeros.

‘7.15 am’ with the format:HH:mm gives ‘07:15’

HH:mm:ss The hour, minutes, and seconds with leading zeros.

‘7.15 am’ with the format:HH:mm:ss gives ‘07:15:00’

mm:ss The minutes, and seconds with leading zeros.

‘07:15:03’ with the format:mm:ss gives ‘15:03’

Data Type Character Displays Example



Defining a new custom formatTo define a new custom format:1. Make sure you are in Report View.

The Edit Report button is pressed in when you are working in Report View.2. Right-click the cell(s) to which you want to apply a custom format.3. Select Number Format.

The Number Format dialog box appears.4. In the Format Type list, select the format category that corresponds to the

data type in the selected cell.For example, if the selected cell displays date and time information, select Number.The Custom check box appears.

5. Select the Custom check box.Text boxes appear for you to type your custom format(s).



Form

6. Select a format listed in the Properties pane, and then edit the selected format by typing additional characters in one or more text boxes.

OrType a custom format in one or more text boxes.For example, if you want to create a custom format for Number values, type the custom format you want in the Positive, Negative, and Equal to Zero boxes. If you want to create a custom format for Boolean values, type the custom format you want in the True and False boxes.

7. Click Add.The custom format is added to the list of custom formats for the document.OrClick OK.The custom format is added to the list of custom formats for the document and it is applied to the selected cell(s).

NOTE

You cannot delete or edit custom formats. To change a custom format, you need to create a new custom format and apply the new format to the selected cell(s). Any custom formats not applied to cells in a document are deleted automatically when you close the WebIntelligence Java Report Panel.



Applying a custom format already defined in a documentTo apply a custom format already included in a document:1. Make sure you are in Report View.

The Edit Report button is pressed in when you are working in Report View.2. Right-click the cell(s) to which you want to apply the custom format.3. Select Number Format.

The Number Format dialog box appears.4. Select Custom.

The list of custom formats already included in the document appears in the Properties pane.

5. Select the custom format you want.6. Click OK.

WebIntelligence applies the custom format to the selected cell(s).



Form

Inserting Images in WebIntelligence Documents

chapter


Inse

OverviewThis chapter tells you how to insert and format images in WebIntelligence documents.This chapter tells you how to:• use images• insert a background image• insert a logo or another image• format images

rting Images in WebIntelligence Documents


Using images in WebIntelligence documentsYou can insert images in a WebIntelligence report. For example, you can insert a company logo or images of the products the report highlights.

Image file formatsThe image URL you link to must be in one of the following formats:• GIF – supports 256 colors and is useful if you want to insert a logo or icon• JPG – supports 16 million colors and is best suited for photographs and

complex graphicsThe GIF format also supports transparency. This means that the background color can be set to transparent in order to let the underlying color of the web page to show through. This is particularly useful if you want to insert an image in a cell that contains data. GIF images can be animated images whereas JPG images are static.

How you display images in reportsTo ensure the security of reports image files are usually located on a secured web server on your corporate network. To display an image in a report, you link a selected area of the report to an image file on a web server. There are two ways to link to images:

Type the file name onlyIf the image file has been installed by your administrator on the images directory on the BusinessObjects server, you can simply type the file name. The images directory is typically:<INSTALL DIR>\Images

When you type the file name (see Inserting text, images, and formulas on page 352), WebIntelligence automatically inserts boimg:// before the file name, which maps to the file on the server.For example: boimg://e_fashion.logo.gif)

Type the URL and the file nameIf image files are located on another web server, you need to type the URL as well as the file name. An example of a URL to a GIF format image file on an internal web server is:http://www.internal.businesscompany.com/images/company_logo.gif

The size of the image is defined when the image is created. You cannot modify the size of the image using WebIntelligence.

Using images in WebIntelligence documents


Inse

Inserting a skin or an imageYou can insert a skin or an image as a background into the following parts of a report:• the entire report• the report header or footer• a section• a table• a table cell(s)• a free-standing cellYou can also apply a skin to all the reports in an entire document. The following section of this guide describes each option.

Selecting a skin for a documentTo select a skin for a document:1. Click the Properties tab.

If the Properties tab is not visible, click the Show/Hide Manager button.2. Click the area of the report to which you want to apply the skin:

3. Click the Format sub-tab.

If you want to apply the skin as a background to...

then click...

the entire report a blank area of the report.

a section the section separator line in Structure View.The section separator is highlighted bold.

a report block just outside the report block.A gray border appears around the report block.

a cell within the report block the cell in which you want the skin to appear as a background.

a free-standing cell the free-standing cell.



4. In the Background section of the Format sub-tab, click Skin.5. Click the drop-down arrow next to the Skin box.

A list of available skins appears.6. Click the skin you want.

WebIntelligence displays your report element with the skin you chose.

Linking an image file as a backgroundTo link an image file as a background:1. Make sure you are in Report View.

The Edit Report button is pressed in when you are working in Report View.2. Click the Properties tab.


3. Click the area of the report to which you want to link an image:

4. Click the Format sub-tab.5. Click Image (URL).6. In the URL text box, type the URL of the image you want to display in the

selected report element.7. Set the display and position formats.

WebIntelligence displays the image you chose in the selected report element.

If you want to link an image as a background to...

then click...

the entire report, a blank area of the report.

a block (for example, a table or chart), just outside the report block.(A gray border appears around the selected block.)

a cell within the report block, the cell in which you want the image to appear as a background.

a free-standing cell, the free-standing cell.

Using images in WebIntelligence documents


Inse

Formatting imagesOnce you have inserted an in image in a WebIntelligence report, you can format how the image displays on the report.

Choosing a display formatYou can choose several display formats in a WebIntelligence report. The following table describes each format:

Choosing a display formatTo choose a display format:1. Make sure you are in Report View.

The Edit Report button is pressed in when you are working in Report View.2. Click the report element containing the image you want to format.3. Click the Properties tab.

If the Properties tab is not visible, click the Show/Hide Manager button to display the Properties tab.

4. Click the Format sub-tab.5. Click the drop-down arrow next to the Display box.

A list of available display formats appears.6. Click the format you want.

WebIntelligence displays your image in the format you chose.

Format... WebIntelligence...Normal displays the image once at the top left of the report, section,

table, or cell.

Vertical tile repeats the image vertically downward.

Horizontal tile repeats the image horizontally across.

Tile repeats the image vertically and horizontally.

Stretched displays the image (stretched) over the entire selected area.



Aligning the imageYou can align your image to the left, center, or right, depending on the format you chose:• Normal (vertical and horizontal alignment)• Vertical (horizontal alignment only)• Horizontal (vertical alignment only)

Aligning the imageTo align the image:1. Make sure you are in Report View.

The Edit Report button is pressed in when you are working in Report View.2. Click the report element containing the image you want to format.3. Click the Properties tab.


4. Click the Format sub-tab.5. Click the drop-down arrows next to the Display box.

A list of available positions appears.6. Click the positions you want.

WebIntelligence displays your image in the position you chose.

Formatting images


Inse

Using Sections, Breaks, and Sorts

chapter


Usin

OverviewThis chapter describes how you can organize the information displayed in reports so that reports are easy to read and navigate.It provides information on the following:• using sections to group data on reports• using breaks to group data in tables• using sorts to organize sections and data on tables

g Sections, Breaks, and Sorts


Using sections to group data on reportsTo make reports easy to navigate, you can divide the report into sections that group related data together. The tables and charts in a section only display the data relevant to the dimension on which the section is created. For example, if you create a section on the [Year] dimension, the tables and charts in the section for “2003” will only display data for the year 2003.You can include sections in the report map. This enables you to quickly navigate long reports section-by-section or to go directly to the section that has the data you want to analyze.

You can include subsections below sections. For example, you can divide a report into sections by year and then add a subsection by state.

The map displays a link to each section of the report

The report is divided into sections by year. Each section displays values for a specific year.

Using sections to group data on reports


Usin

What makes up a section?A section consists of a section cell and the section itself. The section cell is a free-standing cell that displays a value for a selected dimension (for example, state, customer, year, and so on). For example, if a report has a section on the year dimension and the database has data for the years 2001-2003, then there will be one section for year 2001 data, a second section for year 2002 data, and a third section for year 2003 data.

In this example, each section for year contains as many subsections as there are states that have data for that year.

section cell 1

section cell 2

section 1

section 2



A section can contain one or multiple tables, charts, or forms. The tables, charts, and forms on a section only contain data that corresponds to the value in the section cell. For example, a table in a section where the section cell displays 2003, only contains data for year 2003. You can view sections in Results View or Structure View. The following illustration shows a report with sections in Results View. The generic term block is used to refer to tables, charts, and forms.

The following illustration shows a report with sections in Structure View. When you view a report in Structure View, each section is clearly indicated by a section divider.It is easier to format sections when you work in Structure View.

The section cell displays the value for the section. In this example, the section shows information for Year 2003. This is indicated by the value 2003 which is displayed in the section cell.

The blocks in the section display information that corresponds to the value in the section cell. In this example, the pie chart and crosstab in this section show information for the year 2003.

The section divider is labelled, indicating which object is selected for the section. In this example the section is based on the [Year] dimension so, when the report is viewed in Results View, each section displays values for a specific year.

Section cell

Blocks



Usin

The following section of this guide tells you how to:• create sections• create subsections• set section properties• set the page layout for sections• remove sections

Creating sectionsYou create sections by selecting a dimension for the section cell. You can do this two ways:• move a cell from a table to create a section cell

or• select a dimension object listed on the Data tab

REMINDERThe objects available on the Data tab are the objects included in the query for the document.If your security profile enables you to modify the query, you can add other objects from the universe to the query definition and then run the query again.

Creating a section by moving a cell from a tableTo create a section by moving a cell from a table:1. Verify you are viewing the report in Report View.

The Edit Report button is pressed in when you are working in Report View.You create a section on a dimension in the table.

2. Select the header cell on the table that displays the name of the dimension.OrSelect a body cell on the table that displays a value for the dimension.For example, if you want a section for each state, either select the header cell labelled “State” or select one of the cells that displays the name of a state.



3. Drag the selected cell above the table and drop it onto the report background.

A section is created for each value of the selected dimension.

The name of the dimension is selected when you select the header cell

A value for the dimension is selected when you select a body cell

This illustration shows the first two sections for State



Usin

Creating a section by adding a dimension from the Data tabTo create a section by adding a dimension from the Data tab:1. Click the Data tab.2. Select a dimension object and, then drag the dimension over to an empty area

of the report.

3. Position and drop the dimension where you want the section cell to appear.

If the report includes tables or charts, then drop the section cell above the tables and charts that you want to be included in the section.

• If you are in Results view, a cell containing one value for each unique value for the added object appears above the table or crosstab. The data in the table or crosstab is automatically sorted according to the cell value.

• If you are in Structure view, a cell is added above the table or crosstab.



4. If you are in Structure View, click the View Results button to see the results.WebIntelligence applies the section to the report and displays the results.



Usin

Creating subsectionsYou can create a report with multiple sections. You create multiple sections in the same way you create a section:• by moving a cell from a table and dropping the cell below an existing section

cell

or• by selecting a dimension object listed on the Data tab and dropping the

dimension below an existing section cell.

For step-by-step instructions on creating subsections, follow the instructions in Creating a section by moving a cell from a table on page 458 or Creating a section by adding a dimension from the Data tab on page 460.



Setting section propertiesYou can set the following properties for a section:• name the section• include links to sections in the report map• hide or show sections that have no data in one or more of the components in

the section

Selecting the section display propertiesTo select the section display properties:1. Make sure you are in Report View.

The Edit Report button is pressed in when you are working in Report View.2. Click View Structure.

In Structure View you can see the start and end divider of each section on the report.This makes it easy for you to select a specific section and then choose the properties you want to apply to the selected section.

3. Click the section divider of the section for which you want to set properties.The dividers of the selected section are highlighted.

4. Click the Properties tab.

Section divider



Usin

5. Click the Section Properties sub-tab.You set the section properties here.

6. Type or select the section property options you want to apply to the selected section.

If you want to... then...Name of the section with a different name from the name of the dimension selected for the section,

type a name for the section in the Name text box.

Specify the component(s) of the section that will qualify the entire section as an “empty section,” if there is no data on the database for that component(s),

check the component(s) that will qualify the section as empty.For example, if you check a table within the section then whenever there is no data on the database for the table, the entire section will be considered as empty.

Show the section when there is no data on the database for this section,

check Show section when empty.(To hide empty sections, uncheck this option.)

Index each section on the Map to help you navigate the document section-by-section,

check Include section in Map.(To remove the section index from the map, uncheck this option.)



7. Click the View Results button to view the properties applied to the results on the report.WebIntelligence applies the properties to the section and displays the results on the report.

REMINDERTo view the index to the sections, click the Map tab. The section index appears if the Include section in Map option is checked on the Section Properties tab.

Setting the page layout for sectionsYou can set the following page layout options for a section:• position the section cell in relation to the report page margins• position the section cell in relation to a table or chart in the section• control page breaks, by starting each section on a new page and avoiding

breaks in sections• repeat the section cell on each report page where the section appears

Positioning the section cellTo position the section cell:1. Make sure you are in Report View.

The Edit Report button is pressed in when you are working in Report View.You can position section cells on the report page easily in either Results View or Structure View. To work in Results View, verify that the View Results button is pressed in. To work in Structure View, verify that the View Structure button is pressed in.

2. Select the section header you want to position.The border of the selected section is highlighted.

Drag and drop the selected cell to where you want to position the cell.



Usin

If you drop the cell outside the section dividers, a warning appears asking you to confirm that you want to place the cell outside the section.OrClick the Properties tab, then click the Page Layout sub-tab, and then either type a numerical position or select the position using the + and - buttons.

The section cell appears at the position you specified.

To position the section cell in relation to a block in the sectionTo position the section cell in relation to a block in the section:1. Make sure you are in Report View.

The Edit Report button is pressed in when you are working in Report View.You can position section cells on the report page easily in either Results View or Structure View. To work in Results View, verify that the View Results button is pressed in. To work in Structure View, verify that the View Structure button is pressed in.

2. Select the section cell you want to position.The border of the selected cell is highlighted.Click the Properties tab, then click the Page Layout sub-tab, and then either type a numerical position or select the position using the + and - button.The Cell Page Layout options appear.

3. Check Relative to:If you have not already named the tables and charts on the report, WebIntelligence displays default names, such as Block1, Block2, Block3, and so on for each table or chart. For information on how to give report blocks more meaningful names, see Renaming report blocks on page 524.



4. Click the button to the right of Of:A drop-down menu lists all the blocks in the report.

5. Select the block to which you want to anchor the section cell.6. Click the arrow on the button next to Relative to, and then select the vertical

position of the cell.For example, if you want to position the section cell to the right of a table, select Right.

Click the arrow on the button to the right of the vertical position button, and then select the horizontal position of the cell.

Specifying a relative position ensures that tables and charts will not overlap the section cell, even if the size of the tables and charts changes when data is added or removed from the data provider.



Usin

Controlling page breaks for sectionsTo control page breaks for sections:1. Make sure you are in Report View.

The Edit Report button is pressed in when you are working in Report View.You are in Report View.

2. Click View Structure.In Structure View you can see the start and end divider of each section on the report. This makes it easy for you to select a specific section and then choose the properties you want to apply to the selected section.

3. Click the Properties tab.4. Click the Page Layout sub-tab.

You set the page layout for the section here.

5. Select the page layout options you want to apply to the selected section:

6. Click the View Results button to view the properties applied to the results on the report.WebIntelligence applies the properties to the section and displays the results on the report.

If you want to... then select...Start each section on a new page of the report,

Start section on a new page.

Keep the section cell and the tables and charts in the section on the same report page,Note: This option does nothing when a section is larger than one page.

Avoid page break in section.



Repeat the section cell on each new pageTo repeat the section cell on each new page:1. Make sure you are in Report View.

The Edit Report button is pressed in when you are working in Report View.You can position section cells on the report page easily in either Results View or Structure View.To work in Results View, verify that the View Results button is pressed in. To work in Structure View, verify that the View Structure button is pressed in.

2. Select the section cell you want to position.The border of the selected cell is highlighted.

3. Click the Properties tab, then click the Page Layout sub-tab.4. In the New Page section, check Repeat on every page.

5. If you are working in Structure View, click the View Results button to view the option applied to the results on the report.The section cell appears on each report page where part of the section is displayed.



Usin

Removing sectionsYou can remove sections and subsections from a report. When you remove a section, the entire section including the tables and charts within the section are removed from the report.You can also remove the section cell without removing the section. When you remove the section cell from a report, you do not remove the section. For example, if you remove the section cell for [State] from a report, the report remains divided in sections per state and the tables and charts still display results for each of the states. However, the name of each state no longer appears in a section cell at the top of each section.

Removing a sectionTo remove a section:1. Make sure you in Structure View.

The View Structure button is pressed in when you are working in Structure View.The report appears in Structure View. The section dividers appear.

The section dividers show the beginning and end of the section for [Year] and the subsection for [Quarter]



2. Click the beginning or end divider of the section you want to remove.The section divider becomes highlighted.

3. Click the Delete key.The section is removed.

4. Click the View Results button.WebIntelligence displays the report results without the section you deleted.

Removing a section cellTo remove a section cell:1. Right click a section cell.2. Select Delete from the shortcut menu.

WebIntelligence removes the section cell from the report. All the section cells in the same section are also removed from the report. For example, if you select the section cell labelled “California” which is part of the section for [State], then all of the section cells that display the names of the states will be removed from the report.You can format the text, background, borders, and page layout position of section cells. For information on how to do this, see Formatting free-standing cells on page 368.



Usin

Using breaks to group data on tablesThis section explains how to break up data in tables and crosstabs and describes the different options available to format and manage these breaks.

What is a break?A break is a division in a result table in which data is grouped according to a selected value into self-contained parts. These parts are represented as smaller tables. You use breaks to display all the data for each unique value of a dimension in separate tables.Using breaks has two main advantages:• you can more efficiently organize how your data is represented• you can display subtotals

EXAMPLEHow can I show revenue subtotals for each state in a table?The table on the left displays the revenue per year per state with the total revenue displayed at the bottom of the table. The table on the right displays the same data but, by organizing the data by state, you can now show a subtotal for the revenue generated by each state for the years 2001-2003. A mini table is created for each of the three values of resort. This separation, however, is only visual as the three mini tables still belong to a single table.



How is a break different from a section?The example below shows sales revenue for each state sorted by year. The resulting data is presented differently as follows:• When you create a break on Year, the data remains as one block. The year

values are repeated for each corresponding value of State and Sales Revenue.

• When you create a section on Year, the data is no longer contained in one block, but divided into sections. One section for each value of Year. Each section is a separate block.

The difference between a break and a section is shown below:

How is data sorted when you insert a break?When you insert a break on a dimension, the values for the dimension are automatically sorted in ascending order. If the values are numeric, the lowest value appears in the first row of the table, the highest in the last row. If the values are alphabetical characters, then the values are sorted in alphabetical order from top to bottom. You can change this sort order at any time. For information on how to apply sorts, see Sorting results displayed on tables on page 487.You can set multiple breaks and set a sort priority on each break, so that you control how the data is displayed when you insert multiple breaks across several dimensions. For more information on setting multiple breaks, see the section Using multiple breaks on page 476. Inserting and removing breaks in each view is described in the following sections.

Break on Year Section on Year

One block

One block

One block

Using breaks to group data on tables


Usin

Inserting breaksYou can insert one or multiple breaks on a table or crosstab. You can insert breaks on any columns or rows that display values for dimensions or details.

NOTEYou cannot insert a break on columns or rows that display a measure.

For a complete description and examples of dimensions, details, and measures, see What different types of objects can you use in a query? on page 187.

Inserting a breakTo insert a break:1. Verify you are working in Report View.

The Edit Report button is pressed in when you are working in Report View.2. Click a cell in the column or row where you want to insert a break.

The cell is highlighted.

3. Click the Insert/Remove Break button on the Report View toolbar.



WebIntelligence divides the table up into as many mini tables as there are unique values for the selected cell. WebIntelligence inserts a footer at the end of each break.

The Insert/Remove Break button is pressed in.

In this report, the table splits into two mini tables – one mini table for each value for year.

The break footer displays the value at the end of each break in bold.



Usin

Using multiple breaksYou can insert multiple breaks on a table or crosstab. You can also set a priority on the order of the breaks. The following example shows two tables that show sales revenue results for Q3 and Q4 in year 2002 and 2003. Both tables have breaks on [Year] and [Quarter].The table on the left has a break on [Year] first and then a second break on [Quarter]. The table is broken into two mini tables for year 2002 and year 2003. The results for Q3 and Q4 display for each year.The table on the right has a break on [Quarter] first and then a second break on [Year]. The table is broken into two mini tables for Q3 and Q4. The results for year 2002 and year 2003 display for each quarter.

This section tells you how to:• insert multiple breaks• set the priority of multiple breaks

The break priority is:Year - Quarter

The break priority is:Quarter - Year



Inserting multiple breaksTo insert multiple breaks:1. Verify you are working in Report View.

The Edit Report button is pressed in when you are working in Report View.2. Click a cell in the column or row where you want to insert a break.


3. Click the Insert/Remove Break button on the Report View toolbar.4. Repeat steps 2. and 3. for each break that you want to insert.

Prioritizing multiple breaksTo set a priority on a break:1. Verify you are working in Report View.

The Edit Report button is pressed in when you are working in Report View.2. Verify that the View Structure button is pressed in.3. Position the cursor over the border of the table that contains multiple breaks,

then click the table.



Usin

The table border is highlighted.

4. Click the break priority shortcut icon at the top left of the selected table.5. The Breaks options appear. The breaks defined on the table are listed.

The radio button shows if breaks are applied vertically to columns or if breaks are applied horizontally to rows.

• If the selected table is a vertical table, then all the breaks are applied to columns. These are called Vertical breaks.

• If the selected table is a horizontal table, then all the breaks are applied to rows. These are called Horizontal breaks.

• If the selected table is a crosstab, then breaks can be applied to rows or to columns. You can choose the priority for the Horizontal breaks and for the Vertical breaks.

Shortcut to the break priority options

In this vertical table, breaks are defined on the columns that show results for Year and Quarter

The breaks are applied to the columns on this vertical table so the Vertical breaks option is selected.



6. Select a break, and click the up or down arrow to move the break up or down the list.

7. Click Apply.Data is organized with the break at the top of the list first and then by each break that appears below it.

8. Click the View Results button on the report panel toolbar.WebIntelligence applies the new priority to the breaks on the selected table and displays the results on the report.



Usin

Removing breaksYou can remove breaks from tables and crosstabs.

Removing a breakTo remove a break:1. Verify you are working in Report View.

The Edit Report button is pressed in when you are working in Report View.2. Click a cell in the column or row where you want to remove a break.


3. Click the Insert/Remove Break button on the Report View toolbar.If the Insert/Remove Break button is grayed out, this means that the selected break is dependant on another break above it. You need to remove the break above this selected break first. To find out the priority order of the breaks on the table, select the entire table by clicking the table border and then click the Break Priorities tab to view the order of the breaks.

A cell in the break on [State] is selected.



Setting display properties and page layout for breaksWhen you first insert a break on data, certain display options are applied by default. You can edit these settings and set options for the following:• Display properties – how the results display on the break• Page layout properties – how the breaks display on the report page

Break display propertiesYou can set the following display properties for a break:

Format option When selected...Show break header A header is displayed for each part of the table, crosstab,

or form when you insert a break. For example:

Show break footer A footer is added after the last row for a table or column for a crosstab when you insert a break. When you apply a calculation to the data, the result is shown in the footer. For example:

Remove duplicates Removes all duplicate values from the data in a table or crosstab when you insert a break. Each value is only shown once.

Center value across break

Active when Remove Duplicates is selected. It merges empty cells and centers the value name over the merged cells.

break header

break footer

The year value on the break is centered across the table rows



Usin

Break page layout propertiesYou can set the following page layout properties for breaks:

Page layout property DescriptionStart on a new page Displays each part of the table crosstab, or form

created by a break on a new page.

Avoid page breaks in blocks

Where possible, keeps each break section on the same page. This option is not taken into account when a block is larger than one page.

Repeat header Repeats the header at the top of the table on every new page when a table goes over onto a new page.

Repeat footer Repeats the footer at the bottom of the table on every new page when a table goes over onto a new page.

Repeat break value on a new page

Repeats the current value on each new page.



Defining display properties for a breakTo define display properties for a break:1. Verify you are working in Report View.

The Edit Report button is pressed in when you are working in Report View.2. Click a cell on the break for which you want to set properties.


3. Click the Properties tab.4. Click the Break Properties sub-tab.

The Break Properties options appear.

A cell in the break on [State] is selected.



Usin

5. Select or clear the appropriate check boxes in the Break Properties and Page Layout sections.For a full description of how each option affects the break, see Break display properties on page 481 and Break page layout properties on page 482.

6. If you are working in Structure View, click the View Results button.WebIntelligence applies the modifications to the selected break and displays the results.

NOTEYou can remove the break from the table or crosstab by clicking the Remove button. If there is no current break defined on the table or crosstab, an Add button appears. You can click this button to create a break on a selected cell.



Using sorts to organize sections and data on tables

You can apply sorts to the results displayed in:• section cells – to organize the order in which sections are displayed on a

report• tables – to organize the order in which results are displayed in a column or

row

Available sort ordersThe following sort orders are available:

TIPTo sort months in chronological order, apply the Default sort order.

Sort order DescriptionDefault This is sometimes referred to as the “natural” order.

Depending on the type of data in the column or row, the results are sorted as follows:• ascending numeric order for numeric data• ascending chronological order for date• alphabetical order for alphanumeric data


Descending When selected, results are arranged in descending order: The highest value at the top of the column moving to the smallest value at the bottom.For example: 300, 200, 100 or Florida, Colorado, California.



Usin

Sorting sections in a reportSorting sections enables you to organize the section headers logically in a report. For example, if you have created sections on a report for each year, you can apply a descending sort so that the sections are organized with the most recent year as the first section and the earliest year at the end of the report.

Sorting the section cells in a sectionTo sort the section cells in a section:1. Verify that you are in Report view.

The Edit Report button is pressed in when you are working in Report View.2. Select a section cell in the section you want to sort.

3. Click the down arrow next to the Apply/Remove Sort button on the Report toolbar and then, select Ascending or Descending from the drop-down list.

OrSelect the Ascending or Descending option directly by clicking the Apply/Remove Sort button.

If the icon displays A-Z, the sort will be ascendingIf the icon displays Z-A, the sort will be descending

4. If you are working in Structure View, click the View Results button.WebIntelligence applies the sort to the selected column, row, or break and displays the section cells on the report in the order you specified.

This report has a section per state. The section cell for California is selected.



Sorting results displayed on tablesYou can apply sorts to any dimensions, measures, or details displayed on a table. Sorting dimensions and details helps you organize results chronologically, while sorting measures helps you see highest or lowest results at a glance.

NOTEWhen you insert a break on a table, an ascending sort is added to the object you selected. You can change the sort order for each break.

Sorting results on a tableTo sort results on a table:1. Verify that you are in Report view.

The Edit Report button is pressed in when you are working in Report View.2. Click a cell in the column or row you want to sort.

The selected column or row is highlighted.

3. Click the down arrow next to the Apply/Remove Sort button on the Report toolbar and then, select Ascending or Descending from the drop-down list.

The Year column is selected.



Usin

OrSelect the Ascending or Descending option directly by clicking the Apply/Remove Sort button.

If the icon displays A-Z, the sort will be ascendingIf the icon displays Z-A, the sort will be descending

4. If you are working in Structure View, click the View Results button.WebIntelligence applies the sort to the selected column, row, or break and displays the results.

To apply multiple sorts to the same table, repeat step 2. to step 3. For information about prioritizing the order of multiple sorts, see Prioritizing the order of multiple sorts on the same table on page 488 below.

Prioritizing the order of multiple sorts on the same tableTo prioritize the order of multiple sorts on the same table:1. Verify that you are in Report view.

The Edit Report button is pressed in when you are working in Report View.2. Click the View Structure button on the Report View toolbar.

The report displays in Structure View.

A descending sort is applied to Year.



3. Place your cursor over the table you want to modify.The table border is highlighted and the sorts shortcut icon appears above the top left border of the table.

4. Place your cursor on the sorts shortcut icon.The cursor displays the hand icon.

5. Click the sorts shortcut icon.The Sorts options appear. You set the priority of the sorts here.

Sorts shortcut icon



Usin

6. Select the sort you want to move higher or lower in the sort order and then click the up and down arrows to change the priority of the selected sort.- To move a sort higher up the priority, click the up arrow.- To move a sort lower down the priority, click the down arrow.

7. Click Apply.WebIntelligence modifies the order of the sorts.

8. Click the View Results button.WebIntelligence displays the results organized according to the new sorts order you specified.


Filtering the Values Displayed in Reports

chapter


Filte

OverviewThis chapter tells you how you can filter the data displayed in WebIntelligence reports to focus on the information that interests you for a specific business purpose. You do this by applying report filters.This chapter explains how:• report filters work• you create report filters• you combine multiple filters on a single report• you view the filters applied to a report• you edit and remove report filtersThis chapter tells you about using report filters with the Java Report Panel. For information about creating report filters using the HTML Report Panel, see Filtering the Information Displayed in Reports on page 825.

ring the Values Displayed in Reports


How report filters workYou can filter reports to limit the results that are displayed to specific information that interests you. For example, you can limit the displayed results to information for a specific customer or a sales period. The data you filter out remains within the WebIntelligence document; it is simply not displayed in the report tables or charts. This means you can change or remove report filters in order to view the hidden values, without modifying the query definition behind the document. You can apply different filters to different parts of a report. For example, you can limit the results in the entire report to a specific product line and then limit results in a table or chart further to focus on results for a specific region or customer profile.

EXAMPLEUsing report filters to focus on different information on the tables and charts on a single reportYou want to display results for all product lines in the state of California, where you have recently started doing business. You want to view results for the accessories product line in all states, to decide in which state you need to carry out a promotional campaign to increase sales. In the same report you filter the table for product line, so that only results for the Accessories product line are displayed, and you filter the chart for state, so that only results for California are displayed.

How report filters work


Filte

What makes up a report filter?To create a report filter, you need to specify three elements:• a filtered object• an operator• a value(s)For example, to display data only for the year 2003, you define the following filter on the dimension [Year]:

When you refresh the data to apply the new filter to the report, WebIntelligence applies the operator to the filtered object and displays the results that correspond to the value(s) you specified.You can filter multiple dimensions and measures in a report. For example, you can create another filter on the [Sales revenue] measure to focus the results displayed on the report to sales revenue totals that are higher than a specific company target:

When you refresh the data again, WebIntelligence displays the information that corresponds to the filter(s).

a value: 2003

filtered object: [Year]




This report shows sales results greater than or equal to $300,000 for year 2003.

What objects can I filter?You can define filters on any of the dimension, measure, details, and variables listed on the Data tab of the document.

The Report Filters pane is shown. The pane displays the filters applied to the report.

The filtered report.

dimension

measure

detail

variable



Filte

For example, you can filter the [Year] dimension to return values for a specific year, filter the [Revenue] measure to return values for a range of revenue figures, or filter the [Postal Code] detail to return values for a specific postal area. For an illustrated description and examples of dimensions and details, see What different types of objects can you use in a query? on page 187.

Which operator should I choose?It is important to understand the effect of each operator available to you when you define a filter. The table below lists the operators available for report filters and provides an example of each operator in the context of a business question:


for example to... select this operator...












retrieve data for stores where the sales floor size is 4,000 Sq. ft. or more,


[Sales Floor Size Group] Greater than or equal to 4000









weeks starting at week 25 and finishing at 36 (includes week 25 and week 36),




NOTEIf you are building filters on the query, more operators are available. See Which operator should I choose? on page 496.






In list [Country] In list ‘US, Japan, UK’



Not in list [Country] Not in list ‘US, Japan, UK’


customers without children (the children column on the database has no data entry),



customers with children (the children column on the database has a data entry),







Filte

How do I specify the value(s)?When you define report filters, you need to specify the value(s) you want to display in the report. For example, if you want to limit the displayed data to data for one or more countries, the value(s) you define will be the names of specific countries, such as the US and Japan.There are two ways you can define the values for a filter using the Java Report Panel:• Type the value yourself – this is called a constant• Ask WebIntelligence to prompt you with the list of values present on the

database so that you can select the values you want to displayThe following table gives examples of when it is more efficient to type a constant or select value(s) from list:

How many filters can I include in a report?You can include one or multiple filters in a single WebIntelligence report. Using the Java Report Panel, you can apply filters at three levels within a report:• the entire report• sections and subsections• tables, charts, and forms



type a constant.






EXAMPLEUsing filters to compare sales revenue for Colorado and average sales revenue across all US statesIn this example, you are a sales manager for Colorado. You want to analyze year 2003 sales revenue results by product line for Colorado and compare those results with the average sales revenue for all US states. You only want to focus on product lines that generated more than $1M. To create a report that shows this information, you define filters on the following parts of a report:• Report: you filter the [Year] dimension to retrieve values for 2003• A section for [Product Line] dimension that includes two tables: you filter the

section to retrieve product line data for lines where sales revenue was more that $1M

• Table 1: you filter the [State] dimension to retrieve values for Colorado• Table 2: you don’t apply any filters, but you replace the Sales Revenue

measure with an average calculation. This gives you the following report:

The filters are listed in the Filters sub-tab on the Properties tab. To find out how to apply filters to each of the elements in a report, see Creating custom report filters on page 501.



Filte

The difference between query filters and report filtersWebIntelligence allows you to apply filters at two levels within a single document:• the query definition – this is the data defined in Query view, retrieved from the

data source, and returned to the WebIntelligence document• the data displayed in the report – this is a subset of the data in the query

definition that is displayed on a specific report within the documentFilters you apply to the query definition are called query filters. Query filters decrease the time it takes to run the reports in the document and limit the size of the document to the data relevant to the users who consult it.Filters you apply to the data displayed in the report are called report filters. You use report filters to limit the values displayed in the reports within a document. You can filter each report to display a different subset of the same data.The data hidden by the report filters is still saved with the WebIntelligence document. You can modify the report filters to display different data in the report or remove the report filters altogether without modifying the query.

TIPFiltering the query minimizes the size of WebIntelligence documents, minimizes the time it takes to refresh report data, and ensures that the data the documents contain is relevant to users consulting the reports.

For more information about using query filters, see How query filters work on page 211.



Creating custom report filtersYou define custom filters on reports, sections, or blocks to limit the displayed values to the values essential for a specific business focus. The filters only affect the values displayed in the specific report, section, or block.The data hidden by the report filters is still saved with the WebIntelligence document. You can modify the report filters to display different data in the report or remove the report filters altogether to display all the data defined in the query.You can define custom report filters two ways:• Using the Quick Filter option – allows you to quickly select one or multiple

values you want to display in a specific section or block on the report• Using the Filter Editor – allows you to select from many operators and to apply

filters to an entire report or to specific sections or blocks on the report

Creating a custom filter using the quick filter optionTo create a custom filter using the quick filter option:1. Make sure you are in Report View.

The Edit Report button is pressed in when you are working in Report View.2. Click the report tab of the report you want to filter.

Creating custom report filters


Filte

3. Select the section, table, chart, or form you want to filterIf you are working in Structure View, the report looks like this.

If you are working in Results View, the report looks like this:

4. Click the Add Quick Filter button on the Report toolbar.

Selecting a section in Structure view

Selecting a section in Results view



The List of Values dialog box appears. The values for the selected section or block are listed.

5. Select the value(s) you want to display in the section or block.For example, to filter the sections for values in Q3 and Q4, select the section header displaying the quarters, then select Q3 and Q4 from the list of values, by clicking Q3 and then clicking Q4.

6. Click OK.



Filte

The selected section or block only displays values that correspond to the value you selected.

• You can apply multiple filters to the same report. See Applying multiple filters to a report on page 509. For information about editing and removing report filters, see Editing and removing report filters on page 513.

Creating a custom filter using the Filter EditorTo create a custom filter using the Filter Editor:1. Make sure you are in Report View.

The Edit Report button is pressed in when you are working in Report View.2. Click the report tab of the report you want to filter.

The report is displayed in the Document zone.3. On the Report toolbar, click the Show/Hide Filter Pane button to display the

Report Filters pane.



4. Select the part of the report you want to filter.For example, if you want to filter a table so that it only displays sales revenue figures over $1M, select the table block.

The following table will help you select the specific part of the report:

The Report Filters pane displays the name of the selected part of the report. For example, if you select a table, the Report Filter pane displays the name of the selected table.

For example, if... select...the entire report is filtered for a single Country or Year and you want to edit these filters,

the report

a report section is filtered for Country or Product Line and you want to edit these filters,

the section

a table, chart, or form is displaying City or Customer names is filtered,

the table, chart, or form



Filte

By default, WebIntelligence names tables, charts, forms, and free-standing cells Block plus a number.To give blocks a more meaningul name, click the Properties tab and then click the top sub-tab. You can then type a name into the Name box. When you press Enter, WebIntelligence allocates the new name to the selected block.

5. In the Data tab, select the object you want to filter.For example, if the section displays names of product lines and you want to display data for specific states in this section of the report, select the [Line] dimension.

6. Drag the selected object onto the Report Filters pane.The Filter Editor appears.



The name of the object you selected is displayed below Filtered Object.

7. Select the operator.Refer to Which operator should I choose? on page 496.

8. Select Constant or Value(s) from list.The following table will help you decide which to choose:

When you define filters on measures or variables, you cannot select value(s) from the list of values; you need to type a constant(s).

If... for example... then...the values on the dimension, measure, or detail you are filtering do not change often and you are sure of how to spell the value you want to filter;


type a constant.

the data on the dimension or detail you are filtering is updated frequently or you are not sure how to spell the value(s) you want to filter;





Filte

9. The next step depends on whether you selected Constant or Value:

To select values from a list quickly, you can double-click each value or select multiple values by holding the Ctrl key down while you select each value, and then click the >> arrow.

10.Click OK to confirm the filter definition.The selected report, section, or table, chart, or form displays only the values you specified in the custom filter.You can apply multiple filters to the same report. See Applying multiple filters to a report on page 509. See Editing and removing report filters on page 513.

If you selected Constant... If you selected Value...Type the value(s), you want to retrieve, in the Constant box.

Depending on the operator you selected, type a single value:

...or type two values:

Select the value(s), you want to retrieve, from the displayed List of Values and add them to the Values Selected box, by clicking the ]] button.Depending on the operator you selected, select one value:

...or select multiple values:



Applying multiple filters to a reportYou can apply multiple filters to a report, section, or block of data in a report.

Combining multiple filters on a reportTo combine filters on a report:1. Create each filter.

See Creating custom report filters on page 501. By default WebIntelligence combines all the filters with the And operator.


If necessary, change the operator to Or, by clicking the And operator once.

Or now displays as the operator.



And


customers who ordered supplies in: Q1 or who are based in the US (the data you retrieve will include: worldwide customers who placed orders in Q1and US customers who placed orders during any quarter),

Or

Applying multiple filters to a report


Filte

Viewing the filters applied to the reportYou can view the filters applied a report to understand

Viewing the filters on the entire reportTo view all the filters on a report:1. Make sure you are in Report View.

The Edit Report button is pressed in when you are working in Report View.2. Click on an the area of the report for which you want to see filters.

For example, if you want to see how the report is filtered, click an empty area of the report background. If you want to see how a section, table, or chart is filtered, click the section, table, or chart.

3. Click the Properties tab, then click the Filters sub-tab.

Filters sub-tab



The filters are listed here.

For information on how to edit or remove the filters on a report, see Editing and removing report filters on page 513.

Viewing the filters on a table, chart, or sectionTo view the filters on a table, chart, or section:1. Make sure you are in Report View.

The Edit Report button is pressed in when you are working in Report View.You can view filters in either Results View or Structure View. If you want to view filters on a section, however, we recommend you work in Structure View in order to view the section dividers or each section. This will make it easier for you to select a specific section of the report. To work in Structure View, click View Structure. To work in Results View, click View Results. For a full description of Results and Structure view, see Working in Structure or Results View on page 293.

2. Click on the area of the report for which you want to view filters.To view the filters applied to a section, make sure you select the section divider not the section header.

Viewing the filters applied to the report


Filte

If any filters are applied to the select area the filters icon appears.

3. Place your pointer on the filter icon.The pointer becomes a hand.

4. Click the Filter icon.The Filter sub-tab appears in the left frame of the report panel. The filters are listed.

In this example, the report is displayed in Structure View. A section is selected. The selected section divider is highlighted.

Filter icon



Editing and removing report filtersYou can edit or remove any of the filters applied to the reports in a document.

Editing report filtersTo edit a report filter:1. Make sure you are working in Report View.

The Edit Report button is pressed in when you are in Report View.2. Make sure the Report Filters pane is visible.

If the Report Filters pane is not displayed, click the Show/Hide Filter Pane button on the Report toolbar to display the Report Filters pane.

3. Click the area of the report for which you edit the filters.For example, a section, a table or chart, or the report background if you want to view filters applied to the report.The filters on the selected area display in the Report Filters pane.

4. Double-click the filter you want to edit.

Editing and removing report filters


Filte

The Filter Editor appears. The name of the filtered object is listed under Filtered Object.

You edit the operator and operand type here.For full information on how to define the filter properties see Creating a custom filter using the Filter Editor on page 504.

Removing report filtersTo remove a report filter:1. Make sure you are working in Report View.

The Edit Report button is pressed in when you are in Report View.2. Make sure the Report Filters pane is visible.

If the Report Filters pane is not displayed, click the Show/Hide Filter Pane button on the Report toolbar to display the Report Filters pane.

3. Click the Data tab.If the Data tab is not displayed, click the Show/Hide Manager button on the Edit Report toolbar to show all the Report Manager tabs.

4. Click the area of the report from which you want to remove the filters.For example, a section, a table or chart, or the report background if you want to view filters applied to the report.



The filters on the selected report, section, or block display in the Report Filters pane.

5. Select the filter you want to remove and drag it onto the Data tab.

6. If you are working in Structure View, click the View Results button.

Editing and removing report filters


Filte

WebIntelligence removes the filter from the report and recalculates the results.


Editing and Formatting Reports

chapter


Editi

OverviewYou can format the page layout of WebIntelligence reports to create presentation level documents.This chapter tells you how to:• insert reports in documents and organize the report order• name the reports and report blocks within documents• add and modify a report title on reports• set the page orientation, paper size, and margins• include report page headers and footers• align tables, charts, and free-standing cells on reports• include a background color, image, or skin• include hyperlinks to documents and web pages• view and set document properties

ng and Formatting Reports


Inserting and organizing reports in documentsDocuments can contain one or multiple reports. This means you can display different sub-sets of document information on different report tabs. For example, you can include a summary report with national results on one report, and include information on regional results, sales divisions, or product categories in other reports within the same document.In a single document, you can:• insert new reports – allows you to display different sub-sets of the document

information on different reports• duplicate reports – allows you to copy an existing report and then modify it,

instead of creating a new report from scratch• move reports – allows you to re-order the reports in a document• delete reports – allows you to remove unnecessary reports from a document

Insert a new reportTo insert a new report:1. Make sure you are working in Report View.

The Edit Report button is pressed in when you are working in Report View.2. Right click the report tab of one of the reports in the document.

The new report will be inserted after the other report tabs in the document.The shortcut menu appears.

3. Select Insert Report.WebIntelligence inserts a blank report after the other report tabs in the document.

Inserting and organizing reports in documents


Editi

For information on naming the new report, see Renaming a report on page 523. For information on adding tables or forms to the report see Working with Tables on page 287.For information on adding charts to the report see Working with Charts on page 369.

Duplicate an existing reportTo duplicate an existing report:1. Make sure you are working in Report View.

The View Structure button appears on the Report toolbar when you are working in Report View.

2. Right click the report tab of the report you want to duplicate.The new report will be inserted after the other report tabs in the document.The shortcut menu appears.

3. Select Duplicate Report.WebIntelligence inserts a duplicate of the selected report after the other report tabs in the document.For information on changing the order of the reports in a document, see Moving a report on page 520.

Moving a reportTo move a report:1. Make sure you are working in Report View.

The Edit Report button on the Report toolbar is pressed in when you are working in Report View.



2. Right-click the report tab of the report you want to move.The shortcut menu appears.

3. Select Move Report.The Document Properties tab appears.

Inserting and organizing reports in documents


Editi

4. In the Report Order section, select the name of the report you want to move.

5. Click the arrows to the right of the list of reports, to move the report higher or lower in the report order.WebIntelligence changes the order of the report tabs in the document.

Delete a report1. Make sure you are working in Report View.

The Edit Report button on the Report toolbar is pressed in when you are working in Report View.

2. Right-click the report tab of the report you want to delete.The shortcut menu appears.

3. Select Delete Report.A warning appears asking you to confirm you want to delete the selected report.

4. Click Yes.WebIntelligence deletes the report from the document. If the document only contains one report and you delete that report, WebIntelligence deletes the report and then replaces the deleted report with a new blank report.



Naming reports, tables, and chartsYou can rename reports in a WebIntelligence document. You can also name the report blocks contained in each report.

Renaming reportsWhen you create a new report, WebIntelligence names the report “Report 1” by default. You can the rename the report to give the report a more meaningful name. If you have several reports, naming each report makes it easier to navigate through the document. If you are working with a document that has already been created, you can rename the existing reports.

NOTEWhen you rename reports in a document that you want to save as an Excel spreadsheet, the names of reports must not include more than 31 characters or include spaces or the following special characters: * : \ / [ ]

Renaming a reportTo rename a report:1. Make sure you are in Report View.

The Edit Report button is pressed in when you are working in Report View.2. Click the report tab of the report you want to name.3. Click an empty area in the report above any sections.4. Click the Properties tab.


5. Click the Report Properties sub-tab.

Naming reports, tables, and charts


Editi

6. In the Name text box, delete the default report name and then type the name of the report.

The name appears on the report tab of the selected report.

Renaming report blocksBy default, WebIntelligence names each table, chart, and free-standing cell with a default name Block1, Block2, Block3, and so on. You can rename blocks with meaningful names to make it easier to select the formatting options for a specific block or to align blocks in relation to each other on the report page.

Renaming report blocksTo rename a report block:1. Click the report block you want to name.

A gray border appears around the report block.2. In the Report Manager, click the Properties tab.3. Click the top sub-tab.

Depending on the format of the block you selected, the title of the sub-tab is:Table Properties, Chart Properties, Form Properties, or Crosstab Properties



4. In the Name text box, delete the default name and then type a meaningful name for the block.

5. For example, type Annual Sales Table, Chart: Quarterly Margins, and so on.

6. Press Enter.The next time you click on the report block, the name appears in the Properties tab.

Naming reports, tables, and charts


Editi

Adding and modifying report titlesBy default, the first report in every document includes a title cell that displays the default name of the report. You can change the default report title and you can also insert title cells in the other reports, so that each report displays a meaningful name. This is especially useful if the query behind the document is filtered for dimensions that are not displayed in the document. For example, if the query is filtered on the [Year] dimension to return only values for Year 2003 to the document, including a report title to say "2003 Sales Revenue" provides the information that the data in the document is for 2003 only.This section of this guide explains how to:• modify a report title• insert a new report title

Modifying a report titleTo modify a report title:1. Make sure you are in Report View.

The Edit Report button is pressed in when you are working in Report View.2. Select the report you want to format, by clicking the appropriate report tab.3. Select the report title cell.

The cell border is highlighted.




5. Click the Cell Properties sub-tab.


6. Type the new report title in the Text box, then press Enter.The new title appears in the title cell on the report.

Adding and modifying report titles


Editi

Inserting a report titleTo insert a report title:1. Make sure you are in Report View.

The Edit Report button is pressed in when you are working in Report View.2. Select the report you want to format, by clicking the appropriate report tab.3. Click the Templates tab.

If the Templates tab is not visible, click the Show/Hide Manager button to maximize the Report Manager and display the Templates tab.

4. Open the Free-Standing Cells category, and then open the Text and Formula Cells category.

5. Select a Blank Cell template and drop the blank cell onto the report.

6. Select the new blank cell on the report.The cell borders are highlighted when the cell is selected.




8. Click the Cell Properties sub-tab.


9. Type the report title in the Text box, then press Enter.The title appears in the title cell on the report.

Adding and modifying report titles


Editi

Defining page size and layoutYou can specify the page size, layout, and margins for each report in a WebIntelligence document.

NOTEWebIntelligence does not resize reports automatically to fit reports onto a single page.

You can use inches, centimeters, or pixels as the measurement for page layout. You select the measurement unit of your choice in the User Settings dialog box. For full information on how to select your options, see Setting your Java Report Panel options on page 181.

Defining page size and layoutFor each report in a WebIntelligence document, you can define the:• paper size• page orientation• margins

TIPThe report displays according to the size, orientation, and margins you define when you view the report in Page Layout Format. You can override these settings when you print the report (for more information see Printing a report on page 730).

Selecting the page size and layout of a reportTo select the page size and layout of a report:1. Make sure you are in Report View.

The Edit Report button is pressed in when you are working in Report View.2. Click the report tab of the report you want to format.3. Click the View Page Layout button on the Edit Report toolbar to view the

margins and page layout of the report.4. Click an empty area of the report above any sections in the report.5. In the Report Manager, click the Properties tab.

If the Properties tab is not visible, click the Show/Hide Manager button.



6. Click the Report Page Layout sub-tab.The Report Page Layout options appear.

7. Specify the size of the top, bottom, left, and right margins by typing the size of each margin into the corresponding box.OrClick the + and - buttons in each box to set the size of the margins.

8. To specify the paper size, click the button displaying the current size and then select one of the listed paper sizes.WebIntelligence allocates pages to reports from left to right, and then top to bottom.

Defining page size and layout


Editi

This means that if a report is wider than the width of the paper size you defined, WebIntelligence inserts page breaks as illustrated below.

9. Click the appropriate page orientation:

WebIntelligence applies the modifications to the report page.

Portrait Landscape

If the report page is wider than the paper size defined in the Report Page Layout properties...

the page breaks go from left to right.Page 2

Page 4

Page 1

Page 3



Using page headers and footersYou can display page headers and footers in reports to include text or images in headers or footers on specific reports or throughout the document. This section tells you how to:• display headers and footers• format headers and footers

Displaying headers and footersHeaders and footers are generally used to display information that you want to repeat on every page of your report, such as author names and refresh dates.

Displaying headers and footersTo display headers and footers in a report:1. Click the report tab of the report you want to format.2. Click the View Page Layout button to view the report margins and page

layout.3. Click an empty area of the report above any sections in the report.4. Click the Properties tab.


5. Click the Report Properties sub-tab.6. To add a header, check Height of header and type the header size

OrSelect the size of the header using the + and - buttons or by typing a numeric value.The header appears on the displayed report.

7. To add a footer, check Height of footer and type the footer sizeOrSelect the size of the footer using the + and - buttons or by typing a numeric value.The footer appears on the displayed report.

Using page headers and footers


Editi

You can resize headers and footers by selecting the header or footer, and dragging the outline to make the header or footer bigger or smaller:

Formatting headers and footersYou can include a color, image, or skin to the headers and footers in your report. This is useful if you want to set apart the data in the header or footer from the rest of the report. You can also choose to apply these formats to every report in the document.

Formatting page headers or footersTo format a page header or footer:1. Make sure you are in Report View.

The Edit Report button is pressed in when you are working in Report View.2. On a report, select the header or footer that you want to format:



The Header/Footer Properties tab appears:


3. To select a background color, click the color currently displayed and select another color from the list.

4. To include a background image, click Image URL, type the file name in the URL box, then select the appropriate image display format and alignment options.

5. To include a background skin, click Skin, then select one of the listed skins.WebIntelligence applies the changes to the selected header or footer.

6. To apply the same headers and footers to all the reports in the document, check Same for all reports.

Using page headers and footers


Editi

Aligning tables, charts, and free-standing cells on reports

You can align tables, charts and free-standing cells on a reports. The term block is used to refer to any group of values displayed on a report in the form of a table, chart, or free-standing cell. You can position blocks two ways:• numerical positioning – by aligning the report block to either the top or left

margin• relative positioning – by positioning a selected block in relation to another

block in the report.Relative position enables you to anchor the blocks on the report page so that if the block changes in size due to the data content changing, the other block(s) are repositioned accordingly to avoid overlap.

EXAMPLEHow do I position a chart in relation to a table on a report?Your report contains a chart and a table that is two lines long.

If you refresh the data or modify the filters that restrict the data content, the table may change size and overlap the chart.



If you set the position of the chart in relation to the position of the table however, the chart is positioned relative to the table even if the table expands.

Some of the table rows displaying information for Q2 are hidden by the chart



Editi

Aligning report blocksYou can position each table, chart, form, and free-standing cell in a report. All these formats are referred to as blocks. You can also position report blocks manually by dragging and dropping them with your pointer. When you do so, the numerical positioning changes in relation to the page margins.

Aligning blocks on a reportTo align blocks on a report:1. Select the table, chart, or free-standing cell that you want to position.2. Click the Properties tab.


3. Click the Page Layout sub-tab.4. If you want to position the selected block in relation to the page margins, type

the numerical positionOr select the position using the + and - buttons.

The report block appears where you selected.5. If you want to position the selected block in relation to other tables or charts

in the report, check Relative to:If you have not already named the tables and charts on the report, WebIntelligence displays default names, such as Block1, Block2, Block3, and so on for each table and chart. For information on how to give report blocks more meaningful names, see Renaming report blocks on page 524.



6. Click the button to the right of Of:A drop-down menu lists all the blocks in the report.

7. Select the block to which you want to anchor the block you selected in step 1.8. Click the arrow on the button next to Relative to, and then select the vertical

position of the block.For example, if you selected a table and you want to position it to the right of a chart, select Right.

Click the arrow on the button to the right of the vertical position button, and then select the horizontal position of the block.:

Specifying a relative position ensures that tables and charts do not overlap, even if the size of the tables and charts changes when data is added or removed from the data provider.



Editi

Formatting page backgroundsYou can enhance the look of a report by applying a page background to each report in a WebIntelligence document. This is useful if you want to differentiate one report from another in a document.

Formatting background colors, images, and skinsYou can apply a background color, image, or skin to any report in a WebIntelligence document. It will help to understand the difference between images and skins:• An image is usually an icon, photograph, or logo. The image file must be

situated on a web server, and is usually located on a web server on your corporate network. The image size is fixed when the image is created. You cannot modify the size of the image using WebIntelligence.

• A skin is a pattern, for example a marble or striped effect that you can use as a background instead of a plain color. Several skins are supplied with WebIntelligence. You can also insert custom skins supplied by your administrator and stores on a web server on your corporate network. The size of the skin is automatically adapted to where you insert the skin. For example, you could select the same skin as the background to an entire report or as the background to a single free-standing cell.

Applying a background color, image, or skin to a reportTo apply a background color, image, or skin to a report:1. Select the report you want to format, by clicking the report tab.2. Click the View Page Layout button on the Edit Report toolbar to view the

margins and page layout of the report.3. Click an empty area of the report above any sections in the report.4. Click the Properties tab.


5. Click the Report Format sub-tab.



6. To select a background color, click the color currently displayed and select another color from the list.OrTo include a background image, click Image URL, type the file name in the URL text box, then select the appropriate image display format and alignment options.OrTo include a background skin, click Skin, then select one of the listed skins.WebIntelligence applies the image or skin to the selected header or footer.

Formatting page backgrounds


Editi

Including hyperlinks in reportsYou can link to web sites or other documents by inserting hyperlinks in table cells or free-standing cells.• inserting hyperlinks to web sites• linking to documents• formatting hyperlinks

Inserting hyperlinks to web sitesYou can include hyperlinks to web pages on your corporate intranet, extranet or the worldwide web.

Adding a hyperlinkTo add a hyperlink:1. Make sure you are working in Report View.

If the Query View is displayed, click Edit Report to go to Report View.2. Select a blank cell where you want to insert a hyperlink.

You can insert hyperlinks in any blank free-standing or table cell. If you need to add a blank cell, click the Templates tab and drag and drop the Blank Cell template onto the report. The Blank Cell template is in the folder called:Free-Standing Cells\Formula and Text Cells

3. With the cell selected on the report, click the Properties tab.If the Properties tab is not displayed, click the Show/Hide Manager button on the Report View toolbar.4. Click the Cell Properties sub-tab.5. In the Display section, select Read contents as.

The options appear.

Read contents as options



6. Select Hyperlink.7. Type the URL of the web page in the Text box.

You must not use spaces in the URL or file path.The following table lists common URL types:

For example, to link to the Business Objects Tips and Tricks web site, type:http://www.businessobjects.com/services/InfoCenter/

You can type a text message before the hyperlink, if you want to display a message that describes the link. For example, to encourage users to click on the link to the stock levels for a specific product line available on a supplier’s extranet site, you could type the following:Consult the current stock level of this product at:followed by the URL.

8. Press Enter.

To insert this link... Type this at the start of the URL...Worldwide Web http://www.

Web server http://

Secured web server https://

Email mailto://

File file://

File Transport Protocol ftp://

Connect with Telnet telnet://

Access to a news group news://

Network News Transfer Protocol nntp://

Including hyperlinks in reports


Editi

The hyperlink displays in the selected cell on the report.

When you click the hyperlink, the target page opens in a new browser window.For information on formatting hyperlinks, see Formatting hyperlink colors on page 546. For information on formatting the free-standing cell that contains the hyperlink, see Formatting free-standing cells on page 368.

TIPIf necessary, you can re-size the cell by switching to Structure View and then selecting and dragging the cell border.

Linking to documentsYour administrator can allocate an HTML tag to objects on the universe. If you are working with a document that has reports containing objects with HTML tags, you can link from the values displayed on the report to the related document specified in the HTML tag. For example, if you are viewing a report that displays sales information by product line, the cells displaying the names of product lines can be linked to document that provides a detailed technical reference of each product. The following procedure explains how you set the cell properties for report cells that display the values for HTML tagged objects.



NOTEYou can also create links to documents by typing OpenDoc syntax into an empty cell. To do this you select an empty report cell and type the appropriate OpenDoc syntax into the Text box on the Cell Properties tab. For information on OpenDoc syntax, see the Designer’s Guide. For information on creating empty cells see Inserting a blank cell on a report on page 352 or Adding table rows or columns using the Insert row or column toolbar menu on page 307.

Setting cell properties for HTML tagged objectsTo set cell properties for HTML tagged objects:1. Make sure you are working in Report View.

If the Query View is displayed, click Edit Report to go to Report View.2. Select a cell on the table row or column that displays the HTML tagged object.3. For example, this report includes a link on the <City> object that links to

documents with more detailed information about each city.

4. Select the cells that display the linked object, and then click the Properties tab.If the Properties tab is not displayed, click the Show/Hide Manager button on the Report View toolbar.

5. Click the Cell Properties sub-tab.6. In the Display section, select Read contents as.

The options appear.

Including hyperlinks in reports


Editi

7. Select Hyperlink.The hypertext in the selected cells displays as a hyperlink.

When you click a hyperlink, the target page opens in a new browser window.

Formatting hyperlink colorsYou can format the colors for both visited and unvisited hyperlinks in a report cell. See Adding a hyperlink on page 542.

Formatting hyperlink colorsTo format hyperlink colors:1. Click an empty area of the report.2. Click the Properties tab.3. Click the Report Format sub-tab.4. To define the colors of the hyperlink when it’s unvisited and visited, click the

color currently displayed, then select another color from the list:



Viewing document propertiesYou can view document information and set options for documents.

Viewing document informationYou can view the following information for your report:• document creator• document creation date• document name• a description of the documents contents• document keywordsYou set the document name, description, and keywords when you save a report in InfoView. For more information, see Saving and Deleting WebIntelligence Documents in InfoView on page 967.

Viewing document information1. Make sure you are in Report View.

The Edit Report button is pressed in when you are working in Report View.2. Click an empty area in the report

You must click an area at the top of the report above all the sections.3. Click the Properties tab.


4. Click the Report Properties sub-tab.5.Click the View Document Properties button.

Viewing document properties


Editi

The document information appears in the Document Properties pane.

Setting document optionsYou can set the following options for WebIntelligence documents:• automatically refresh the data in the document each time it is opened

This is useful if the document displays data that is often changing, such as inventory data. Information on how to set the refresh options is given below.

• Change the order of the reports in the documentInformation on how to change the order of reports is given above in Moving a report on page 520.

Setting refresh options for a documentTo set the refresh option for a document:1. Make sure you are in Report View.

The Edit Report button is pressed in when you are working in Report View.2. Click an empty area in the report at the top of the report above all the sections.3. Click the Properties tab.




4. Click the Report Properties sub-tab.5. Click the View Document Properties button.

6. To have WebIntelligence automatically refresh your data each time you open the report, check Refresh on open.You need to save the document to save the modification. The next time you open the document, to either edit the document using the Java Report Panel or to view the document via InfoView, WebIntelligence sends the query to the data source and refreshes the values in the all the reports in the documents.For information on saving documents using the Java Report Panel, see Saving and Deleting WebIntelligence Documents on page 717.

Viewing document properties


Editi

Using Standard Calculations

chapter


Usin

OverviewThis chapter describes how you can insert standard business calculations in a WebIntelligence report.It covers the following areas:• the standard calculations that are available in WebIntelligence• how to insert a calculation into a table or crosstab• how to insert multiple calculations• how to remove calculations from a table or crosstab

g Standard Calculations


Working with standard calculationsYou can use standard calculation functions to make quick calculations on the data in WebIntelligence reports. These calculations are available from the Calculations list on the Report toolbar.You can customize functions and formulas to apply more advanced calculations on your data. For information on using custom calculations and formulas, see the chapter “Creating Custom Calculations”.This section describes how you can insert standard calculations on tables and crosstabs in both Results and Structure views. It also describes how you can insert multiple calculations.

What standard calculations are available?You can use the following standard calculations in WebIntelligence reports:

Calculation type Icon Use to...Sum Calculate the sum of the selected data.

Count • Count all rows for a measure object.• Count distinct rows for a dimension or

detail object.


Minimum Display the minimum value of the selected data.

Maximum Display the maximum value of the selected data.

Percentage Display the selected data as a percentage of the total. Unlike the other calculations, the results of the percentage are displayed in an additional column or row of the table.

Working with standard calculations


Usin

Inserting calculations in tables and crosstabsYou can insert a calculation in a table or crosstab. You use the same method to insert a calculation in both Results View and Structure View.

Inserting a calculation in a table or crosstabTo insert a calculation in a table or crosstab:1. Verify that you are in Report View.2. Click a cell that contains data in the table or cross tab.

You want a calculation to apply to all the data in this column.3. To insert a Sum, click the Sum button.

OrTo insert other calculations, click the down arrow next to the Sum icon on the Report toolbar.The calculation drop-down list appears.

4. Select the calculation that you want to apply to the data in the column.If you insert the calculation into a vertical table, the calculation is applied to the column values.

Drop-down list showing available calculations



A new row is added at the bottom of the table. This row is called a footer. The aggregated value appears in the new row cell.

NOTEIf you insert a percentage calculation, the results of the percentage are displayed in an additional column or row of the table.

If you are Structure view, the calculation applies to the column definition. The definition for the calculation appears in the new cell.

NOTEYou can create a break on a dimension to better organize the data. When you split up the table by separating out a dimension, for example Year, the data is reorganized based on the new grouping. The calculation is adjusted, and the total is re-calculated using the remaining dimensions within each new Year group. You now have a revenue total for each year group. See Using Sections, Breaks, and Sorts on page 453.

New row containing aggregated result

Sum calculation applied to all valuesin Sales revenue column

Inserting calculations in tables and crosstabs


Usin

Inserting multiple calculationsYou can insert multiple calculations in a table or crosstab. When you apply two calculations to a table or crosstab, a footer is added for each calculation result. You insert multiple calculations in a table or crosstab for both Result and Structure views in the same way that you insert one calculation, but you repeat the procedure for as many calculations as you want to insert.

Inserting multiple calculations in a table or crosstabTo insert multiple calculations in a table or crosstab:1. Verify that you are in Report view.2. If you are in Results View, click a cell in the table or crosstab.

OrIf you are in Structure View, click an object in the table or crosstab.

3. Click the down arrow next to the Sum icon on the Report toolbar.The calculation drop-down list appears.

4. Select a calculation.5. Repeat steps 2 to 4 for each calculation that you want to apply.

The table below shows both a sum and average on Sales revenue.

Sum of Sales revenue values

Average of Sales revenue values



Removing calculationsYou can remove a calculation from a table or cross tab at any time.

Removing a calculation from a table or crosstabTo remove a calculation from a table or crosstab:1. Make sure you are in Report View.

The Edit Report button is pressed in when you are working in Report View.2. Right click the table or crosstab footer that contains the calculation.

- If you are in Result view this is the calculated value- If you are Structure view, this is the cell that contains the aggregate formula.

3. Depending on the table type, select Delete row or Delete column from the shortcut menu.

Removing calculations


Usin

Creating Custom Calculations

chapter


Crea

OverviewCustom calculations allow you to add additional calculations to your report beyond its base objects and the standard calculations provided by WebIntelligence.You add a custom calculation by writing a formula that WebIntelligence evaluates when you run the report. A formula can consist of base report variables, functions, operators and calculation contexts.This chapter describes:• creating formulas• functions• operators• defining calculation contexts in formulas• examples of useful formulas

EXAMPLEShowing average revenue per saleIf you have a report with Sales Revenue and Number Sold objects and you want to add revenue per sale to the report. The calculation [Sales Revenue]/[Number Sold]

gives this value by dividing the revenue by the number of items sold in order to give the revenue per item.

A custom calculation is a formula that can consist of report objects, functions and operators. Formulas have a calculation context that you can specify explicitly if you choose. For information on formulas, see Creating formulas on page 561. For information an operators, see Examples of useful formulas on page 594. For information on calculation contexts, see Defining the calculation context on page 569.

ting Custom Calculations


Creating formulasThis section describes the ways in which you can create formulas in your reports. You can add formulas in Structure View in two ways:• by typing or dragging and dropping the formula components into the Formula

toolbar• by using the Formula Editor to build the formulaThe first way is more suitable for experienced users. If you are not familiar with formulas, you should use the Formula Editor to build them. The Formula Editor is an interface that allows you to select the different components of your formula (operators, objects) and add them to it.

Using the Formula toolbarYou display the Formula toolbar by clicking Show Formula Toolbar button. Now ,when you select a cell, its formula appears in the Formula toolbar.

The Formula toolbar has the following buttons:

Button DescriptionOpen Formula Editor

Opens the Formula Editor which allows you to build a formula using a graphical interface

Create variable Allows you to save a formula as a variable

Clear changes Clears all changes made to the formula since the last save or validation

Validate formula Verifies the formula syntax and replaces the current formula

a b c d

a. Open formula editorb. Create variablec. Clear changesd. Validate formula

Creating formulas


Crea

To enter a formula in the Formula toolbar you can:• type the formula directly• drag report objects to the Formula toolbar

Entering a formula by typingTo enter a formula by typing you type the formula directly into the Formula toolbar.

EXAMPLECalculating the average number of items soldYou have a report showing Year, Quarter, Sales Revenue and Quantity Sold and you want to add an additional column that shows the average revenue generated per item sold. The formula that gives this is:[Sales Revenue]/[Quantity Sold]

To enter this formula:1. Add an additional column to the right of the Quantity Sold column by selecting

this column, then clicking Insert Column After on the toolbar.

2. Click Show Formula Toolbar to display the Formula toolbar.3. In the Formula toolbar, type the formula:=[Sales Revenue]/[Quantity Sold]

WebIntelligence gives you suggestions for completing the component of the formula you are typing

WebIntelligence gives the option of selecting Sales Revenue to complete the formula



4. To select a WebIntelligence suggestion, press the down arrow button to highlight it, then press Return.Orselect the suggestion with your cursor.WebIntelligence then adds the component you selected to the formula.

5. If you are in Structure View, click View Results to see the results of the formula.The formula is added to the report.

NOTEFormulas always begin with ‘=’ and report objects always appear inside square brackets in WebIntelligence formulas.

Entering the formula using drag and dropTo enter a formula by drag and drop:• Drag report objects onto the Formula toolbar.

Creating formulas


Crea

When you release the object, it appears in the Formula toolbar as if you had typed it directly.

NOTEWhen you drag a formula component to the Formula toolbar, it appears at the current cursor position.

Using the Formula EditorYou can Use the Formula Editor to enter formulas in the Formula toolbar. The Formula Editor is a graphical interface that you use to build formulas. It contains all report objects, functions and operators that you can use in a formula. To display the Formula Editor:• Click the Show Formula Editor button on the Formula toolbar.

The formula editor appears below the Formula toolbar:

The Formula Editor shows the report objects, functions and operators that you can use to build a formula.

NOTETo make your formula easier to read, you can use CRTL or ALT + Enter to insert line breaks.

Report objects Functions Operators



Building a formula using the Formula toolbarTo build a formula using the Formula toolbar you select the formula components in the Formula Editor and double-click them.

EXAMPLECreate an average calculation using the Formula EditorTo create a formula that shows average sales revenue using the Formula toolbar, do the following:1. Display the Formula toolbar and the Formula Editor.2. Double-click the Average function in the list of functions

The text “=Average()” appears in the Formula toolbar at the cursor position.Click between the parentheses to place the cursor there.

3. Double-click the Sales Revenue object in the list of objects.The formula in the Formula toolbar becomes “=Average([Sales Revenue])”

NOTEThe Formula Editor helps you with the formula syntax, by placing “=” before the formula and placing report objects in square brackets. This reduces the likelihood of introducing syntax errors into a formula.

Saving formulas as variablesYou can save a formula as a variable in order to re-use it throughout a report. For information on how to do this, see Saving Formulas as Variables on page 649.

Creating formulas


Crea

About functionsA custom calculation might consist of report objects only, for example[Sales Revenue]/[Number of Sales]

However, calculations often include functions as well. A function is an operation that receives zero or more values as input and returns output based on those values. For example, the Sum function totals all the values in a measure and outputs the result. The formula Sum([Sales Revenue]) outputs a total of sales revenues. In this case, the function input is the Sales Revenue measure and the output is the total of all Sales Measures.To find out more about WebIntelligence functions, see WebIntelligence Functions on page 599.



About operatorsOperators link the various components in a formula. Formulas can contain four kinds of operators:• Mathematical• Conditional • Logical• ContextThe following sections describe each type of operator.

Mathematical operatorsMathematical operators are familiar from everyday arithmetic. There are addition (+), subtraction (-), multiplication (*), division (/) operators that allow you to perform mathematical operations in a formula. The formula [Sales Revenue] - [Cost of Sales]

contains a mathematical operator, in this case subtraction.

NOTEWhen used with character strings, the ‘+’ operator becomes a string concatenation operator. That is, it joins character strings. For example, the formula “John” + “ Smith” returns ‘John Smith’.

Conditional operatorsConditional operators determine the type of comparison to be made between values. The following table describes them

You use conditional operators in conjunction with If, as in

Operator Description= Equal to

> Greater than

< Less than

>= Greater than or equal to

<= Less than or equal to

!= Not equal to

About operators


Crea

If ([Revenue] >= 10000;‘High’;‘Low’)

which returns “High” for all rows where the revenue is greater than or equal to 10000 and “Low” for all other rows.

Logical operatorsLogical operators are used in expressions that return True or False. You use such expressions in the If function. The three logical operators are AND, OR and NOT. For example, the expressionIf ([Resort] = ‘Bahamas Beach’ OR [Resort]=’Hawaiian Club’; ‘US’; ‘France’)

returns “US” if the resort is “Bahamas Beach or “Hawiian Club”, “France” otherwise. The expression[Resort] = ‘Bahamas Beach’ OR [Resort]=’Hawaiian Club’

returns True or False, True if the Resort variable is equal to ‘Bahamas Beach’ or ‘Hawaiian Club’, False otherwise.

Context operatorsContext operators form part of extended calculation syntax. Extended syntax allows you to define which dimensions a measure or formula takes into account in a calculation. It is described in detail in the section Defining the calculation context on page 569



Defining the calculation contextBefore you can define a specific calculation context, you need to understand how calculation contexts work.

What are calculation contexts?Calculation contexts give you more control over how a formula or measure is evaluated. To understand them, you need to be familiar with basic report concepts. A report contains two kinds of objects: dimensions, which are types of data about your business that can have measures associated with them (for example: products, years, states) and the measures that you can calculate in relation to dimensions (for example: sales revenue, number of sales). For example, a report could show sales revenue (measure) by year (dimension).The important thing to remember about measures is that they are semantically dynamic. This means that the figures returned by a measure depend on the dimensions with which it is associated; in other words, on the context in which it is placed. WebIntelligence places measures in default contexts depending on where they appear in a report. However, you can change these default contexts. This is what is meant by defining the calculation context.You can see default contexts by creating a block containing Year and Sales Revenue objects. In this case the Sales Revenue object returns the revenue by year, because revenue is evaluated in the context of the Year dimension. If you then add the Quarter dimension to the block, the figures in the Sales Revenue column change because the default context is now year and quarter.

From this you can see that when you place a measure or formula in a block, the default calculation context that WebIntelligence applies includes all the dimensions in the block.

Defining the calculation context


Crea

Default calculation contextsDepending on where you place a measure or formula, WebIntelligence selects a default context. All the following examples use the Sum() function to illustrate default contexts.

NOTEFor more information on the terms input context and output context used in this section, see Modifying the default calculation context using extended syntax on page 576

Default contexts in a vertical tableA vertical table is a standard report table with headers at the top, data going from top to bottom and footers at the bottom. The default contexts in a down table are:

When the calculation is in the...

The input context is The output context is

Header The dimensions and measures used to generate the body of the block

All the data is aggregated then the calculation function returns a single value

Body of the block The dimensions and measures used to generate the current row

The same as the input context

Footer The dimensions and measures used to generate the body of the block




EXAMPLEDefault contexts in a vertical tableThe following table shows the default contexts in a vertical table:

Default context in a horizontal tableA horizontal table is like a vertical table turned on its side. Headers appear at the left, data goes left to right and footers appear at the right. The default contexts for a horizontal table are the same as those for a vertical table.

Input context (Year, Quarter)Values aggregated to single output

Input and output context (Year, Quarter)



Crea

Default contexts in a crosstabA crosstab displays data in a matrix with measures appearing at the intersections of dimensions. The default contexts in a crosstab are:

The calculation is in the...

The input context is... The output context is...

Header The dimensions and measures used to generate the body of the block


Body of the block The dimensions and measures used to generate the body of the block

The same as the input context

Footer The dimensions and measures used to generate the body of the block


VBody footer The dimensions and measures used to generate the current column


HBody Footer The dimensions and measures used to generate the current row


VFooter Same as footer All the data is aggregated then the calculation function returns a single value

HFooter Same as footer All the data is aggregated then the calculation function returns a single value



EXAMPLEDefault contexts in a crosstabThe report below shows the default contexts in a crosstab.

Default contexts in a sectionA section consists of a header, body and footer. The default contexts in a section are:



Body The dimensions and measures in the report, filtered to restrict the data to the section data




Crea

EXAMPLEDefault contexts in a section

Input context (Year, Quarter); data aggregated



Default contexts in a breakA break consists of a header, body and footer. The default contexts in a break are:

EXAMPLEDefault contexts in a break



Header Current instance of the break


Footer Current instance of the break


Input context (Year, Quarter); data aggregated



Crea

Modifying the default calculation context using extended syntax

What if the default context of a formula or measure is not the context that you need? In this case, you can use extended syntax to tailor the context to the context you are looking for.

What is extended syntax?Extended syntax uses context operators that you add to a formula or measure to specify its context. A measure or formula’s context consists of its input context and output context.

What is an input context?A formula’s input context consists of the dimensions that feed into the formula.

Specifying dimensions in input and output contextsInput and output contexts consist of lists of dimensions. These lists must always be enclosed in parentheses, even if the list contains only one dimension. For example, a context must be specified as ([Year];Quarter]) or ([Year]).

EXAMPLESpecifying an input contextIn the examples given in What are calculation contexts? on page 569, the input contexts consist of (Year) and (Year, Quarter) respectively. That is, in the first example, WebIntelligence calculates revenue by year. In the second example it calculates revenue by year by quarter. When specified explicitly in a formula, the input context looks like this:Sum ([Sales revenue] In ([Year];[Quarter]))

That is, the dimensions in the input context appear inside the parentheses of the function (in this case, Sum) whose input context you are specifying. For an explanation of the In operator that appears in this formula, see The In context operator on page 582



What is an output context?A formula’s output context causes the formula to output a value is if it were placed in the footer of a block containing a break. Think of an output context as a “break” in a formula.

EXAMPLESpecifying an output contextLook at the following report, which shows revenue by year and quarter, with a break on year, and the minimum revenue calculated by year.

What if you want to show the minimum revenue by year in a block with no break? You can do this by specifying the output context in a formula. In this case, the formula looks like this:Min ([Revenue]) In ([Year])

That is, the output context appears after the parentheses of the function whose output context you are specifying. In this case, the output context tells WebIntelligence to calculate minimum revenue by year.If you add an additional column containing this formula to the block, the result is as follows:



Crea

You can see that the Min By Year column contains the minimum revenues that appear in the break footers in the previous report.Note that in this example, the input context is not specified because it is the default context (Year, Quarter) for the block. In other words, the output context tells WebIntelligence which revenue by year and quarter to output. In full, with both input and output formulas explicitly specified, the formula looks like this:Min ([Sales Revenue] In([Year];[Quarter])) In ([Year])

Explained in words, this formula tells WebIntelligence to “calculate revenues by year by quarter, then output the smallest of these revenues that occurs in each year”.What would happen if you did not specify the output context in the Min by Year column? In this case, these figures would be identical to the figures in the Sales Revenue column. Why? Remember that the default context in a block includes the dimensions in that block. The minimum revenue by year by quarter is the same as the revenue by year by quarter simply because there is only one revenue for each year/quarter combination.



Specifying input and output contextsYou can specify both input and output contexts in the same formula.

EXAMPLESpecifying input and output contexts in the same formulaLook at the following table:

Notice that the figures in the Min by Year column are the same as those in the block footers in the example Specifying an output context on page 577, even though this block contains an additional dimension, Month. This is because the formula for Min by Year explicitly excludes Month from the input context. The formula looks like this:Min ([Sales Revenue] In ([Year];[Quarter])) In ([Year])



Crea

This formula tells WebIntelligence to ignore month and calculate revenues by year and quarter (the input context), then output the smallest of these revenues for each year (the output context). If you had not explicitly specified the input context, the table would look like this:

In this case, the input context is now (Year, Quarter, Month), so WebIntelligence calculates revenues by year, quarter and month before outputting the smallest revenue that occurs in the Sales Revenue column for each year. For example, 173,756.40 is the smallest value that appears in the Sales Revenue column in 2001, so this value appears in the Min by Year column in all rows where the year is 2001.



What would happen if you changed output context of the formula to (Year, Quarter)? The formula now calculates revenues by year, quarter and month (the input context), but the formula’s “break” occurs at each year/quarter change, rather than each year change. As a result, the block is as follows:

In words, this formula tells WebIntelligence to ”calculate revenues by year, quarter and month, then output the smallest of these revenues that occurs in each year/quarter combination”.

Extended syntax context operatorsIn the examples so far, you specified input and output contexts by using the word In, then listing the dimensions to be included in the context. In is known as a context operator. The other context operators are ForEach and ForAll. The following table describes the context operators:

Operator DefinitionIn Used to specify dimensions explicitly. Also used with extended

syntax keywords (see Extended syntax keywords on page 585)

ForEach Adds dimensions to the context

ForAll Removes dimensions from the context



Crea

The In context operatorThe In context operator specified dimensions explicitly in a context.

EXAMPLEUsing In to specify the dimensions in a contextIn this example you have a report showing Year and Sales Revenue. Your data provider also contains the Quarter object but you do not include this dimension in the block. Instead, you want to include an additional column to show the maximum revenue by quarter in each year. Your report looks like this:

You can see where the values in the Max Quarterly Revenue column come from by examining this block alongside a block that includes the Quarter dimension:



The Max Quarterly Revenue column shows the highest quarterly revenue in each year. For example, Q4 has the highest revenue in 2002, so the Max Quarterly Revenue shows Q4’s revenue on the row showing 2002.Using the In operator, the formula for Max Quarterly Revenue is Max ([Sales Revenue] In ([Year];[Quarter])) In ([Year]).

This formula tells WebIntelligence to calculate the maximum sales revenue for each (Year,Quarter) combination, then output this figure by year.

NOTEBecause the default output context of the block is Year, you do not need to specify the output context explicitly in this formula.

The ForEach context operatorThe ForEach operator adds dimensions to a context.

EXAMPLEUsing ForEach to add dimensions to a contextIn the example Using In to specify the dimensions in a context on page 582 you used the formula Max ([Sales Revenue] In ([Year];[Quarter])) In ([Year])

to calculate the maximum revenue by year and quarter in the table below:, which does not show the Quarter dimension:

Using the ForEach context operator, you can achieve the same result with the formula Max ([Sales Revenue] ForEach ([Quarter])) In ([Year]). Why? Because the Year dimension is the default input context in the block (see Default calculation contexts on page 570 for more information on default contexts). By using the ForEach operator, you add the Quarter dimension to the context, giving an input context of ([Year];[Quarter]).



Crea

The ForAll context operatorThe ForAll context operator removes dimensions from a context.

EXAMPLEUsing ForAll to remove dimensions from a contextYou have a report showing Year, Quarter and Sales Revenue and you want to add a column that shows the total revenue in each year, as shown in the following block:

To total revenues by year the input context needs to be (Year); by default it is(Year; Quarter). Therefore, you can remove Quarter from the input context by specifying ForAll ([Quarter]) in the formula, which looks like this:Sum([Sales Revenue] ForAll ([Quarter]))

Note that you can use the In operator to achieve the same thing; in this case the formula is:Sum([Sales Revenue] In ([Year]))

This version of the formula explicitly specifies Year as the context, rather than removing Quarter to leave Year.

The ForAll and ForEach operators are useful when you have a default context with many dimensions. It is often easier to “add” or “subtract” from the context using ForAll and ForEach than it is to specify the list explicitly using In.



Extended syntax keywordsExtended syntax keywords are a form of “shorthand” that allows you to refer to dimensions in extended syntax without specifying those dimensions explicitly. This helps future-proof reports; if formulas do not contain hard-coded references to dimensions, they will continue to work even if dimensions are added to or removed from a report. There are five extended syntax keywords: Report, Section, Break, Block and Body. The following sections describe each keyword, with an example to illustrate each. The section Using keywords to make reports generic on page 591 illustrates the way in which the use of keywords makes reports generic.

The Report keywordThe following table describes the data referenced by the Report keyword depending on where it is placed in a report:

When placed in... References this data...A block All data in the report

A block break (header or footer)

All data in the report

A section (header, footer, or outside a block)


Outside any blocks or sections in the report




Crea

EXAMPLEThe Report keywordYou have a report showing Year, Quarter and Sales Revenue. The report has a column, Report Total, that shows the total of all revenue in the report.

The formula for the Report Total column is Sum([Sales revenue]) In Report. Without the Report keyword, this column would duplicate the figures in the Sales Revenue column because it would use the default output context ([Year];[Quarter]). For more information on default contexts, see Default calculation contexts on page 570.

The Section keywordThe following table describes the data referenced by the Section keyword depending on where it is placed in a report

When placed in... References this data...A block All data in the section


All data in the section

A section All data in the section

Outside any blocks or sections

Not applicable



EXAMPLEThe Section keywordYou have a report showing Year, Quarter, and Sales Revenue. The report has a section based on Year. The Section Total column has the formula Sum ([Sales Revenue]) In Section.

The figure in the Section Total column is the total revenue for 2001, because the section break occurs on the Year object. Without the Section keyword this column would duplicate the figures in the Sales Revenue column, because it would use the default output context ([Year];[Quarter]). For more information on default contexts, see Default calculation contexts on page 570.

The Break keywordThe following table describes the dimensions referenced by the Break keyword depending on where it is placed in a report:

When placed in... References this data...A block Data in the part of a block delimited by a break.


Data in the part of a block delimited by a break.


Not applicable.

Outside any blocks or sections in the report

Not applicable.



Crea

EXAMPLEThe Break keywordYou have a report showing Year, Quarter and Sales Revenue. The report has break on Year. The Break Total column has the formula Sum ([Sales Revenue]) In Break.

Without the Break keyword this column would duplicate the figures in the Sales Revenue column, because it would use the default output context ([Year];[Quarter]). For more information on default contexts, see Default calculation contexts on page 570.

The Block keywordThe following table describes the dimensions referenced by the Block keyword depending on where it is placed in a report: The Block keyword often encompasses the same data as the Section keyword. One difference is that Block accounts for filters on a block whereas Section ignores them. When placed in... References this data...A block Data in the whole block, ignoring breaks, respecting

filters


Data in the whole block, ignoring breaks, respecting filters


Not applicable


Not applicable



EXAMPLEThe Block keywordYou have a report showing Year, Quarter and Sales Revenue. The report has a section based on Year. The block is filtered to exclude the third and fourth quarters. The Yearly Average column has the formula Average([Sales revenue] In Section) and the First Half Average column has the formula Average ([Sales revenue]) In Block. You can see how the Block keyword takes account of the filter on the block.



Crea

The Body keywordThe following table describes the dimensions referenced by the Body keyword depending on where it is placed in a report:

EXAMPLEThe Body keywordYou have a report showing Year, Quarter and Sales Revenue, with a break on Year. The report has a section based on Year and a break on Quarter. The Body column has the formula Sum ([Sales Revenue]) In Body.

The totals in the Body column are the same as those in the Sales Revenue column because the Body keyword refers to the data in the block. If you were to remove the Month object, the figures in the Block column would change to correspond with the changed figures in the Sales Revenue column. If you were to place the formula in the report footer it would return the total revenue for the block.

When placed in... References this data...A block Data in the block


Data in the block


Data in the section


Data in the report

The Body keyword gives a different result depending on where it is placed



Using keywords to make reports genericExtended keywords future-proof your report against changes. If you refer to data explicitly (by specifying dimensions using In, ForEach or ForAll) your reports might return unexpected data if dimensions are added or removed. The following example illustrates this.

EXAMPLEUsing the Report keyword to display percentagesIn this example you have a block that contains Year, Quarter and Sales Revenue objects. You want to display revenues by year and quarter, and the percentage of the total revenue in the report that each individual revenue represents, as shown:

The formula for the Percentage of Total column is([Sales revenue]/(Sum([Sales revenue]) In Report)) * 100

Remember that, in a block, the Report includes all data in a report, so this formula could be written ([Sales revenue]/Sum([Sales revenue] ForAll ([Year];[Quarter]))) * 100

Sum([Sales revenue]) ForAll ([Year],[Quarter]) tells WebIntelligence to remove Year and Quarter from the output context; in other words, to calculate a grand total, because there are no other dimensions in the report. (See The ForAll context operator on page 584 for an explanation of ForAll.) The formula then divides each revenue by the grand total to give its percentage of the total.



Crea

Although you can use ForAll in this situation, it is much better to use the Report keyword. Why? What if the Month dimension were subsequently added to the report? The version of the formula that uses the Report keyword still calculates each percentage correctly, but the version that explicitly specifies the Year and Quarter dimensions is now wrong:

Why is this? The problem lies in Sum ([Sales Revenue] ForAll ([Year];[Quarter)). When Year and Quarter were the only dimensions in the report, this was equivalent to “a grand total of all revenues”. Once you add the Month dimension, this expression removes Year and Quarter from the default output context, but leaves Month.



The formula now has a “break” on month. In other words, on every row where Month is 1, this expression now means “the total revenue of all month 1s”. In every row where Month is 2, it means “the total revenue of all month 2s”. As a result, the percentages are not the percentages you expect.



Crea

Examples of useful formulas

EXAMPLECalculating a percentage using the Percentage functionWebIntelligence has the Percentage function for calculating percentages. This function calculates the percentage of a number in relation to its surrounding context. For example, the following table shows revenues by year and quarter. The percentage column contains the formula Percentage ([Sales Revenue])

In this case the function calculates each revenue as a percentage of the total revenue. The surrounding context is the total revenue; this is the only revenue figure that is relevant outside the breakdown by year and quarter in the table.If the report is split into sections by year, the surrounding context outside the table becomes the total revenue in the section.



If the Percentage cell is placed outside the table but still inside the section, the surrounding context becomes the total revenue. In this case the Percentage function calculates the total revenue for the section as a percentage of the total overall revenue.

EXAMPLECalculating a percentage using the Sum functionYou can gain more control over the context in which a percentage is calculated by using the Sum function. If you divide one figure in a set of figures by the total of those figures, you get its percentage of the total; for example, the formula [Sales Revenue]/Sum([Sales Revenue]) gives the sales revenue as a percentage of the total revenue.In the following table the Percentage of Total column has the formula [Sales revenue]/(Sum([Sales revenue] In Report)) and the Percentage of Year column has the formula [Sales revenue]/(Sum([Sales revenue] In Section)).



Crea

These formulas take advantage of the extended syntax keywords Report and Section to instruct the Sum function to calculate the overall total revenue and yearly revenue respectively.

For more details on the extended syntax that you can use with functions, including the Report and Section keywords, see Defining the calculation context on page 569.

EXAMPLEShowing prompt input with UserResponse()You have a report showing Year, Quarter and Sales Revenue. The State object also appears in the report data although it is not displayed. When the user runs the report they are presented with a prompt and they must choose a state. You want to show the state that they have chosen in the report title. If your data provider is called “eFashion” and the text in the prompt is “Choose a State”, the formula for the title is "Quarterly Revenues for " + UserResponse( "eFashion";"Choose a State")



The report is as follows:



Crea

WebIntelligence Functions

chapter


Web

OverviewThis chapter looks at the functions available in WebIntelligence. You often use functions when creating WebIntelligence custom calculations. For more information on custom calculations, see Creating Custom Calculations on page 559.This chapter covers the following topics:• what is a function?• using functions• function examples and descriptions

Intelligence Functions


What is a function?A function receives zero or more input values and returns an output value. If a function has inputs, the output value is related to the input values.

Function prototypesTo use a function you need to know how many input values it requires and the data types of these input values. You also need to know the type of data that the function outputs. For example, the Sum function takes a numerical object as input (for example a measure showing sales revenue) and outputs numeric data (the sum of all the values of the measure object). This description of a function’s inputs and outputs it known as its prototype. You see a brief description of a function prototype when you select the function in the Variable Editor. For example, if you select the Sum function, you see the following display:

You can get a much more detailed description of the function, including its prototype and examples of its use, by clicking the More on this function after you have selected the function in the Variable Editor. When you do this the online help opens to the page that describes the function you have selected.

Function prototype

Function description

What is a function?


Web

Click here for detailed help on the selected function



Using functionsOften you need to build additional calculations or objects into a report beyond the report’s base objects or calculations. In some cases existing report objects are sufficient to create these additional objects or calculations. For example, if you have Revenue and Number of Sales objects you can create the calculation [Revenue]/[Number of Sales] to show the revenue per sale.More often you need to use functions to provide the additional calculations and objects you need. WebIntelligence has seven categories of functions:

For more information on using functions as part of custom calculations, see Creating Custom Calculations on page 559.You can see a full list of the functions available in WebIntelligence in the Variable Editor, or by referring to the Index of WebIntelligence Functions in the online help. For more detail on the Variable Editor, see Creating, editing, and deleting variables on page 651.

Category DescriptionAll All the functions for all the categories listed

below in this table.

Aggregate Aggregates data (for example by summing or averaging a set of values)

Character Manipulates character strings

Date and Time Returns date or time data

Document Returns data about a document

Data Provider Returns data about a document’s data provider

Logical Returns TRUE or FALSE.

Numeric Returns numeric data

Misc Functions that do not fit into the above categories

Using functions


Web

Function examples and descriptionsThis section shows how to use some of the functions available with WebIntelligence to answer typical business questions. Later in this section, you will find a detailed description of each function and gives an example of the information each function enables you to include in reports (see page 608 onwards).

EXAMPLECalculating a percentage using the Percentage functionWebIntelligence has the Percentage function for calculating percentages. This function calculates the percentage of a number in relation to its surrounding context. For example, the following table shows revenues by year and quarter. The percentage column contains the formula Percentage ([Sales Revenue])

In this case the function calculates each revenue as a percentage of the total revenue. The surrounding context is in this case the total revenue; this is the only revenue figure that is relevant outside the breakdown by year and quarter in the table.



If the report is split into sections by year, the surrounding context outside the table becomes the total revenue in the section.

If the Percentage cell is placed outside the table but still inside the section, the surrounding context becomes the total revenue. In this case the Percentage function calculates the total revenue for the section as a percentage of the total overall revenue.

Function examples and descriptions


Web

EXAMPLECalculating a percentage using the Sum functionYou can gain more control over the context in which a percentage is calculated by using the Sum function. If you divide one figure in a set of figures by the total of those figures, you get its percentage of the total; for example, the formula [Sales Revenue]/Sum([Sales Revenue]) gives the sales revenue as a percentage of the total revenue.In the following table the Percentage of Total column has the formula Sales revenue]/(Sum([Sales revenue] In Report)) and the Percentage of Year column has the formula Sales revenue]/(Sum([Sales revenue] In Section)).

These formulas take advantage of the extended syntax keywords Report and Section to instruct the Sum function to calculate the overall total revenue and yearly revenue respectively.

For more details on the extended syntax that you can use with functions, including the Report and Section keywords, see Defining the calculation context on page 569.



EXAMPLEHighlighting values using the If functionThe If function receives three inputs: a condition that returns true or false, a value to output if the condition is true and a value to output if the condition is false. For example the formula If([Sales Revenue]>2000000;"High Revenue";"Low Revenue") returns “High Revenue” if the value of [Sales Revenue] is greater than 2000000, “Low Revenue” otherwise. The condition [Sales Revenue]>2000000 is true in the first case, false in the second.

What if you want to output three descriptions, “High revenue” (for revenues over 2000000), “Medium revenue” (for revenues between 1500000 and 2000000) and “Low revenue” (for revenues below 1500000)? In this case you nest If functions. Nesting means placing one If function inside another. The formula is as follows:If ([Sales revenue] > 2000000;"High Revenue"; If ([Sales revenue] >= 1500000;"Medium Revenue";"Low Revenue"))

The outer If function outputs “High Revenue” if the revenue is greater than 2000000. If it is not, the inner If function then determines whether the revenue is greater than or equal to 1500000 (in which case it outputs “Medium Revenue”) or less than 1500000 (in which case it outputs “Low Revenue”). The result is as follows:



Web

The following section provides a detailed description and example of each WebIntelligence function, by function type categories:• Aggregate• Character• Date and Time• Document• Data Provider• Logical• Numeric• Miscellaneous

Aggregate functions

Sum

DescriptionReturns the total of a set of numeric values.

Function GroupAggregate

Syntaxnumber Sum (number number_set)

Input

OutputThe sum of the set of numeric values.

Example• If the Sales Revenue measure has the values 2000, 3000, 4000, and 1000,

Sum(< Sales Revenue>) returns 10000.

More informationYou can use extended syntax context operators with the Sum function. See Defining the calculation context on page 569.

Input Descriptionnumber_set A set of numeric values (for example, a measure).



Count

DescriptionCounts the number of distinct occurrences of an item.

Function GroupAggregate.

SyntaxInteger Count([variable]; [INCLUDEEMPTY]; [DISTICT/ALL])

Input

OutputThe number of occurrences of the item. Depending on the DISTINCT/ALL argument, this number represents the number of distinct occurrences (ignoring duplication) or the total number of occurrences (including duplication).

Examples• Count("Test") returns 1.• Count(<City>; DISTINCT) returns 5 if there are 5 different cities in a list

of cities, even if there are more than 5 rows in the list due to duplication.• Count(<City>; ALL) returns 10 if there are 10 distinct cities in a list, but

duplication of some cities means that there are 10 rows in total in the list.• Count (<City>; INCLUDEEMPTY) returns 6 if there are 5 cities and one

blank row in a list of cities.

More information• You can use extended syntax context operators with the Count() function.

See Defining the calculation context on page 569.• You can specify IncludeEmpty as the second argument to the function. When

you specify this argument, the function takes empty (null) rows into consideration in the calculation.

• The DISTINCT/ALL parameter is optional. If you do not specify this parameter, the default value is DISTINCT.

Input Description[variable] Any variable in the report.



Web

Average

DescriptionReturns the average of a set of numeric values.


Syntaxnumber Average (number number_set; [INCLUDEEMPTY])

Input

OutputThe average of the set of numeric values.

ExampleIf the Sales Revenue measure has the values 41569, 30500, 40000 and 50138, Average(<Sales Revenue>) returns 40552

More information• You can use extended syntax context operators with the Average function.

See Defining the calculation context on page 569.• You can specify IncludeEmpty as the second argument to the function. When

you specify this argument, the function takes empty (null) rows into consideration in the calculation.

Min

DescriptionReturns the lowest value of a set of values.

Function GroupAggregate

Syntaxany_type Min(<variable>)

Input Descriptionnumber_set A set of numeric values (for example, a measure).



Input

OutputThe lowest value in the set of values.

Examples• If the <Sales revenue> measure has the values 3000, 60034 and 901234,

Min(<Sales Revenue>) returns 3000.• If the <City> dimension has the values Aberdeen and London, Min(<City>)

returns Aberdeen.

More informationYou can use extended syntax context operators with the Min() function. See Defining the calculation context on page 569.

Max

DescriptionReturns the maximum value of a set of values.


Syntaxany_type Max([variable])

Input

OutputThe highest value in the set of values.





Web

Examples• If the <Sales revenue> measure has the values 3000, 60034 and 901234,

Max(<Sales Revenue>) returns 901234.• If the <City> dimension has the values "Aberdeen" and “London”, Max

(<City>) returns “London”.

More informationYou can use extended syntax context operators with the Max() function. See Defining the calculation context on page 569.

Percentage

DescriptionReturns the ratio of a numeric value to another numeric value.


Syntaxnumber Percentage(<measure>;[BREAK];[ROW/COL])

Input

OutputThe ratio of the measure value in the current calculation context to the measure value in the default embedding context.

ExamplesIn the following table, the Percentage column has the formula Percentage (<Sales Revenue>)

Input Description[measure] Any measure in the report.

Year Sales Revenue Percentage2001 1000 10%

2002 5000 40%

2003 4000 50%

Sum: 10000 100%



By default the embedding context is measure total in the table. You can make the function take account of a break in a table by using the optional BREAK argument. In this case the default embedding context becomes the table section.In the following example, the Percentage column has the formula Percentage (<Sales Revenue>; BREAK)

You can use the Percentage function across columns or rows; you can specify this explicitly using the optional ROW/COL argument. For example, in the following crosstab, the Percent column has the formula Percentage (<Sales Revenue>;ROW).

Year Quarter Sales Revenue Percentage2001 Q1 1000 10%

Q2 2000 20%

Q3 5000 50%

Q4 2000 20%

2001 Sum: 10000 100%

Year Quarter Sales Revenue Percentage2002 Q1 2000 20%

Q2 2000 20%

Q3 5000 50%

Q4 1000 10%

2002 Sum: 10000 100%

Q1 Percent Q2 Percent Q3 Percent Q4 Percent2001 1000 10% 2000 20% 5000 50% 2000 20%

2002 2000 20% 1000 10% 4000 40% 2000 20%



Web

Character functions

FormatDate

DescriptionFormats a date according to a supplied format.

Function GroupNumeric.

Syntaxdate FormatDate(date date_to_format; string date_format)

Input

OutputThe date formatted according to the format string.For a complete list of formats, see Formatting cells displaying number and currency data on page 436.

ExampleFormatDate([Reservation Date];"dd/MM/yyyy") returns "15/12/2001" if [Reservation Date] is 15 December 2001.

FormatNumber

DescriptionReturns a number formatted according to the format specified.

Function GroupCharacter.

Syntaxstring FormatNumber(number number_to_format; string number_format)

Input Descriptiondate_to_format Any date.

date_format The format to apply to the date.



Input

OutputThe number formatted according to the format string.For a complete list of formats, see Formatting cells displaying number and currency data on page 436.

ExampleFormatNumber([Revenue];"#,##.00") returns 835,420.00" if [Revenue] is 835,420

Left

DescriptionReturns a string consisting of the first n leftmost characters of an input string.

Function GroupCharacter

Syntaxstring Left(string input_string; integer number_of_characters)

Input

OutputA string consisting of the first number_of_characters leftmost charactersof the input string.

ExampleLeft([Country];2) returns "Fr" if [Country] is "France"

Input Descriptionnumber_to_format Any number.

number_format The format to apply to the number.

Input Descriptioninput_string The input string.

number_of_characters The number of characters to take from the left of input_string.



Web

LeftTrim

DescriptionRemoves the leading (left-side) blanks from a string.


Syntaxstring LeftTrim(string input_string)

Input

OutputA string consisting of input_string stripped of leading blanks.

ExampleLeftTrim([Country]) returns "France" if [Country] is " France"

Length

DescriptionReturns the length of a character string.

Function GroupCharacter

Syntaxinteger Length (string input_string)

Input

OutputThe length of the string.

ExampleLength ([Last Name]) returns 5 if [Last Name] is "Smith"





Match

DescriptionDetermines whether a string matches a pattern.


Syntaxboolean Match (string input_string, string pattern)

Input

The pattern can contain the wildcards "*" (replaces any set of characters and "?" (replaces any single character).

OutputTrue if the string matches the pattern; false otherwise

Example• Match ([Country];"F*") returns True if [Country} is "France"• Match ([Country];"?S?") returns True if [Country] is "USA"

Replace

DescriptionReplaces part of a string with another string.


Syntaxstring Replace (string input_string; string string_to_replace; string replace_with)


pattern The pattern to match.



Web

Input

OutputThe string with the part replaced.

ExampleReplace ([Country];"S";"S of A") returns "US of A" if [Country} is "US"

Right

DescriptionReturns string consisting of the first n rightmost characters of an input string.


Syntaxstring Right(string input_string; integer number_of_characters)

Input

OutputA string consisting of the first number_of_characters rightmost characters of the input string.

ExampleRight([Country];2) returns "ce" if [Country] is "France"

Input Descriptioninput_string The input string

string_to_replace The string within input_string to be replaced

replace_with The string to replace string_to_replace with

Input Descriptioninput_string The input string

number_of_characters The number of characters to take from the right of input_string



RightTrim

DescriptionRemoves the trailing (right-side) blanks from a string.


Syntaxstring RightTrim(string input_string)

Input

OutputA string consisting of input_string stripped of trailing blanks

ExampleRightTrim([Country]) returns "France" if [Country] is "France"

Substr

DescriptionExtracts a string from a character string.


Syntaxstring SubStr (string input_string, integer start, integer length)




Web

Input

OutputThe extracted string.

Examples• SubStr ("Great Britain";1;5) returns "Great".• SubStr ("Great Britain";7;7) returns "Britain".

Trim

DescriptionRemoves the leading and trailing blanks from a string.


Syntaxstring Trim (string input_string)

Input

OutputThe trimmed string.

ExampleTrim (" Great Britain ") returns "Great Britain"


start The position of the first character of the extracted string in the input string.

length The length of the extracted string.

Input Descriptioninput_string The string to be trimmed



Date and Time functions

CurrentDate

DescriptionReturns the current date.

Function GroupDate and Time.

Syntaxdate CurrentDate()

InputNothing.

OutputThe current date.

ExampleCurrentDate() returns "9/10/2002" if the date is 10 September 2002

CurrentTime

DescriptionReturns the current time.


Syntaxtime CurrentTime()

InputNothing.

OutputThe current time.

ExampleCurrentTime() returns 11:14:42 AM if the time is 11:14:42 AM



Web

DayName

DescriptionReturns the name of the day in a date.


Syntaxstring DayName(date input_date)

Input

OutputThe name of the day in the date.

ExampleDayName([Reservation Date]) returns "Saturday' when the date in [Reservation Date]is 15 December 2001 (which is a Saturday).

DayNumberOfMonth

DescriptionReturns the number of the day in the month of a date.


Syntaxinteger DayNumberOfMonth(date input_date)

Input

OutputThe number of the day in the month.

Input Descriptioninput_date Any date.




ExampleDayNumberOfMonth([Reservation Date]) returns 15 when the date in [Reservation Date] is 15 December 2001.

DayNumberOfWeek

DescriptionReturns the number of the day in the week of a date.


Syntaxinteger DayNumberOfWeek(date input_date)

Input

OutputThe number of the day in the week.

ExampleDayNumberOfWeek([Reservation Date]) returns 7 when the date in [Reservation Date] is 15 December 2001 (which is a Saturday).

DayNumberOfYear

DescriptionReturns the number of the day in the year in a date.


Syntaxinteger DayNumberOfYear(date input_date)




Web

Input

OutputThe number of the day in the year.

ExampleDayNumberOfYear([Reservation Date]) returns 349 when the date in [Reservation Date] is 15 December 2001.

DaysBetween

DescriptionReturns the number of days between two dates.


Syntaxinteger DaysBetween(date first_date, date last_date)

Input

OutputThe number of days between the dates.

ExampleDaysBetween([Sale Date], [Invoice Date]) returns 2 if [Sale Date] is 15 December 2001 and [Invoice Date] is 17 December 2001.


Input Descriptionfirst_date The first date in the range.

last_date The last date in the range.



Month

DescriptionReturns the name of the month in a date.


Syntaxstring Month(date input_date)

Input

OutputThe name of the month in the date.

ExampleMonth([Reservation Date]) returns "December" when the date in [Reservation Date] is 15 December 2001.

MonthNumberOfYear

DescriptionReturns the number of the month in a date.


Syntaxinteger MonthNumberOfYear(date input_date)

Input

OutputThe number of the month in the date.





Web

ExampleMonthNumberOfYear([Reservation Date]) returns 12 when the date in [Reservation Date] is 15 December 2001.

MonthsBetween

DescriptionReturns the number of months between two dates.


Syntaxinteger MonthsBetween(date first_date, date last_date)

Input

OutputThe number of months between the dates.

ExampleMonthsBetween([Sale Date], [Invoice Date]) returns 1 if [Sale Date] is 30 December 2001 and [Invoice Date] is 2 January 2002.

Quarter

DescriptionReturns the number of the quarter in a date.


Syntaxinteger Quarter(date input_date)

Input Descriptionfirst_date The first date in the range.

last_date The lastdate in the range.



Input

OutputThe number of the quarter in the date.

ExampleQuarter([Reservation Date]) returns 4 when the date in [Reservation Date] is 15 December 2001.

Relative Date

DescriptionReturns a date that is the input date plus a number of days.


Syntaxdate RelativeDate(date input_date; integer num_days)

Input

OutputThe date represented by input_date + num_days.

ExampleRelativeDate[Reservation Date];2) returns 17 December 2002.

ToDate

DescriptionReturns a character string formatted according to a date format.




num_days The number of days to add to input_date.



Web

Syntaxstring ToDate(string input_string; string format)

Input

OutputA string containing the date formatted according to the supplied formatFor a complete list of formats, see Characters for formatting cells displaying date and time data on page 438.

ExampleToDate("15/12/2002;"dd/MM/yyyy") returns 15 December 2002

ToNumber

DescriptionReturns a string as a number.


Syntaxnumber ToNumber(string number_string)

Input

OutputThe string as a number.

ExampleToNumber("45") returns 45.


format The format of the output string.

Input Descriptionnumber_string The string to be converted to a number.



Week

DescriptionReturns the number of the week in the year in a date.


Syntaxinteger Week(date input_date)

Input

OutputThe number of the week in the date.

ExampleWeek([Reservation Date]) returns 50 when the date in [Reservation Date] is 15 December 2001.

Year

DescriptionReturns the number of the year in a date.


Syntaxinteger Year(date input_date)

Input

OutputThe number of the year in the date.





Web

ExampleYear([Reservation Date]) returns 2001 when the date in [Reservation Date] is 15 December 2001.

Document functions

DocumentAuthor

DescriptionReturns the InfoView logon of the person who created the document.

Function GroupDocument.

Syntaxstring DocumentAuthor()

InputNone.

OutputThe document author's InfoView logon.

ExampleDocumentAuthor() returns "gkn" if the document author's login is "gkn"

DocumentName

DescriptionReturns the document name.


Syntaxstring DocumentName()

InputNone.

OutputThe document name.



ExampleDocumentName() returns "Sales Report.wqy" if the document is called "Sales Report.wqy"

DocumentPartiallyRefreshed

DescriptionDetermines whether a document is fully or partially refreshed.


Syntaxboolean DocumentPartiallyRefreshed()

InputNone.

OutputTrue is the document is partially refreshed; false if it is fully refreshed.

ExampleDocumentPartiallyRefreshed() returns True if WebIntelligence is still retrieving document data.

DocumentDate

DescriptionReturns the date on which a document was last saved.


Syntaxdate DocumentDate()

InputNone.

OutputThe date on which the document was last saved.



Web

ExampleDocumentDate() returns "8/8/2002" if the document was last saved on 8 August 2002.

DocumentTime

DescriptionReturns the time a document was last saved.


Syntaxtime DocumentTime()

InputNone.

OutputThe time the document was last saved.

ExampleDocumentTime() returns 15:45 if the document was last saved at 15:45.

DrillFilter

DescriptionReturns drill filters applied to a document or variable in drill mode.

Function GroupDocument

Syntaxstring DrillFilters( [variable]; string separator)



Input

OutputThe drill filters applied to the variable or document.

Examples• DrillFilters() returns "US" if the document has a drill filter restricting

the [Country] object to US.• DrillFilters() returns "US - 1999" if the document has a filter restricting

[Country] to [US] and [Year] to 1999.• DrillFilters("/") returns "US / 1999" if the document has a filter

restricting [Country] to [US] and [Year] to 1999.• DrillFilters ([Quarter]) returns "Q3" if the document has a drill filter

restricting [Quarter] to Q3.

Data Provider functions

LastExecutionDate

DescriptionReturns the date on which the document was last refreshed.

Function GroupData Provider

Syntaxdate LastExecutionDate()

InputNothing.

OutputThe date on which the document was last executed.

Input Descriptionvariable Any report variable (optional).

If no variable is specified, the function returns all drill filters applied to the document.

separator The separator between the drill filter values (optional).



Web

ExampleLastExecutionDate() returns "3/4/2002" if the document was last executed on 4 March 2002.

LastExecutionTime

DescriptionReturns the date on which the document was last refreshed.

Function GroupData Provider.

Syntaxtime LastExecutionTime()

InputNothing.

OutputThe time on which the document was last executed.

ExampleLastExecutionTime() returns "11:42:40 AM" if the document was last executed at 11:42:40 AM

Logical functions

Between

DescriptionDetermines whether a variable is between two values.

Function GroupLogical.

Syntaxboolean Between([firstvalue];[secondvalue])



Input

OutputTrue if the variable is of data type date; false if not.You use the Between() function in conjuction with the If() function

ExampleIf ([Sales Revenue] Between (200000;500000);'Medium Revenue";"Low/High Revenue") returns "Medium Revenue" if [Sales Revenue] is 300000

IsDate

DescriptionDetermines whether a variable has the date data type.


Syntaxboolean IsDate([variable])

Input

OutputTrue if the variable is of data type date; false if not.For a complete list of formats, see Characters for formatting cells displaying date and time data on page 438.

ExamplesIsDate([Reservation Date]) returns True if [Reservation Date] has the date data type.

Input Description[firstvalue] Any report variable.

[secondvalue] Any report variable.

Input Description[variable] Any report variable.



Web

IsError

DescriptionDetermines whether a variable returns an error.


Syntaxboolean IsError([variable])

Input

OutputTrue is the variable returns an error; false otherwise.

Example• IsError([Revenue]) returns false if the [Revenue] variable does not

return an error.• IsError([Average Guests]) returns true if the [Average Guests]

variable returns a division by zero (#DIV/0) error.

IsNull

DescriptionDetermines whether a variable is null.


Syntaxboolean IsNull([variable])

Input

OutputTrue is the variable is null; false otherwise.





Example• IsNull([Revenue]) returns false if the [Revenue] variable is not null.• IsNull([Average Guests]) returns true if the [Average Guests] variable

is null.

IsNumber

DescriptionDetermines whether a variable is a number.


Syntaxboolean IsNumber([variable])

Input

OutputTrue is the variable is a number; false otherwise.

Example• IsNumber([Revenue]) returns true if the [Revenue] variable is a number.• IsNumber([Customer Name]) returns false if the [Customer Name]

variable is not a number.

IsString

DescriptionDetermines whether a variable is a string.


Syntaxboolean IsString([variable])




Web

Input

OutputTrue is the variable is a string; false otherwise.

Example• IsString([Revenue]) returns false if the [Revenue] variable is not a

string.• IsString([Customer Name]) returns true if the [Customer Name]

variable is a string.

IsTime

DescriptionDetermines whether a variable is a time variable.

Function GroupLogical

Syntaxboolean IsTime([variable])

Input

OutputTrue is the variable returns an error; false otherwise.

Example• IsTime([Reservation Time]) returns true if the [Reservation Time]

variable is a time variable.• IsTime([Average Guests]) returns false if the [Average Guests]

variable is not a time variable.





Numeric functions

Abs

DescriptionReturns the absolute value of a number. A number's absolute value is the number's value without the sign.


Syntaxnumber Abs(number input_number)

Input

OutputThe absolute value of the number.

Examples• Abs(25) returns 25• Abs(-11) returns 11

Ceil

DescriptionReturns a number rounded up to the next whole number.


Syntaxnumber Ceil(number input_number)

Input Descriptioninput_number Any numeric variable.



Web

Input

OutputThe number rounded up to the next whole number.

Examples• Ceil(2.4) returns 3• Ceil(3.1) returns 4• Ceil(-3.1) returns 3

Exp

DescriptionReturns e raised to a power.


Syntaxnumber Exp(number power)

Input

Outpute raised to the power.

ExampleExp(2.2) returns 9.03

Input Descriptioninput_number Any numeric variable.

Input Descriptionpower The power to which you want to raise the numeric variable.



Fact

DescriptionReturns the factorial of an integer.


Syntaxinteger Fact(integer input_number)

Input

OutputThe factorial of the number.

ExampleFact(4) returns 24.

Floor

DescriptionReturns a number rounded down to the nearest integer.


Syntaxinteger Floor(number input_number)

Input

OutputThe number rounded down to the nearest integer.

ExampleFloor(24.4) returns 24.

Input Descriptioninput_number Any integer.

Input Descriptioninput_number Any number.



Web

Log

DescriptionReturns the logarithm of a number in a specified base.


Syntaxnumber Log(number input_number; number base)

Input

OutputThe logarithm of the input number in the specified base.

ExampleLog(125;5) returns 3.

Ln

DescriptionReturns the natural logarithm of a number.


Syntaxnumber Ln(number input_number)

Input

OutputThe natural logarithm of the input number.

Input Descriptioninput_number The input number.

base The base




ExamplesLn(10) returns 2.

Mod

DescriptionReturns the modulus (remainder) of a number divided by another number.


Syntaxnumber Mod(number dividend; number divisor)

Inputt

OutputThe remainder when the dividend is divided by the divisor.

Examples• Mod(10;4) returns 2.• Mod (10.2;4.2) returns 1.8.

Power

DescriptionReturns a number raised to a power.


Syntaxnumber Power(number input_number; number power)

Input Descriptiondividend The dividend

divisor The divisor



Web

Input

OutputThe number raised to the power.

ExamplePower(10;2) returns 100.

Round

DescriptionRounds a number to a specified number of decimal places.


Syntaxnumber Round (number input_number; integer num_places)

Input

OutputThe number rounded to the specified number of decimal places.

Examples• Round(9.44;1) returns 9.4• Round(9.45;1) returns 9.5• Round(9.45;0) returns 10• Round(9.45;-1) returns 1• Round(4.45;-1) returns 0

Input Descriptioninput_number The input number

power The power

Input Descriptioninput_number The number to be rounded.

num_places The number of decimal places to which the number is to be rounded.



Sqrt

DescriptionReturns the square root of a number.


Syntaxnumber Sqrt(number input_number)

Input

OutputThe square root of the number.

ExampleSqrt(25) returns 5.

Truncate

DescriptionReturns a number truncated to n decimal places.


Syntaxnumber Truncate(number input_number, integer num_places)

Input

OutputThe input number, truncated to n decimal places.

Input Descriptioninput_number The number whose square root you want to find.


num_places The number of decimal places.



Web

ExamplesTruncate(3.423;2) returns 3.42.

Miscellaneous functions

CurrentUser

DescriptionReturns the current user.

Function GroupMisc.

Syntaxstring CurrentUser()

InputNothing.

OutputThe current user.

ExamplesCurrentUser() returns "gkn" if the current user is gkn.

If

DescriptionReturns a value based on whether an expression is true or false.

Function GroupMisc

SyntaxIf (boolean_expr; value_if_true; value_if_false)



Input

OutputThe value of value_if_true or value_if_false.

ExampleIf ([Sales Revenue]>1000000;"High Revenue";"Low Revenue") returns "High Revenue" for all rows whose revenue is larger than 1000000 and "Low Revenue" for all rows whose revenue is less than 1000000.

NameOf

DescriptionReturns the name of a variable.

Function GroupMisc.

Syntaxstring NameOf([variable])

Input

OutputThe name of the variable.

ExampleNameOf([Reservation Date]) returns "Reservation Date"

Input Descriptionboolean_expr An expression that returns TRUE or FALSE.

value_if_true The value returned if the expression is true.

value_if_false The value returned if the expression is false.




Web

Saving Formulas as Variables

chapter


Savi

OverviewCreating Custom Calculations on page 559 describes WebIntelligence custom calculations and using formulas as part of calculations. You can create formulas directly in a report cell, but it is often better to save a formula as a variable. By saving a formula as a variable you can reuse it throughout the reports in a document without the need to continually retype it.This chapter shows you how to save formulas as variables and use them in reports. It contains the following sections:• Creating, editing, and deleting variables• Using variables to simplify formulas

ng Formulas as Variables


Creating, editing, and deleting variablesCreating Custom Calculations on page 559 describes how you can create custom calculations beyond the simple calculations provided by WebIntelligence. Calculations are formulas that can include base report objects and functions. WebIntelligence allows you to save a formula as a variable; a variable is simply a named formula. Saving formulas as variables has the advantages of:• Allowing you to re-use a formula in a report without the need to re-create it

each time• Simplifying complex formulas by breaking them down into variables.

EXAMPLEShowing the amount of revenue generated per guestYou have a report that contains [Revenue] and [Number of Guests] objects. The formula [Revenue] /[Number of Guests]

gives the average revenue per guest. If you save this formula as a variable called Average Revenue, you can re-use it throughout a report.

Creating formulasVariables and formulas are closely linked because variables are named formulas. To find out how to create a formula, see Creating formulas on page 561.

Saving formulas as variablesThere are two ways of saving a formula as a variable:• using the Create Variable dialog box – you save an existing formula as a

variable• using the Variable Editor – you create the formula and save it as a variable at

the same time

NOTEYou can use the Create Variable dialog box to change an existing report formula to a variable.

Creating, editing, and deleting variables


Savi

Creating a variable using the Create Variable dialog boxTo create a variable using the Create Variable dialog box:1. Create your formula in the Formula toolbar.

(See Creating formulas on page 561.)OrSelect an existing formula in the report.

2. Click Create Variable.The Create Variable dialog box appears.

3. Type the variable name in the Name box.You need to specify an object type for the new variable.

4. Next to Qualification, click Dimension, Measure or Detail.For a full description of the difference between each object type, see What different types of objects can you use in a query? on page 187.

5. Click OK.The variable appears in the list of report variables.

You can now drag the variable into your report just as you do with objects.

Create Variable



Saving variables using the Variable EditorTo save a formula as a variable using the Variable Editor:1. Click Show/Hide Variable Editor on the report panel toolbar.

The Variable Editor appears above the formula editor.

2. Create your formula in the Formula Editor.(See Using the Formula Editor on page 564.)

3. Type the variable name in the Name box.You need to specify an object type for the new variable.

4. Next to Qualification, click Dimension, Measure or Detail.For a full description of the difference between each object type, see What different types of objects can you use in a query? on page 187.

5. Click Validate to check that the formula is correct.6. Click Save.

The variable appears in the list of report variables.

Creating, editing, and deleting variables


Savi

Editing and deleting variablesAfter you have created a variable you can edit it or delete it.

Editing a variableTo edit a variable:1. Select the variable in the list of report variables.2. Click the right mouse button.


3. Click Edit Variable.The Variable Editor appears.

4. Edit the variable using the Formula Editor5. Click Save to save the new variable definition.

The variable is saved in the document. You can include the variable in any of the reports within the same document.

Deleting a variableTo delete a variable:1. Select the variable in the list of report variables.2. Click the right mouse button.


3. Click Delete Variable.The variable is deleted.



Using variables to simplify formulasIf a formula is complex you can use variables to simplify it. By using variables you break a complex formula down into manageable parts and make it much easier to read, as well as making building formulas much less error-prone.

EXAMPLECreate a formula to return a statistical varianceVariance is a statistical term. The variance of a set of values measures the spread of those values around their average. (See any basic book on statistics for a full explanation of variance.) If your report includes a measure that shows the number of items sold, you can calculate the variance of the number of items sold. To do this, you:• Calculate the average number of items sold• Calculate the difference between each number of items sold and the average,

then square this value• Add up all these squared differences• Divide this total by the number of values - 1You have a report showing numbers of items sold by quarter and you want to include the variance. Without the use of variables to simplify it, this formula is as follows:Sum((([Quantity sold] - Average([Quantity sold] ForEach [Quarter]) In Report)*([Quantity sold] - Average([Quantity sold] ForEach [Quarter]) In Report)) In [Quarter])/(Count ([Quantity sold] ForEach [Quarter]) - 1)

This formula is clearly unwieldy. By using variables you can simplify it to:Sum ([Difference Squared])/[Number of Observations] - 1)

which is much easier to understand. This simplified version of the formula gives you a high-level view of what the formula is doing, rather than plunging you into the confusing details. You can then examine the formulas of the variables referenced in the high-level formula to understand its component parts.For example, the formula references the variable Difference Squared, which itself references the variable Average Sold. By examining the formulas of Difference Squared and Average sold, you can “drill down” into the formula to gain an overall picture of what it is doing.

Using variables to simplify formulas


Savi

Simplifying a variance formula with variablesAs the example above shows, there are several steps involved in creating a variance formula. You encapsulate each of these steps in a variable. The variables you create are:• Average number of items sold• Number of observations (that is, the number of separate values of the number

of items sold)• Difference between an observation and the average, squared• Sum of these differences divided by the number of observations - 1In this example, your initial report looks like this:

Creating an Average Sold variableTo create an Average Sold variable:1. Click Show/Hide Variable Editor.

The Variable Editor appears.

2. In the Formula Definition box., type the formula:Average([Quantity Sold] In ([Quarter])) In Report OrDrag items from the Available Objects, Available Functions, and Available Operators boxes to the Formula Definition box to build the formula.



3. Click Measure to specify that the variable is a measure.4. In the Name text box, type:

Average Sold5. Click Save to save the variable.

Creating a Number of Observations variableTo create a Number of Observations variable:1. Click Show/Hide Variable Editor.


2. In the Formula Definition box, type the formula:Count([Quantity Sold] In ([Quarter])) In ReportOrDrag items from the Available Objects, Available Functions, and Available Operators boxes to the Formula Definition box, to build the formula.


Number of Observations5. Click Save.

WebIntelligence saves the variable to the Data tab.



Savi

Creating a Difference Squared variableTo create a Difference Squared variable:1. Click Show/Hide Variable Editor.


2. In the Formula Definition box, type the formula:Power(([Quantity sold] - [Average Sold]);2)

OrDrag items from the Available Objects, Available Functions, and Available Operators boxes to the Formula Definition box, to build the formula.


Difference Squared5. Click Save.




Creating the Variance variableTo create a Variance variable:1. Click Show/Hide Variable Editor.


2. In the Formula Definition box., type the formula:Sum([Difference Squared] In ([Quarter]))/([Number of Observations] - 1)

OrDrag items from the Available Objects, Available Functions, and Available Operators boxes to the Formula Definition box, to build the formula.


Variance5. Click Save.




Savi

Adding the variance to the reportTo add the variance to the report:• Select the Variance variable on the Data tab, and then drop the variable onto

the report.


Troubleshooting Formulas

chapter


Trou

OverviewThis chapter describes the errors that WebIntelligence generates when you create a formula that contains an error. All formula error messages begin with ‘#’ and appear in the cell in which the formula is placed.The errors are:• #DIV/0• #MULTIVALUE• #OVERFLOW• #SYNTAX• #INCOMPATIBLE• #CONTEXT• #ERROR

bleshooting Formulas


#DIV/0#DIV/0 occurs whenever a formula tries to divide a number by zero, which is mathematically impossible. Zero can never appear as a divisor.

EXAMPLEDetermining revenue per itemYou have a report showing sales revenues, numbers of items sold and the revenue per item (which is calculated by dividing the sales revenue by the number of items sold).

You had a very bad quarter in which you didn’t create any revenue; the Revenue per Item column returns #DIV/0 for this quarter because the formula is attempting to divide by zero; that is, divide the revenue by zero number of items sold.

#DIV/0


Trou

#MULTIVALUE#MULTIVALUE occurs whenever you place a formula that returns more than one value in a cell that outputs one value only.

EXAMPLEMultivalue in a cellYou have a report showing Country, Resort and Revenue and you add a cell to the report containing the formula [Revenue] ForEach ([Country]). This cell returns #MULTIVALUE because Country has two values in the report: ‘US’ and ‘France’.

One cell cannot display the revenues for both the US and France. Placed outside the table, a cell containing revenue can only aggregate the revenues in the table in some way (for example by summing or averaging them).

NOTEIf the report is broken into sections on Country, the formula is correct when placed in a section because there is only one value of Country per section.

Outside a section, however, the formula still returns #MULTIVALUE.



#OVERFLOWThe #OVERFLOW error occurs when a calculation returns a value that is too large for WebIntelligence to handle. This value, in exponential form, is 1.7E308 (1.7 followed by 307 zeros).

#OVERFLOW


Trou

#SYNTAXThe #SYNTAX error occurs when a formula references an object that no longer exists in the report.

EXAMPLEReferencing a non-existent objectYou have a report that originally showed Year, Quarter and Sales Revenue, with an additional column showing difference between the revenue and the average yearly revenue. This figure is given by the variable Difference from Yearly Average.



If the Difference from Yearly Average variable is deleted from the report, it now looks like this:

#SYNTAX


Trou

#INCOMPATIBLEThe #INCOMPATIBLE error occurs when dimensions in a query are incompatible. For an explanation of incompatible objects, see Incompatible objects and filters on page 208.

EXAMPLEIncompatible objects in a queryThe block below shows Year, Reservation Year and Revenue. Because Year and Reservation Year are incompatible, the #INCOMPATIBLE error message appears.



#CONTEXTThe #CONTEXT error message is related to the #INCOMPATIBLE error message, which occurs when a query contains incompatible objects. The #CONTEXT error message occurs when a query specifies a non-existent aggregation context for a measure. For more information on non-existent aggregation contexts and incompatible objects, see Incompatible objects and filters on page 208

EXAMPLENon-existent aggregation context in a queryThe block below shows Reservation Year and Revenue. Because it is not possible to aggregate revenue by reservation year, the Reservation Year column shows the #CONTEXT error.

#CONTEXT


Trou

#ERROR#ERROR is the default error message that covers all errors not covered by the messages described previously in this chapter.

EXAMPLEReferencing a variable that already creates an errorThe example Referencing a non-existent object on page 666 describes a report with an object, Revenue per Item, that returns a #SYNTAX error. If another object references the Revenue per Item object, this object returns #ERROR.The following report contains an object, Average Revenue per Item, with the formula Average([Revenue per Item]).

Because the Revenue per Item object already returns #SYNTAX, the Average Revenue per Item object returns #ERROR.


Setting Up Documents for Drill Analysis

chapter


Sett

OverviewThis chapter explains how you perform drill analysis within the Java report panel. For information about how to drill on reports without launching the Java report panel, see Analyzing WebIntelligence Reports in InfoView on page 107.This chapter provides information on:• what drill analysis is• making documents drillable• beginning your drill session• drilling on dimensions in tables and sections• drilling on measures in tables and sections• synchronizing drill across multiple tables and charts• drilling on charts• using filters when you drill• ending your drill session

ing Up Documents for Drill Analysis


What is drill?You use drill to analyze the results displayed in reports. Drill lets you look deeper into your data to discover the details behind a good or bad summary result displayed in tables or charts.

EXAMPLEWhy did sales of Accessories, Outwear, and Overcoats rise in Q3?You work for a US national fashion retail chain, and are in charge of sales of accessories, outerwear and overcoat clothing lines in western states. You see that revenue is much higher for Q3 than the other quarters in 2003.

To understand why, you drill down to look at the factors behind the result.

You see that lounge wear sales escalated in July.

What is drill?


Sett

Making documents drillableTo make a document drillable you need to:• specify the scope of analysis included behind the displayed results• understand the drill hierarchies on the universe upon which the document is

based

Specifying the scope of analysis for a documentThe scope of analysis is the ability to include additional data in a document, which is not displayed in the reports. When you start Drill mode, you can drill on any of the displayed results down to detailed data included in the scope of analysis. You specify the scope of analysis when you define the query for the document. The larger the scope of analysis, the more data is included in the document and the larger the document size.You can set a report’s scope of analysis at predefined or custom levels. • Predefined – the scope of analysis is the same for each dimension in the

report.For example, if you set the scope of analysis at two levels, each dimension in the report will contain additional data two levels down.

• Customized – you specify the dimensions in each class to which you want to be able to drill.WebIntelligence returns data for only the dimensions that you want to include in your query. Setting a custom scope of analysis reduces the length of time it takes WebIntelligence to run the query or refresh the reports. For example, a document might contain up to a thousand rows of data. If you know that you or other users will need to analyze only certain dimensions in the reports (for example, [Customer] or [Geography]), you can specify those dimensions in a custom scope of analysis.

For step-by-step instructions on how to define the scope of analysis for a WebIntelligence document, see Setting the scope of analysis on page 193.

NOTEIf your security profile allows, you can drill beyond the data included in the scope of analysis to retrieve more detailed information from the universe on which the document is based. See Retrieving more levels of data to the report on page 692.



About drill paths and hierarchiesWhen you analyze data in drill mode, you move along a drill path. These paths are based on the dimension hierarchies set by the designer of the universe. Universe designers organize objects in classes in a hierarchy with the most summary objects at the top and the most detailed at the bottom. So if you want to make a high-level report, you know that your query should include objects at the top of the list. If you want to see more detailed information, you can then switch to Drill mode and drill down on each dimension value displayed in the reports. For example, if the data from [Quarter] did not sufficiently explain a result, you could drill down to [Month] or [Week], depending on how the universe designer set up the hierarchy. When you drill to a different level, measures, such as a [Revenue] or [Margin], are recalculated accordingly.Drill paths usually follow the same hierarchy order as the classes on a universe. For example, a class called Time typically includes the [Year] dimension at the top of the class, followed by the [Quarter], [Month], and [Week] dimensions. The hierarchies for drill within the Time hierarchy typically follow the same order, because users want to drill annual results to analyze details for quarter, month, and so on. However, the universe designer can also define custom hierarchies. For more information see the Designer’s Guide.

Viewing drill hierarchies on the universe on which a document is createdTo view the drill hierarchies on the universe on which a document is created:1. Open a document in Edit mode using the Java Report Panel.2. Verify you are in Query View.

The Edit Query button is pressed in when you are working in Query View.3. Click the Data tab.

If the Data tab is not visible, click the Show/Hide Manager button.

The Time class

The Time hierarchy

Making documents drillable


Sett

4. Click the Hierarchies radio button.The hierarchies appear.

5. Click the + sign next to each hierarchy.The hierarchies organize the dimensions with the most summary data at the top and the most detailed data at the bottom.

NOTE

A dimension can belong to several hierarchies. When you drill a result on a dimension that belongs to more than one hierarchy, WebIntelligence prompts you to select the drill path. See Choosing a drill path when more than one is possible on page 690.



Beginning your drill sessionThis section describes how to start a drill session so you can analyze the data behind the results displayed on the tables and charts in reports.

NOTEThis chapter assumes that your security profile includes the necessary access rights to perform drill.

Starting drill modeDrill mode lets you look deeper into your data to discover the details behind a good or bad summary result. To start drilling on a report you either:• switch the report to Drill mode, to start drill

or• if the report is saved in drill mode, drill directly

NOTEBefore you begin a drill session in WebIntelligence, you need to set your drill options in InfoView. For full information about each option and to find out how to select the appropriate options for your analysis, see Setting your drill options in InfoView on page 111.

Switching to drill modeTo switch to drill mode:1. With a document open in the WebIntelligence Java Report Panel, verify you

are in Report View.The Edit Report button is pressed in when you are working in Report View.

2. Select the report you want to drill.The Drill button appears in the WebIntelligence toolbar.

3. Click the Drill button.By default, a drill icon appears on the tab of the drillable report. The drillable report is either the existing report or a duplicate of the report, depending on the option you selected on the Options page in InfoView. For information on how to set this option, see Drilling on the existing report or on a duplicate report on page 111.

Beginning your drill session


Sett

Opening a report saved in Drill modeTo open a report saved in Drill mode:1. With a document open in the WebIntelligence Java Report Panel, verify you

are in Report View.The Edit Report button is pressed in when you are working in Report View.

2. Select the report you want to drill.• If you have permission to drill, the report displays in drill mode.

• If you do not have permission to drill, the report displays in Results View.

In Drill mode, the report tab displays the Drill icon.

In Drill mode, the report tab displays the Results icon.



Drilling on dimensions in tables and sectionsDimensions typically represent character-type data, such as customer or business names, and dates. WebIntelligence makes calculations based on the dimensions in a report. For example, if you create a report that calculates a region’s total sales revenue for a given year, WebIntelligence calculates the [Sales revenue] measure based on the two dimensions: [State] and [Year].

When you drill on a dimension to see the more data behind the displayed result, the sales revenue is calculated according to the values to which you drill.

On this report, when you drill down on year 2003 to display the detailed data for each quarter in year 2003, the sales revenue, sum, and average measures are calculated for each quarter.

Drilling on dimensions in tables and sections


Sett

NOTEYou cannot drill on detail objects. For a full description and examples of detail objects, see What different types of objects can you use in a query? on page 187.

You can drill on dimension values in tables, sections, and charts on a report.

This section of this guide explains how to do the following:• drill down to detailed information• drill up to summary information• drill by different dimensions to view a specific slice of data• choose a drill path when more than one path is available• drill to dimensions already displayed on a report block• retrieve more data to the document to continue drilling

Drilling on a table

Drilling on a section



Drilling downYou drill down to see the lower-level data behind the visible data in a report. This can help explain a certain result.

EXAMPLEUsing drill analysis to find out why sales decreased dramatically in 2003The following chart shows that the Accessories line decreased in 2003.

You can drill down to Q4 in 2003 to analyze the detailed data behind that result.



Sett

When you drill down on the Year dimension value 2003, a filter appears in the Drill toolbar to show that the quarterly values you have drilled to are for the year 2003. The drilled chart shows you that the problem arose in Q4 of 2003.

To find out which of the of the categories within the Accessories line was responsible for the drop in revenue, you drill by the chart legend value Accessories to view a slice of the data that focusses on the categories within the accessories product line.

The Drill toolbar displays the filter on Year, to show that the quarterly values displayed on the drilled chart are for the year 2003.



The drilled chart shows which categories were responsible for low revenue in Q4.

Drilling down on a dimension valueTo drill down on a dimension value in a table cell or section cell:1. Verify you are in Drill mode.

The Drill button is pressed in when you are working in Drill mode.2. Place your pointer over the dimension value on which you want to drill.

A ToolTip appears, showing the next dimension in the drill path.



Sett

3. Click the value.The drilled table or section displays data one dimension level down.

The Drill toolbar displays the values from which you drilled. These values filter the values displayed in the drilled table.See also, Using filters when you drill on page 707.

Drilling upYou drill up on a dimension value to see how the more detailed data aggregates to a higher-level result. For example, you may have drilled down on Year to examine data for each quarter. If you want to see how this data aggregates to yearly results, you can drill up.When you drill up on a dimension value, you move along the drill path from lower- to higher-level data. For example, you may have drilled down on [Year] to [Quarter]. If you drill up on [Quarter], you return to [Year].

The Drill up arrow indicates that you can drill up from the quarters Q1, Q2, Q3, or Q4 to see yearly results.

The Drill up arrow



After drilling up on Q4, the drilled table displays yearly results.

You can only drill up on a dimension value if:• you have previously drilled down to that dimension

or• you have defined the appropriate drill path in the scope of analysis.

For more information on setting the scope of analysis, see Setting the scope of analysis on page 193.

Drilling up on a dimension valueTo drill up on a dimension value:1. Verify you are in Drill mode.

The Drill button is pressed in when you are working in Drill mode.2. On a table or section header of the report, right-click the dimension value on

which you want to drill up, then on the shortcut menu click Drill up.OrClick the Drill Up icon next to the dimension value you want.



Sett

Your report now displays data one dimension level up.

NOTE

Filters on the Drill toolbar are removed when you drill up.



Drilling byWhen you drill down or up, you move through a hierarchy one dimension at a time. However, you might want to get a different view of the data by slicing it in a different way to look at the data in a different hierarchy. To do this, you drill by.

EXAMPLEWhat is the revenue for each brand of clothing in your store?You work as regional manager for California in a retail clothing store, and have been sent the following report that shows quarterly sales revenue by state:

You are only interested in analyzing the results in the state of California and you want to analyze the sales revenue broken down by each product line you sell. To do this, you place your pointer on the table cell that says California. If you drilled down now you would drill to results for each city within California, because [City] is the dimension below [State]. You select Drill by from the drill menu and then you select the dimensions on the Products hierarchy listed on the sub-menus until you reach the level of data you are interested in, which is Lines.



Sett

Now the table displays sales revenue results for each line sold in California.

Drilling by a dimension valueTo drill by a dimension value:1. Verify you are in Drill mode.

The Drill button is pressed in when you are working in Drill mode.2. Right-click the dimension value you want to drill by.

You must click a value that has a hyperlink showing that it is drillable.



A shortcut menu appears, displaying your drill options and their respective drill paths.

3. Place your pointer on Drill by, then on the class to which you want to drill. Click the dimension to which you want to drill.Your report now displays data for dimension you drilled to.

NOTE

You can drill by to a dimension in a class that is not displayed in your report only if you have included the dimension to which you want to drill in the scope of analysis. For more information, see Setting the scope of analysis on page 193.

The Drill toolbar displays the values from which you drilled that filter the results displayed on the drilled table.



Sett

Choosing a drill path when more than one is possibleA dimension can belong to several classes. When you drill down on such a dimension value, WebIntelligence does not know which drill path to follow. You must define the drill path.

Choosing a drill path when more than one is availableTo choose a drill path when more than one is available:1. Verify you are in Drill mode.

The Drill button is pressed in when you are working in Drill mode.2. Drill on a dimension value in a table cell or section.

The Select a Drill Path dialog box appears.

3. Select the path you want to drill.4. Click OK.

NOTE

If the dimension value you choose to drill on is the result of a previous drill, the drill path is already known. Therefore you do not need to select a drill path.



Drilling on dimensions already in a report blockYou cannot drill to a dimension that is already in the current table in your report. WebIntelligence automatically displays the next available dimension in the drill path.For example, on the eFashion universe product information is organized into dimensions according to the following three-level hierarchy, from highest to lowest:• Lines• Category• SKU descriptionWhen you drill down on a value for the [Lines] dimension on the table illustrated below, you drill two levels down to the SKU description instead of drilling one level down to the categories. This is because the [Category] dimension values are already displayed in another column on the same table.

The ToolTip informs you which level you drill to



Sett

Retrieving more levels of data to the reportIn a WebIntelligence report, you may want to drill up or down to a dimension that lies outside the scope of analysis defined for the document. To return the additional data, WebIntelligence must run a new query that includes the additional dimension(s) you specify. This is called extending the scope of analysis. When extend the scope of analysis, you can limit the data WebIntelligence retrieves when running the new query by selecting query filters. This saves time if you are working with a large document. For more information, see Using filters when you drill on page 707.

NOTEYou cannot include query filters when you extend the scope of analysis during drill, if you set WebIntelligence not to prompt you when running a new query on your InfoView Options page (see Being prompted if a drill action requires additional data on page 112). If you are not prompted when you drill out of the scope of analysis, WebIntelligence returns data for all the values on the selected dimensions.

NOTE

If you have several reports in one document, and you select query filters when when you extend the scope of analysis, those filters affect all the reports in the document.

Drilling out of the scope of analysisTo drill out of the scope of analysis:1. Verify you are in Drill mode.

The Drill button is pressed in when you are working in Drill mode.2. Drill on a dimension value.

A ToolTip informs you that a new query is necessary to return the additional data to the document.



If you set WebIntelligence to prompt you when a drill requires a new query, the Extend the Scope of Analysis dialog box appears.

The dialog box lists the dimensions in the hierarchy, above and below the value you selected on the table cell for drill. The dimensions already included in the document are checked.The dialog box also displays the filters that you can select to filter the new query.For example, in the illustration above the cell value you selected in the Category column on the table is already filtered, because the categories are only those in the Accessories line. Before you run the new query, WebIntelligence suggests that you filter the query by limiting the additional data to data for the Accessories line. If you don’t select the filter, WebIntelligence will return data for all the lines to the document.

3. Select the check box(es) next to the dimension(s) to which you want to drill.For example, if you want to drill to Unit Price MSRP information as well as Color information, select both check boxes.



Sett

4. Select the check box(es) next to the filters with which you want to filter the query.

5. Click OK.WebIntelligence runs a new query and returns the additional data to the document.The results for the dimension immediately below the dimension on which you drilled appear on the table.

NOTEYou need permission from your administrator to drill out of the scope of analysis during a drill session.



Drilling on measures in tables and sectionsWhen you on a measure value, WebIntelligence performs the drill action one level down for each related dimension in the block and displays the new measure calculation for the displayed dimensions. In drilling down on a measure value, you move along the hierarchy of the displayed dimensions from higher- to lower-level data.For example, you drill down on the year 2003 sales revenue value for California, which is displayed on a crosstab that shows sales revenue by year in by state.

The drilled table displays sales revenue by quarter by city.

The Drill ToolTip shows you which dimension levels you will drill to

The Drill toolbar shows you which values for year and state are filtering the results displayed in the drilled crosstab

Drilling on measures in tables and sections


Sett

The following section of this guide tells you how to do the following drill analysis on measures displayed on tables and sections:• drill up• drill downFor information about drilling on measure values displayed on charts, see Drilling on measures in charts on page 703.

Drilling down on a measure valueTo drill down on a measure value:1. Verify you are in Drill mode.

The Drill button is pressed in when you are working in Drill mode.2. Place your pointer over the measure value on which you want to drill.

Only values with hyperlinks are drillable.A ToolTip appears, displaying the next dimension(s) in each related drill path.

3. Click the measure value.Your report now displays data one dimension level down.

The table headers display the names of the dimensions you drilled to and the drill up arrow. The Drill toolbar displays the values that filter the results displayed on the drilled table or section. For example, the drilled crosstab illustrated above displays quarterly sales revenue results for year 2003 in DC.



Drilling up on a measure valueTo drill up on a measure value in a table cell or section:1. Verify you are in Drill mode.

The Drill button is pressed in when you are working in Drill mode.2. Right-click the measure value on which you want to drill up, then click Drill up.

OrClick the Drill Up icon next to the measure value you want to analyze.

The drilled table now displays data one dimension level up.

Drilling on measures in tables and sections


Sett

Synchronizing drill across multiple tables and charts

A WebIntelligence report can contain several tables or charts. The generic term used to refer to tables and charts is a block. Drilling on one block on a report impacts all the other blocks on the report. There are two ways to drill on a report with multiple blocks:• drill on each block in the report containing that drilled dimension• drill on only the current block of data

REMINDERYou set how WebIntelligence performs the drill on a report with multiple blocks in InfoView. For more information, see Setting your drill options in InfoView on page 111.



Synchronizing the drill on all blocks in a reportIf you set WebIntelligence to synchronize drilling across a report, you drill on each block in the report containing that drilled dimension. The next dimension in the drill path replaces the previous dimension in all blocks of the report. For example, if you drill on the Year 2003 in the crosstab below to view results for each quarter in year 2003, both the crosstab and the chart show the drilled results for quarter

Synchronizing drill across multiple tables and charts


Sett

Drilling on only the selected block in a reportIf you set WebIntelligence not to synchronize drilling on all blocks in a report, you drill on only the current block of data. The next dimension in the drill path replaces the previous dimension only in the current block of the report.For example, if you drill on the Year 2003 in the crosstab below to view results for each quarter in year 2003, only the crosstab displays the drilled results for each quarter.

The entire report, however, is filtered for 2003, which means that only results for year 2003 are displayed. Accordingly, the chart displays the annual results for year 2003.



Drilling on chartsA chart is a graphical representation of a measure for one or more dimensions in a report. For information on creating and formatting charts in WebIntelligence, see Inserting Images in WebIntelligence Documents on page 445. When you drill down, up, or by on a chart, WebIntelligence performs the drill action as it does in a table or crosstab. WebIntelligence generates a filter in the Drill toolbar, displaying the value of the dimension from which you drilled.You can drill on:• an axis with one or more dimensions• a measure in the body of the chart• a legendThe following section of this guide describes each option.

Drilling on axes with one dimensionYou can drill on axis values in a chart. When you drill on an axis value, WebIntelligence performs the drill action as it would in a table or crosstab. You move along the drill path to the next available dimension. Charts can have two or three axes. Measure values always appear on the Y-axis, while dimensions appear on either the X- or Z-axis.

Drilling on a chart axis with one dimensionYou can drill down, up, and by on a dimension value in a chart axis. To drill on a dimension value in a chart axis:1. Verify you are in Drill mode.

The Drill button is pressed in when you are working in Drill mode.2. Place your pointer over the dimension value on which you want to drill.3. Choose whether you want to drill down, drill up, or drill by on the dimension

value:

Your report displays value for the dimension to which you drilled. For more information on how WebIntelligence performs a drill action in a report, see Drilling on dimensions in tables and sections on page 679.

If you want to... then...drill down on the dimension value click the value.

drill up on the dimension value right-click the value, then click Drill up.

drill by on the dimension value right-click the value, then click Drill by.

Drilling on charts


Sett

Drilling on axes with more than one dimensionA WebIntelligence report can contain several dimensions on one axis. Each possible combination of dimension values appear on the axis. This is known as a cartesian product.When you drill on an axis value, WebIntelligence performs the drill action on each drillable dimension on the axis.

Drilling on a chart axis with several dimensionsYou can drill down or up on a chart axis with several dimensions. You cannot drill by.To drill on a chart axis with several dimensions:1. Verify you are in Drill mode.

The Drill button is pressed in when you are working in Drill mode.2. Place your pointer over the values on which you want to drill.3. Choose whether you want to drill down or drill up on the dimension value:

The chart displays values for the dimensions to which you drilled.For more information on how WebIntelligence performs a drill action in a report, see Drilling on dimensions in tables and sections on page 679.

If you want to... then...drill down on the dimension values click the values.

drill up on the dimension values right-click the values, then click Drill up.



Drilling on measures in chartsYou can drill on the measures displayed on bart chart bars and pie chart segments. When you drill on measures, WebIntelligence drills down the dimensions on all the axes in the chart. The axes labels display the names of the dimensions that correspond to the measure value displayed on the drilled chart.

EXAMPLEAnalyze detailed information for sales revenue displayed in a chartFor example, this chart displays values for the State level on the X-axis and values for the Lines level on the Y-Axis.

The chart bars display values for Sales Revenue per State per Line. When you drill down on the Sales Revenue values for the City Trousers line by drilling the City Trousers chart bar, you also drill down from State to City and from Lines to Category.

Drilling on charts


Sett

The drilled chart displays Sales Revenue per City per Category for the categories in the City Trousers clothing line.

The Drill toolbar displays the values that are filtering the data displayed on the chart. You can see that this chart displays sales revenue information for City Trousers sold in California during Q1 in 2001.



Drilling on a measure in a chartYou can drill down or up on a measure value in a chart. You cannot drill by.To drill on a measure value in a chart:1. Verify you are in Drill mode.

The Drill button is pressed in when you are working in Drill mode.2. Place your pointer on the measure value on which you want to drill:3. Choose whether you want to drill down or drill up on the measure value:

Your report displays values for the dimensions to which you drilled.For more information on how WebIntelligence performs a drill action in a report, see Drilling on measures in tables and sections on page 695.

Exceptions to drilling on the body of a chartWhen you drill on a bar chart of any kind, WebIntelligence performs the drill action on each drillable dimension in the report. When you drill on a measure in other type of charts, however, WebIntelligence may perform the drill action only on certain dimensions in the report. In the following chart types, when you drill on the body of a chart, WebIntelligence performs the drill action only on the values in the axis legend:• area charts – two-dimensional, three dimensional, and stacked• radar and scatter charts For more information, see Drilling on axis legends on charts on page 706.

NOTEYou cannot drill on a measures in three-dimensional surface charts.

If you want to... then...drill down on the measure value click the appropriate point in the graph.

drill up on the measure value right-click the appropriate point, then click Drill up.

Drilling on charts


Sett

Drilling on axis legends on chartsCharts can display dimension values based on a set of colors. These dimension values are defined in a color legend. You can then drill on those dimension values directly on the legend.Drilling on a legend is useful if you are working with a pie chart because often a slice of the pie is too small to click on. In a pie chart, you simply drill on the color associated with the drillable dimension.

NOTEYou can drill by on a color legend only if there is a single dimension on the axis.

Drilling on an axis legendTo drill on an axis legend:1. Verify you are in Drill mode.

The Drill button is pressed in when you are working in Drill mode.2. Place your pointer over the value on which you want to drill.3. Choose whether you want to drill down, drill up, or drill by on the dimension

value:

Your report displays values for the dimension to which you drilled.For more information on how WebIntelligence performs a drill action in a report, see Drilling on dimensions in tables and sections on page 679.

If you want to... then...drill down on the dimension value click the color associated with the

value.

drill up on the dimension value • right-click the color associated with the value, then click Drill up.

• click the Drill Up icon.

drill by on the dimension value right-click the color associated with the value, then click Drill by.



Using filters when you drillWhen you drill on a dimension or measure value, WebIntelligence creates one or more filters for the entire report. These filters are based on the dimensions from which you drilled. For example, if you drill down on US, WebIntelligence filters your report data around the value “US” in the Country dimension. By changing the value of each filter, you can then see data for each value within that dimension; for example, Germany and Japan. This lets you focus on only the data that you need to make an informed decision.

Using the Drill toolbarYou can choose to show or hide the Drill toolbar.

Showing or hiding the Drill toolbarTo show or hide the Drill toolbar:1. Verify you are in Drill mode.

The Drill button is pressed in when you are working in Drill mode.The Show/Hide Drill toolbar button appears in the Report toolbar.

2. The next step depends whether the Drill toolbar is displayed or not at the top of the report:

TIPYou can set your drill options in InfoView so that when you open a document to start Drill mode, the Drill toolbar is always hidden by default. For more information, see Showing or hiding the Drill toolbar on page 113.

If the Show/Hide toolbar button is... then...pressed in click the button to hide the Drill toolbar.

not pressed in click the button to display the Drill toolbar.

Show/Hide Drill Toolbar button



Sett

Changing filter values during drill analysisFilters appear as list boxes in the Drill toolbar. Each list box contains the values associated with that filter. You select the data displayed in a table or chart by choosing the appropriate values from the list boxes. For example, if you drill on results for Q3 to see more detailed data for month, the monthly results are filtered for Q3. To see monthly results for another quarter, you simply change the filter value in the list box by selecting the quarter you want.

Changing a filter value on the Drill toolbarTo change a filter value on the Drill toolbar:1. Verify you are in Drill mode.

The Drill button is pressed in when you are working in Drill mode. The filters display as list boxes on the Drill toolbar.

2. In the Drill toolbar, click the drop-down arrow in the appropriate list box.

Each dimension value associated with that filter appears. 3. Click the value you want.

The report displays data based on the new dimension value.



Adding and removing filtersYou can add and remove filters to the Drill toolbar. This enables you to quickly filter the values displayed on the drilled table or chart. For example, you can filter the displayed values by a specific geographical area or time period.

Adding a filter to a drilled reportTo add a filter to a drilled report:1. Verify you are in Drill mode.

The Drill button is pressed in when you are working in Drill mode.2. From the Data tab, drag the dimension containing the values around which

you want to filter your report and drop it onto the Drill toolbar.

A list box for the new filter appears on the Drill toolbar.

You want to filter the sales revenue values displayed on the crosstab by state, so you can analyze values for a specific state. You drag the [State] dimension onto the Drill toolbar.

A new list box for the [State] dimension is added to the Drill toolbar.



Sett

You can select a value from the list of values to filter the results displayed on the drilled table, chart, or report.

Removing a filter from a drilled reportTo remove a filter from a drilled report:1. Verify you are in Drill mode.

The Drill button is pressed in when you are working in Drill mode.2. Verify that the Data tab is visible in the frame to the left of the report.

If the Data tab is not visible, click the Show/Hide Manager button on the Report toolbar.

3. Place your pointer over the dimension icon on the left of the list box of the filter you want to remove.Your pointer changes to a hand.

4. Press your pointer, and then with the pointer still pressed in drag the list box onto the Data tab to the left of the report.



WebIntelligence removes the filter and the report values change accordingly.

Inserting the DrillFilters cell into your reportInserting the DrillFilters cell into a report is useful when you want to distribute a drilled report results to users who do not have the security profile to drill. The DrillFilters cell displays the dimensions you drilled during your drill analysis. The filters remain displayed in the DrillFilters cell when you end drill mode. Other users who read the drilled report can then easily see how the report information is filtered.The DrillFilters cell is also useful if you want to print a copy of a drilled report and show readers how the information is filtered.

To find out how to insert the DrillFilters function as a predefined cell into a report, see Inserting the Last Refresh Date or Drill Filter cell on page 357. For more background information and examples, see DrillFilter on page 632.

In this PDF format file ready for printing, the DrillFilter calculation displays how the report was filtered during drill.



Sett

Saving reports with filtersWhen you save a document with reports in drill mode, WebIntelligence maintains any filters that have been generated during drill. When you open a document saved in drill mode, WebIntelligence displays the Drill toolbar on the drilled reports showing the filters generated during the last drill session.

For more information, see Saving your drilled results on page 714.

NOTE

Documents saved in drill mode take longer to open than documents saved in results mode.

The drilled report viewed in InfoView in HTML or HTML (Interactive) format

The drilled report opened in in Edit mode using the WebIntelligence Java Report Panel



Refreshing data in a report with promptsSome WebIntelligence reports contain prompts. When you run a query, the prompt requires you to specify the value(s) you want to return to the document from the database. For example, a prompt can require you to specify a year for which you want to retrieve data.

For example, if the drilled report is filtered for Year 2003 and you select year 2002 to answer the prompt, the drilled report displays values for 2002.

This drilled report shows values for Accessories in Year 2003 – the year selected for the prompt.

The Drill toolbar shows that the [Year] dimension is filtered for 2003 and that the [Line] dimension is filtered for Accessories.



Sett

Ending Drill ModeWhen you end drill mode in WebIntelligence, you return to View mode. Any filters generated in drill mode become simple report filters.

Ending your drill sessionYou can end your drill session only from the Report view.

Ending drill modeTo end your drill session in WebIntelligence:• Click the Drill button in the toolbar.

The Drill toolbar is removed, and WebIntelligence displays the report in Results mode.

Saving your drilled resultsYou can save your drilled results by:• taking a snapshot of the drilled report – WebIntelligence inserts a duplicate

of the drilled report in the document in Results View as a reference. You can continue drilling in the current report.

• saving the report while you are still in Drill mode – when you or another user opens the document, the drilled report is in Drill mode.

Taking a snapshot of a drilled reportTo take a snapshot of a drilled report:1. Make sure you are in Drill mode.

The Drill button is pressed in when you are working in Drill mode.2. In the toolbar, click the Snapshot button.

A new report appears after your last report in the document.

Saving a report in Drill modeTo save a report in Drill mode:

1. Click the Save button to save a document you have saved previously.OrClick the arrow next to the Save button, and then save the document as either a Corporate Document or as a Personal Document.For full information on saving WebIntelligence documents using the Java Report Panel, see Saving and Deleting WebIntelligence Documents on page 717.



Printing your report in drill modeYou print your report in drill mode like other WebIntelligence reports.

For more information, see Printing WebIntelligence Documents on page 727.

TIPFilters in the Drill toolbar do not appear when you print a WebIntelligence report. You can insert a special field to display the active filters the Drill toolbar. For full information on the DrillFilter function, see What filters are filtering the results displayed in a drilled report? on page 356.

The drilled report

The printable report in PDF format ready to print

Ending Drill Mode


Sett

Saving and Deleting WebIntelligence Documents

chapter


Sav

OverviewYou can save WebIntelligence documents exclusively for your personal reference or share your documents with other users. You save WebIntelligence documents to InfoView, the corporate business intelligence portal. You can also save WebIntelligence documents as Microsoft Excel spreadsheets and Adobe Acrobat PDF files. The layout and formatting in the original WebIntelligence document is closely retained in the new file format.This chapter tells you how to:• save WebIntelligence documents to InfoView• delete WebIntelligence documents from InfoView• save WebIntelligence documents as Excel or PDF filesThis chapter tells you how to save documents using the Java Report Panel. For information on how to save documents when viewing them in InfoView, see Saving and Deleting WebIntelligence Documents on page 717.

ing and Deleting WebIntelligence Documents


Saving WebIntelligence documents to InfoView

You save WebIntelligence documents to InfoView, the corporate business intelligence portal. You can save documents to:• Personal Documents – your personal storage area in InfoView• Corporate Documents – accessible to other InfoView usersThis section tells you how to:• Save a new document to Personal Documents• Save a new document to Corporate Documents• Save changes to an existing document

Saving new documents to Personal DocumentsOnly you can view and modify the documents you save to InfoView Personal Documents.

Saving a new document to Personal DocumentsTo save a document to Personal Documents:1. Click the arrow next to the Save button on the WebIntelligence toolbar.2. From the Save menu, select Save to Personal Documents As...

The Save to Personal Documents dialog box appears.



Sav

3. In the Name text box, type a name for the documentThis is the name that will appear in the documents list in InfoView Personal Documents the next time you want to access the document.You can include spaces and use both uppercase and lowercase characters.You cannot use the following characters to name a document: / \ : * < > |

4. In the Description text box, type a meaningful description of the document that describes the information the document contains.This is optional. You can use any alphanumerical characters to type the description.

5. Select the category where you want to save the document.For example, if the document contains annual sales results, select the Sales category.

NOTEYou create document categories using InfoView. For information on how to do this, see the InfoView User’s Guide.

6. In the Keywords box, type keywords that you can use to search for the document in InfoView in the future.This is optional.

7. The next step depends on whether you want the document data to be refreshed automatically or not each time you open the document:

8. Click OK.WebIntelligence saves the document to your Personal Documents area in InfoView.For information on how to access your WebIntelligence documents in InfoView Personal Documents, see Accessing documents from Personal Documents on page 63.

If you want... then...WebIntelligence to refresh the document data automatically each time you open the document

select Refresh on open

To view the values the last time the document was saved each time you open the document

do not select Refresh on open(you can click the Refresh button in the open document when you want to view the latest values)



Saving new documents to Corporate DocumentsWhen you save WebIntelligence documents to InfoView Corporate Documents, other users can access the document. Depending on their security profile, other users can view, analyze, or edit the document.

NOTETo prevent other users from editing the query definition of the document, do not select the Allow other users to edit the query option on the Query Properties tab in Edit Query view. See Building Queries Using the Java Report Panel on page 183. Other users will now be able to modify the document format, but they will not be able to change the data definition of the query.

Saving a new document to Corporate DocumentsTo save a document to Corporate Documents:1. Click the arrow next to the Save button on the WebIntelligence toolbar.2. From the Save menu, select Save to Corporate Documents As...

The Save to Corporate Documents dialog box appears:



Sav

3. In the Name text box, type a name for the document.You can include spaces and use both uppercase and lowercase characters.You cannot use the following characters to name a document: / \ : * < > |


5. Select the category in which you want to save the document.For example, if the document contains annual employee vacation and sick leave information, select HR.

NOTEThe InfoView Corporate Document categories are created by your administrator. For more information, see the InfoView User’s Guide.

6. In the Keywords box, type keywords that you or other users can use to search for the document in InfoView in the future.This is optional.You can save documents to one or several areas on your corporate network. Each area is called a domain. By default, a domain is selected.

7. Leave the default domain selected.OrClick the arrow next to the domain displayed in the Domains box and select a different domain.The Groups box lists the groups of users who have access to Corporate Documents.

8. Select the groups of users you want to be able to access the document.



9. The next step depends on whether you want the document data to be refreshed automatically or not the each time you open the document:

10.Click OK.WebIntelligence saves the document to the Corporate Documents area on InfoView.For information on how to access Corporate Documents, see Accessing documents from Corporate Documents on page 62.

Saving changes to existing documentsWhen you save changes to an existing document, you can choose whether you want to:• overwrite the old version with the new version

or• save the new version under a different document name or to a different

Personal Documents or Corporate Documents category

Saving changes to an existing documentTo save changes to an existing document:1. Using the Java Report Panel, make your changes to the document.2. Click the Save button on the WebIntelligence toolbar.

If the document was previously saved as a corporate document, you are prompted with the Corporate Document save dialog box. You can choose to overwrite the previous version of the document with your modifications or choose to save the modified document under a new name. If you overwrite the previous version of the document, all users consulting the document will access the modified version.If the document was previous saved as a personal document, WebIntelligence saves your modifications and overwrites the previous version. The document name, description, category, and other properties are not modified.




do not select Refresh on open



Sav

Deleting WebIntelligence documentsYou can delete the WebIntelligence documents you save to InfoView Personal Documents or Corporate Documents.

NOTEYou can only delete documents from InfoView Corporate Documents, if you have the appropriate security profile.

Deleting your WebIntelligence documents from InfoViewTo delete your WebIntelligence documents from InfoView:1. From the InfoView Home Page go to the document location where the

document is saved:

2. Select the Delete document checkbox next to the name(s) of the document(s) you want to delete:

3. Click the Delete Document button.InfoView displays the list of documents to be deleted.

4. Click OK.5. InfoView confirms the deletion of the document(s).6. Click OK.

The deleted document(s) no longer appears.

If the document is saved in InfoView... then click...Personal Documents Personal Documents

Corporate Documents Corporate Documents



Saving documents as Excel or PDF filesYou can save WebIntelligence documents as two different file formats:• Microsoft Excel spreadsheets• Adobe Acrobat PDF files

Saving WebIntelligence documents as Excel SpreadsheetsCreating a copy of your documents as a Microsoft Excel file is especially useful if you want to combine the information in your WebIntelligence document with other data in an Excel spreadsheet.Unlike WebIntelligence documents, the Excel files are not connected to the database. This means you cannot refresh the data in the Excel file. To display up-to-date data in Excel format, refresh the WebIntelligence document and then save it as a new Excel file.

TIPWhen you name reports in a document that you want to save as an Excel spreadsheet, the names of reports must not include more than 31 characters or include spaces or the following special characters: * : \ / [ ]

NOTEDates prior to 1900 do not display correctly in Excel.

Saving a WebIntelligence document as an Excel spreadsheetTo save a WebIntelligence document as an Excel spreadsheet:1. Click the arrow next to the Save button on the WebIntelligence toolbar.2. From the Save menu, select Save to My Computer As...

The Excel and PDF format options appear.3. Select As Excel.

WebIntelligence saves a copy of your document in Microsoft Excel Format. Each report within the WebIntelligence document converts to a separate Excel worksheet within the Excel file.You can save the document using the Excel Save menu. The file has the standard Microsoft Excel file extension: xls.

Saving documents as Excel or PDF files


Sav

NOTESome WebIntelligence chart formats do not exist in Excel format. These charts are automatically converted to the closest corresponding chart format available in Excel.

More informationTo share Excel files with other users, you can save them to InfoView, the corporate business intelligence portal. For more information, see the InfoView User’s Guide.

Generating WebIntelligence documents to PDFCreating a copy of your documents as a PDF file is especially useful if you want to provide other users with the document information in a printable format. The page layout and formatting of the WebIntelligence document is retained in the PDF file.

Saving a WebIntelligence document as a PDFTo save a WebIntelligence document as a PDF file:1. Click the arrow next to the Save button on the WebIntelligence toolbar.2. From the Save menu, select Save to Computer As...

The Excel and PDF format options appear.3. Select As PDF.

WebIntelligence saves a copy of your document in Adobe Acrobat PDF Format.You can save the document using the Acrobat Save menu. The file has the standard Microsoft Excel file extension: pdf.

More informationTo share PDF files with other users, you can save them to InfoView, the corporate business intelligence portal. For more information, see the InfoView User’s Guide.


Printing WebIntelligence Documents

chapter


Prin

OverviewYou print WebIntelligence documents report-by-report. You can print one or multiple reports from a single document. WebIntelligence generates a temporary PDF file from the selected report before printing. This chapter tells you how to:• print reports in WebIntelligence documents using the Java Report Panel

NOTETo print WebIntelligence reports, you need Adobe Acrobat Reader installed on your local PC. If you don’t have Acrobat Reader installed, you can download Acrobat Reader free at: : http://www.adobe.com/products/acrobat/readstep2.htmIf you don’t have Internet access to download Acrobat Reader, you can print reports using the Print menu of your web browser. However, when you use your browser to print, the page layout and formatting is determined by the browser.

ting WebIntelligence Documents


Printing the reports in documentsYou print WebIntelligence documents report-by-report. This section of the guide tells you how:• WebIntelligence inserts page breaks for printing• to print reports in WebIntelligence documents

How WebIntelligence organizes page breaks for printingWebIntelligence prints reports from left to right, and then top to bottom. If a report is wider than the width of the paper size defined in the Report Page Layout, WebIntelligence inserts page breaks for the printout, as illustrated below:


the page breaks go from left to right.

Page 2

Page 4

Page 1

Page 3

Printing the reports in documents


Prin

The paper size and page orientation for printing can be different from the paper size and page orientation set for the reports when you view them in the Java Report Panel. This enables users using different printers to specify the appropriate layout when they print.You define the paper size and page orientation of printed reports when you define the print setup, see Printing a report on page 730.

Printing reports in WebIntelligence documentsYou print WebIntelligence documents report-by-report. You can print one or multiple reports from a single document. This section tells you how to print WebIntelligence reports when you are working in the Java Report Panel. For information on printing reports when you are viewing a document in InfoView, see Viewing documents in PDF format on page 60.

Printing a reportTo print a report:1. Make sure you are in Edit Report view.

The Edit Report button on the WebIntelligence toolbar is pressed in when you are in Edit Report view.

2. Make sure you are in Results View.Results view displays the data in the report tables and charts.

3. Click the Report tab of the report you want to print.4. Click the Export to PDF for Printing button on the Report toolbar.

The Make Printable Version dialog box appears:



5. Under the Print Range option, you specify whether you want to print the entire selected report or just some of the report pages:

You can specify the paper size of the report or page(s) for the printout. The paper size you set for printing overrides the paper size defined for the report in the Report Properties Page Layout tab.

6. To change the paper size, click the paper size button and select a different paper size from the list:

If you want to... then...print the entire report select Current report

print the page currently displayed select Current page

print a range of pages you specify in the Pages box:type specific page numbers separated by commas (for example: 1,4,5)orindicate a page range (for example, 2-4)

Printing the reports in documents


Prin

7. Under the Orientation options, select the page orientation that suits the report page layout:

8. Click OK.WebIntelligence generates a copy or the report to a PDF file.

9. You print the report using the Print button or menu on the Acrobat toolbar.

For this page orientation... select...Portrait

Landscape


Using the HTML Report Panel

part

The HTML Report Panel Workspace

chapter


The

OverviewYou edit WebIntelligence documents using either the HTML Report Panel or the Java Report Panel.This chapter provides an illustrated guide to the WebIntelligence HTML Report Panel workspace. The HTML Report Panel presents three to six tabs that take you through the steps to create and format a WebIntelligence document.This chapter illustrates which tabs you use to do the following:• building queries• choosing a template to display report values• setting more report options• using the InfoView toolbarFor information about the Java Report Panel workspace, see The Java Report Panel Workspace on page 163.

HTML Report Panel Workspace


Building queriesYou build queries by defining the data on the Query tab and the Query Filters tab.

Selecting objectsYou select objects, specify the scope of analysis, and choose query properties on the Query tab.

Query tab – this is where you define the data definition for a document.Universe Objects pane – displays the objects available on the selected universe. Each object represents a set of data on the database.Result Objects pane – displays the objects included in the document.Query Properties pane – offers options to optimize the query.Scope of Analysis pane – displays the level of data in the document for drill analysis.InfoView toolbar – see page 744 for full details.Next button – advances to the Query Filters tab where you can define filters to limit the data returned to the report.Run/Apply button – runs the query or applies modifications, and generates the report.More Report Options – displays additional tabs to format the report and organize report data.

12

34567

89

61 2 3

4 5 7 8

9

Building queries


The

Filtering QueriesYou use the Query Filters tab to define query filters. Filtering the query limits the data that WebIntelligence retrieves from the database so that only the information necessary for a specific business need is returned to the document.

Query Filters tab – this is where you define filters, including prompt filters, on the query. to limit the data returned to the report.Universe Objects pane – displays the objects and predefined filters available on the selected universe.Query Filters pane – displays the filters on the query. You define filter operators and values in the top part of the pane. The filters are listed in the lower part of the pane.And/Or operators list box – you select the And or Or operator here to combine multiple filters.Back button – returns to the Query tab.Next button – advances to the Report tab.Run/Apply button – runs the query or applies modifications, and generates the report.InfoView toolbar – see page 744 for full information.More Report Options – displays additional tabs to format the report and organize report data.

1

2

3

4

56789

81 32

4 5 6 7

9



Choosing a template to display report valuesYou select how you want to display report values on the Report tab.

Report tab – this is where you choose a table or chart template and then allocate objects to specific areas on the selected template. You also create sections on this tab.Result Objects pane – displays the objects included in the document.Report Definition pane – you define the structure of the report here.Current Report – You select a report here to define its data content and formatting.Sections area – you add objects to this area to create sections on the report.Block type list box – you select table and chart templates here.Apply button – applies a selected table or chart template to the report data and allows you to reallocate the data to different table cells or chart axes as necessary.Block preview – you allocate objects to areas of the table, form, or chart here.InfoView toolbar – see for page 744 for full details.More Report Options – displays additional tabs to format the report and organize report data.Back button – returns to the Query Filters tab.Next button – advances to the Report Filters tab. (The Report Filters tab appears if you select the More Report Options check box.)Run/Apply button – runs the query or applies modifications, and generates the report.

1

234567

8910

1112

13

101

2

3

1312

512

6

711

8

9

4

Choosing a template to display report values


The

Setting more report optionsYou can choose from more report options to filter the report, format the report block, and organize the report information.

When you click the More report options check box, the following optional report tabs appear:• Report Filters – you define filters to limit the information displayed on the

report here• Properties – you add breaks, sorts, and predefined calculations here• Format – you define custom formatting for report cells here (including fonts,

background colors, and images)The following section of this chapter illustrates each tab.

Optional report tabs

More Report Options check box



Filtering report valuesUsing the Report Filters tab, you can select objects on a report and define criteria to filter the values displayed on the report for those objects. For example, you can filter the report to only show information for specific year(s) or ranges of revenue.

Report Filters tab – this is where you specify filters to limit the information displayed on the report.Result Objects pane – displays the objects included in the document.Current Report – You select a report here to define its data content and formatting.Report Filters pane – displays the filters on the report. You define filter operators and values in the top part of the pane. The filters are listed in the lower part of the pane.OK button – confirms the definition of a new or modified filter.And/Or operators list box – provides And and Or operator to combine multiple filters.Back button – returns to the Report tab.Next button – advances to the Properties tab.Run/Apply button – runs the query or applies modifications, and generates the report.InfoView toolbar – see page 744 for full information.

1

234

5678910

2

98

1

7

3

6

4

5

Setting more report options


The

Adding breaks, sorts, and calculationsYou can add breaks to a report to group related information in tables and add predefined business calculations to table columns or rows displaying measures. You can also sort values displayed in tables and charts. You select all of these options on the Properties tab.

Properties tab – this is where you add breaks, sorts, and calculations to a report.Current Report – You select a report here to define its data content and formatting.Result Preview pane – provides a graphical preview of the report structure. You select a specific area of a report, table, or chart here. You can then define breaks, sorts, or calculations for the object selected in the Select an Object pane.Select an Object pane – select the object on which you want to add a break, sort, or calculation.Breaks pane – add a break and define the properties for the break here.Sort pane – select a sort order here.Calculation – select one or more calculations to insert them in a table footer.Back button – returns to the Report Filters tab.Next button – advances to the Format tab.Run/Apply button – runs the query or applies modifications, and generates the report.InfoView toolbar – see page 744 for full information.

123

4

567891011

7

109

1

11

4

6

5

8

32



Formatting reportsYou format reports by selecting formatting properties on the Format tab. For example, you can choose the format of fonts, background colors, and borders on report pages, sections, tables, and charts.

Format tab – you select formatting properties for a selected area of a report hereCurrent Report – You select a report here to define its data content and formatting.Result Preview pane – provides a graphical preview of the report structure. You select a specific area of a report, table, or chart here and then define formatting properties for the selected area in the Format pane.Format pane – provides specific formatting options that correspond to the selected report area.Back button – returns to the Properties tab.Run/Apply button – runs the query or applies modifications, and generates the report.InfoView toolbar – see page 744 for full information.

123

4

567

3

4

65

7

1

2

Setting more report options


The

Using the InfoView toolbarThe InfoView toolbar provides links to the pages on InfoView. The Help button takes you to online help and online documentation for InfoView and WebIntelligence.

Home – takes you to your InfoView Home Page. This is the page that displays each time you log into InfoView. You can define a different page as your home page by choosing one of the Default Start Page options on the Options page.MyInfoView – allows you to personalize your own InfoView page by displaying your favorite web pages and documents here. You can also set your MyInfoView page as your Home Page. (You do this on the Options page of InfoView.)Options – takes you to the options page where you set your personal options for using the InfoView portal and BusinessObjects Enterprise 6 tools, including WebIntelligence.

Note: you need to set your options before you open or edit a document. If you work on a document and then navigate to the Options page, you lose any unsaved changes in your document.

Help – launches the online Help in a separate browser window. The Help corresponds to where you are in InfoView. Online Help provides information and online documentation for InfoView and WebIntelligence.Logout – takes you to the Logout page, where you log out of your current InfoView session.

1

2

3

4

5

1

2

3

4

5


Building a Query using the HTML Report Panel

chapter


Build

OverviewThis chapter describes how you can create a query using objects in a universe. It explains the fundamentals of universes and describes the objects that you use to construct a query.It provides information on the following:• understanding queries and universes• building a simple query• setting the scope of analysis for drill• setting query properties – to limit the size of documents or the runtime of the

query• running the query and generating a default report

NOTE

The ability to use drag-and-drop in the HTML Report Panel is only available if you are using a Microsoft Internet Explorer web browser.

ing a Query using the HTML Report Panel


Understanding queries and universesYou access data in a database by running queries using objects in a universe. This section describes what is a query, and how you use a universe to build and run queries to get the data you need to answer your business questions, and to create reports using the HTML panel.

What is a query?A query is one or more statements that request data from a database. If the data is available, then the requested data is returned in the form of a table which contains rows and columns.When you build a query, you are creating a request for information from a database. A request can be very simple, for example; give me total sales in California for the first quarter of last year, or more complicated, for example; give me an average age of customers who bought sweaters during the spring television promotion in Paris.Queries are sent to the databases in a language called SQL. However, when you use the HTML Report Panel you do not have to know any SQL. The HTML Report Panel presents the information available in the database as objects that have names and meanings familiar to you. These objects are organized in a structure called a universe.You build queries by combining objects in a universe. The universe translates the objects presented in your business language to SQL and then sends the request for information to the database. When the data is returned to the HTML panel, it is presented in a table form, with columns that have the same names as the objects that you used in the query. The data is arranged in rows.



Build

Queries are based on universesYou build queries in the HTML Report Panel using objects in a universe.A universe is a representation of the information available in a database. This information is presented in everyday terms that describe your business situation. The universe appears in the Universe pane to the left of the HTML panel.

What does a universe contain?Universes are made up of objects and classes. These are described below:

Universe component

Description

Object Named component that maps to data or a derivation of data in the database. You use objects in a query to retrieve data for your reports. For example, some of the objects in a human resources universe would be Names, Addresses, and Salaries.Each object maps to data in the database, and enables you to retrieve data for your reports.

Class Logical grouping of objects. Each class has a meaningful name, for example; the class Store contains the objects State, City, and Store name.



A description of each selected object appears displayed in the status bar at the bottom left of the Query tab to help you understand the data that each object represents. These descriptions are created by your administrator on the universe.Classes and Objects are presented in a tree structure as follows:

Folder represents a class

Each icon within a class represents an object

Store details is a subclass of Store



Build

What different types of objects can you use in a query?Objects can represent different types of information:

Classes and SubclassesObjects are grouped into folders called classes. Each class can also contain one or more subclasses. Subclasses contain objects that are a further subcategory of the objects in the upper lever of the class.The role of classes is to organize the objects into logical groups. When you create queries on the universe, classes help you to find the objects that represent the information that you want to use in a query.

Object Examples DescriptionDimension Retrieves the data that will provide the

basis for analysis in a report. Dimension objects typically retrieve character-type data, for example; customer names, resort names, or dates (years, quarters, reservationdates.)

Detail Provides descriptive data about a dimension. A detail is always attached to a dimension for which it provides additional information. For example, Age is a detail object that is associated with Customer dimension. Address provides additional information on customers.

Measure Retrieves numeric data that is the result of calculations on data in the database. For example; Revenue is the calculation of the number of items sold multiplied by item price. Measure objects are often located in a Measures class.

Details



Running a queryYou use a universe to build a query in much the same way that you use nouns and verbs to construct a sentence. The dimension objects form the subject matter for the query. These are the objects that contain the information you want to retrieve, and a measure gives the query its required action, it tells the query what to do with the information represented by the dimensions.

Why build a query?You build a query to answer a business question that requires data from a database. The query is your means to ask the database for information.

How do you use the universe to build a query?From the universe, you select the dimensions and details that represent the information that want to retrieve, and add them to a work space called the Results Objects pane. You add one or two measure objects that represent the calculation, or the action that you want to perform on the information. Once you have constructed your query, you then run the query against the database.

What happens when you run a query?When you run a query, you tell the universe to send the statement that you have constructed in the Results Objects pane to the database. The statement is processed in the database, and the results are sent back to the HTML panel in the form of a document. The document contains all the information that you have asked for in the query arranged in columns and rows.

Returned data is stored for analysisThe data that is returned in a query is stored in the document. The document that displays the data as a table is a flat projection of the data which is stored as a cube.

Data is stored in a cubePhysically returned data is not stored as a cube, but conceptually it is convenient to refer to this data as being stored as a cube. Each of the columns in a returned document represents an axis in the cube. You can edit the document by swapping and manipulating the data within the cube on any axis. When you swap or change data between different axis, the new result is again projected as a flat table in the resulting document.The data stored in the cube allows you to create a report that corresponds to your business needs without having to send another query to the database. If you want to add information to the document that is not in the cube, then you must add the object to the query and run the query again to get the new information.



Build

Building a simple queryYou build a query by selecting objects in the Universe Objects pane and adding them to the Results Objects pane. You can set various properties for the query, and then run the query to get the data for each object.The following is an overview of the steps that you follow to build a query. Each stage is described in more detail in its corresponding section. A procedure for the whole process is given in the section Building and running a simple query on page 759.You can control the amount and type of data that is returned for an object by setting filters on the object. This is described in the chapter “Defining Query Filters”

OverviewAn overview of the query building process appears below:

Using the universe objects paneThe objects that you can use in a query are contained in a universe. The universe is displayed in the Universe Objects pane at the left of the HTML Report panel. Within a universe, objects are organized in folders called classes which are arranged in a tree view in the Universe Objects pane. Each class is attached to the tree by a node. You click the node alternatively to open the class folder to display its objects or close the class folder to hide its objects. You navigate through the objects in a universe by expanding and closing classes.

What you do to build a query See the sectionNavigate the Universe Objects pane to find the objects that you want to use in the query.

Using the universe objects pane on page 752

Select and add objects to a query Building the query on page 753

Set the scope of analysis Setting the scope of analysis for drill on page 755

Set properties for the queries Setting query properties on page 757

Run the query Running a simple query on page 759



Opening and closing a class folderYou open a class folder to display its objects. You close a class folder to hide its contents. Opening a class folder is called expanding a class.To expand a class:• Click a plus node next to the class that contains the object that you want to

use in a query.OrClick a class folder.The class expands. The objects contained in the class appear in the tree view.

To close a class:• Click a minus node next to the class that you want to close.

OrClick an open class folder.The class closes. The objects contained in the class are no longer displayed.

Building the queryYou build a query by selecting objects in the Universe Objects pane and clicking the Add button to add the object to the Query panel. You can also remove an object from the Query panel at any time.

Adding an object to a queryTo add an object to a query:1. Verify you are on the Query tab of the HTML Report Panel.

Building a simple query


Build

2. Open a class.The class expands to show the objects that belong to the class.

3. Double-click an object in the Universe Objects pane.OrDrag an object from the Universe Objects pane and drop it onto the Result Objects pane.OrSelect an object on the Universe Objects pane, then click the >> button.The object appears in the Results Objects pane.

Removing an object from a queryTo remove an object from a query:1. Verify you are on the Query tab of the HTML Report Panel.

The objects selected for the query appear on the Result Objects pane.2. Drag an object from the Result Objects pane and drop it onto the Universe

Objects pane.OrSelect an object in the Result Objects pane and then click the << button.The object is removed from the Results Objects pane and is no longer part of the query definition.



Setting the scope of analysis for drillIn a universe, the objects within each class are represented in a hierarchy. For example, a class Time period contains the objects Year, Quarter, Month, and Week arranged in a hierarchy as follows:

What is scope of analysis?The scope of analysis for a query is extra data that you can retrieve from the database to give more details on the data returned by each of the objects in a query. This extra data does not appear in the initial result document, but you can pull this data in to the report to allow you to access more detail. This process of refining the data to lower levels of detail is called drilling down on an object.In the universe, the scope of analysis corresponds to the hierarchical level below the object selected for a query. You can set this level when you build a query to allow the objects lower down the hierarchy to be included in the query, without them appearing amongst the objects that you have selected for the query. The hierarchies in a universe allow you to choose your scope of analysis, and correspondingly the level of drill available.Setting levels of analysisWhen you set the scope of analysis for a query, you direct the universe to include the objects one or two levels down the hierarchy tree, for each object that you have selected and added to the query.When you run the query, the objects included in the scope of analysis are returned in the cube, but are not projected onto the result document. They can be added to the document at any time, without having to run the query again.

Setting the scope of analysis for drill


Build

How many scope of analysis levels can you set?You can set the following levels for scope of analysis:

Setting the Scope of AnalysisTo set the scope of analysis:1. On the Query tab, click the arrow next to the Scope of Analysis drop-down

list box.

2. Select a level for the scope of analysis.The level appears in the list box.

Level DescriptionNone Only the objects that appear in the Results pane are

included in the query.

One level For each object in the Results pane, the object lower down the hierarchy tree is included in the query. The data is stored in the cube until you add them to the document.

Two levels For each object in the Results pane, the two objects lower down the hierarchy tree are included in the query. The data is stored in the cube until you add them to the document.

Three levels For each object in the Results pane, the three objects lower down the hierarchy tree are included in the query. The data is stored in the cube until you add them to the document.



Setting query propertiesYou can set properties for the query that can optimize the time taken for the query to run, or the amount of data returned. You can set the following query properties:

NOTEThe Max rows retrieved setting can be overridden by the limits set by your administrator in your security profile. For example, if you set the Max rows retrieved setting in the HTML report panel to 400 rows, but your security profile limits you to 200 rows, only 200 rows of data will be retrieved when you run the query.

Property DescriptionMax rows retrieved Maximum number of rows of data that can be

returned when a query is run. If you only need a certain amount of data, you can set this value to limit the number of rows of data that is returned to your document. This prevents a query taking too much time if there is a lot of data to return that you do not need to have in the document.

Max retrieval time Maximum time that a query can run before the query is stopped. This can be useful when a query is taking too long due to an excess of data, or network problems. You can set a time limit so a query can stop within a reasonable time.

Retrieve duplicate rows In a database, the same data may be repeated over many rows. You can choose to have these repeated rows returned in a query, or to have only unique rows returned.

Setting query properties


Build

Selecting query propertiesTo select query properties:1. On the Query tab, click the Expand Properties Zone button.

The query properties options appear.

2. Select the properties you want to apply to the query. See Setting query properties on page 757 for full information.When you run the query, WebIntelligence applies the selected properties.

Expand Properties Zone button



Running a simple queryOnce you have built your query by adding the required objects to the Query panel, set the scope of analysis, and defined query properties, you are ready to run the query. When you run a query, the universe asks the database to find the data that corresponds to the demands of each of the objects in the query.

Building and running a simple queryTo build and run a simple query:1. Double-click a class node in the universe in the Universe pane.

The class expands to show objects.

2. Double-click an object in the Universe Objects pane.OrDrag an object from the Universe Objects pane and drop it onto the Result Objects pane.OrSelect an object on the Universe Objects pane, then click the >> button.The object appears in the Result Objects pane.

3. Repeat step 2. for each object that you want to include in the query.If you want to set a scope of analysis level, refer to Setting the Scope of Analysis on page 756.

Class node (indicated by the folder icon)

Running a simple query


Build

4. The next step depends on whether you want to generate a default formatted report immediately to view the results or whether you want to design the document structure now and then generate the results with your personalized formatting.

NOTEIf the query includes incompatible objects, WebIntelligence populates the incompatible cells in the block with either the #INCOMPATIBLE or #CONTEXT error messages.

If you want to ... then...display the results corresponding to the query definition in a vertical table, containing data for all of the objects included on the query,

click the Run button.

select a specific table or chart template for the data or insert additional reports and then allocate a sub-set of the query data to each report,

click the Report tab at the top of the HTML Report Panel, specify the structure of the document, and then click the Run button.For information on selecting formats for tables, crosstabs, forms, or charts see Defining the Structure of Reports on page 791. For information on inserting additional reports and naming reports, see Managing Multiple Reports in a Document on page 911.


Filtering Queries

chapter


Filte

OverviewThis chapter explains how you filter the query behind a WebIntelligence document to retrieve only the values from the data source that correspond to the specific information you want include in the document. By filtering the data you retrieve from the data source, you focus the document to answer a specific business question, limit the document size, and minimize the time it takes to display the data in the report table or chart. This chapter explains:• how query filters work• how to choose from the types of query filters available to you• how to apply predefined filters• how to define your own custom filters• how to define filters to display prompts at each report refresh• how to combine filters on a single query• how to edit or remove query filters

NOTEYou need the appropriate security profile to build queries and to create query filters. Contact your Administrator, if you need more information about your profile and user rights.

NOTEThe ability to use drag-and-drop in the HTML Report Panel is only available if you are using a Microsoft Internet Explorer web browser.

This chapter informs you about working with query filters using the HTML Report Panel. For information about creating query filters using the Java Report Panel, see Filtering Data Retrieval Using Query Filters on page 209.

ring Queries


How query filters workCorporate data sources contain thousands of rows of data. The dimensions and measures you choose when you define the data you want to retrieve may each have thousands of values corresponding to them. For example, the Product dimension could have hundreds of line items with thousands of categories for those lines. Usually when you build reports, you want to focus on a specific product line, country, customer group, or time period. To only retrieve the specific data that interests you for the document you are creating, you define filters when you define the query.

The difference between query filters and report filtersWebIntelligence allows you to apply filters at two levels:• the query definition – this is the data defined on the Result Objects pane on

the Query tab, which is retrieved from the data source and returned to the WebIntelligence document

• the data displayed in a report – this is a subset of the query definition data that you want to display in a specific report table or chart in the document

Filters you apply to the query definition are called query filters. You use query filters to reduce the amount of data retrieved from the data source. Query filters decrease the time it takes to run the report and ensure that only the data relevant to the report users is saved with the WebIntelligence document.Filters you apply to the data displayed in a report are called report filters. You use report filters to restrict the values displayed in the report table or chart. The values hidden by the report filters are still saved with the WebIntelligence document. You can modify the report filters to display different values in the report or remove the report filters to display all the values retrieved from the data source.This chapter tells you how to create and apply query filters. For more information about using report filters, see Filtering the Information Displayed in Reports on page 825.



Filte

What makes up a filter?To create a filter, you need to specify three elements:• a filtered object• an operator• a constant(s)

EXAMPLEFiltering the data source to retrieve only values for the Accessories product lineFor example, to display data only for the Accessories product line, you select:

When you run the query, WebIntelligence applies the operator to the filtered object and retrieves the value(s) from the database that correspond to the constant(s) you specified. You can filter multiple objects in a report. For example, you can create another filter on the [Sales Revenue] measure to focus your data to a more specific range of results:

The filter appears in the Query Filters pane.

Filtered object: [Year]Operator: [Equal to]

The And operator is selected to combine the two filters.

ring Queries


When you run the report again, WebIntelligence displays the range of values for the lines and sales revenue range you specified in the filters.

What objects can I filter on a query?You can define filters on any of the dimension, measure, or detail objects listed on the Universe Objects tab.

For example, you can filter the [Year] dimension to return values for a specific year, filter the [Revenue] measure to return values for a range of revenue figures, or filter the [Postal Code] detail to return values for a specific postal area. For an illustrated description and examples of dimensions, measures, and details, see Building a Query using the HTML Report Panel on page 745.

NOTEYour administrator can prevent objects from being filtered. If you select one of these objects for a filter, the filter options are grayed out on the Filter Editor.

Dimension

Detail

Measure



Filte

Which operator should I choose?It is important to understand the effect of the operator you select when you define a report filter. The table below lists the operators available for report filters and provides an example of each operator in the context of a business question:

To obtain data... for example... select... to create the filter...equal to a value you specify,



different from a value you specify,



greater than a value you specify,



greater than or equal to a value you specify,




lower than a value you specify,



lower than or equal to a value you specify,




between two values you specify that includes those two values,



outside the range of two values you specify,



ring Queries


the same as several values you specify,



different from the multiple values you specify,









that includes a specific string,

customers whose date of birth is 1972,

Matches pattern

[DOB] Matches pattern, ‘72’




Filte

What is a constant?A constant is a fixed value you specify. The constant you specify for a filter can be a string of numbers or characters, depending on the object you are filtering. For example, if you are filtering a dimension, such as [Sales Floor Size], the constant will be a number representing a figure. If you are filtering a dimension, such as [City], the constant will be a character string representing a city name.

How many filters can I apply to a query?You can include one or multiple filters on a query.

that doesn’t include a specific string,

customers whose date of birth is not 1972,


[DOB] Different from pattern, ‘72’




that corresponds to a single value and does not correspond to another value you specify




ring Queries


For information on how to combine multiple query filters, see Combining filters on page 784.

Can I filter data without including the corresponding objects in a report?Query filters limit the data returned to the document from the database. They filter the data definition of the whole document. You can choose to:• include the object you filter among the objects available in the document

or• filter the object without including the object in the documentThis illustration shows an example of each:

Filtering data not displayed in the report allows you to limit the size of tables and charts and show only the values you need to analyze. It is also useful if you want to filter a query to limit the document information to specific values, but you don’t want other users who modify the reports to see the filtered object.

The [Country] dimension is filtered to only return values for the US. The US value is displayed.

The [Country] dimension is filtered to only return values for the US. The US value is not displayed.



Filte

Types of query filtersYou can apply three types of filters to queries when you define queries using the WebIntelligence HTML Report Panel:• predefined filters – created by your administrator so you don’t need to define

the same commonly used filters each time you build a query• custom filters – you define when you build a query• prompts – dynamic filters that display a question or a list of values each time

you refresh the document data, so you can select the value(s) for the filter(s) for that document refresh

You can combine all three types of filters on a single query.

EXAMPLEWhat are the profit margins at stores in just one of the states for which I have data? And how can I enable product line managers to retrieve data only for their product line when they view the report?In this example, you are the Regional Marketing Manager for California. The sales database includes sales information for stores nationwide for all years since your company started doing business. You want to analyze sales revenue only at stores in the state of California and you are interested in revenue for only this year. In addition, you want to send the same report to each of your Product Line managers and enable them to generate a version of the report that displays the sales revenue only for the product line they manage.To do this, you use the WebIntelligence Query Filters tab to apply all three types of WebIntelligence query filter.

ring Queries


When you or other users run the report, the prompt filter on the [Line] dimension prompts you with the question “Which product line?” You select the name of the product line you want to analyze in the report; for example, Accessories.

When you run the query, WebIntelligence returns the values to the document that correspond to this year’s sales revenue for accessories at stores in California. The results display on the report. table.

To avoid displaying the values California and 2003 repeatedly in the table columns, you did not include the objects [State] and [Year] on the Result Objects panel on the Query tab, but the filters on [State] and [Year] still limit the data returned to the document.

TIPUse query filters systematically when you create WebIntelligence documents to:• ensure the document data is relevant to your analysis• optimize the time it takes to return the data to the reports in documents• minimize the size of documents on your network

Types of query filters


Filte

Using predefined query filtersPredefined filters are designed to save you time when you build reports. They are created by the administrator on the universe to filter the values that the users at your organization most typically need for their business. When you click the Query Filters tab, the predefined filters are displayed in the Universe Objects pane. Instead of defining the filter(s) yourself, you simply select the predefined filter(s) you need.Typical examples of predefined filters on dimension are a “This Year” filter on the [Year] dimension, or a “Which customer account?” prompt filter on the [Customer Account] dimension.

EXAMPLEAlways analyze figures for the current year in reportsIn this example, you want to build a report to analyze sales figures by quarter, for the current year. Because building reports based on this year’s results is a typical reporting practice at your company, your administrator has created a predefined filter at the universe level called [This Year]. When you view the Universe Objects on the Query Filters tab, the “This Year” filter displays in the Year class.

ring Queries


You select the predefined [This Year] filter when you define the objects for inclusion in the query. When you run the query only values for the current year are returned to the report.

NOTEPredefined filters are created by the administrator and cannot be edited using WebIntelligence.

Including a predefined query filterTo include a predefined query filter:1. Click the Query Filters tab.

The predefined filters are indicated by the filter icon in the Universe Objects pane.


Using predefined query filters


Filte

2. Double-click the predefined filter you need.OrDrag the predefined filter from the Universe Objects pane and drop it onto the Query Filters pane.OrSelect the predefined filter, and then click the >> button.The predefined filter appears in the list of filters in the Query Filters pane.

When you run the query, only the data corresponding to the filter(s) you selected is returned to the report.You can apply multiple filters to the same query by combining predefined filters with other predefined filters, custom filters, and prompts. See Combining filters on page 784 for more information.To find out how to edit filters, see Editing filters and prompts on page 788. For information on removing filters, see page Removing filters and prompts on page 789.


ring Queries


Creating custom query filtersWith WebIntelligence you can restrict the document information to those values relevant to your specific business question, by using query filters.

EXAMPLEWhat are sales for a single product line?In this example you need to analyze sales revenue for the Outerwear product line, for which you are responsible. The database includes data for all product lines sold by your company. To retrieve only the sales information for the Outerwear product line, you need to apply a filter to the [Line] dimension.

When you run the query, only sales information for Outerwear is returned to the report.

You define the filter on the Query Filters tab



Filte

You can define query filters on any of the dimension, measure, or detail objects in the universe. For example, you can filter the [Year] dimension to return values for a specific year, filter the [Revenue] measure to return values for above or below a specific revenue target figure, or filter the [Postal Code] detail to return values for a specific postal area.

Creating a custom query filterTo create a custom query filter:1. Click the Query Filters tab.2. In the Universe Objects pane, double-click the object you want to filter.

OrDrag the object you want to filter from the Universe Objects pane and drop it onto the lower section of the Query Filters pane.

OrSelect the object you want to filter, and then click the >> button.The selected object appears at the top of the Query Filters pane.

The operator “Equal to” is selected by default.3. Click the arrow next to the list box to view the available operators and select

the operator you need.

Dragging an object onto the Query Filters pane

ring Queries


(See page 766 for a complete description of available operators.) The operator you selected appears in the list box.

4. In the Constant box, type the value(s) for which you want to retrieve data.What you type, depends on whether you chose an operator that requires you to specify one or two values:

If you selected... do the following...any operator except those listed below in this table,

• type a single value.

Between or Not between, • in the first Constant box, type the lowest value you want to return to the report.For example: week 6

• in the second Constant box, type the highest value you want to return to the report.For example: week 10

In list or Not in list, • type the values you want to return to the report and separate each value with a semi-colon (,)For example: California;Texas;Florida

Matches pattern or Different from pattern,

• type the alpha-numeric series you want to return to the report.(For example, the complete post code:38101 to return values where the post code is 38101 or 3810* to return all post codes that begin with 3810)



Filte

5. Click OK.The new filter is added to the list of query filters in the Query Filters pane.

To filter your data selection further, you can combine filters. For example, you can combine a filter on the [Product Line] dimension with a filter on the [Sales Revenue] measure to retrieve values for specific product lines where the sales revenue is above or below a specific dollar target.For information on how to combine filters, see Combining filters on page 784. For information on how to create prompts, see Two types of prompt filter on page 780.

Query Filters are listed here

ring Queries


Creating promptsPrompts are filters that request you to type or select the value(s) you want to return to the document each time you refresh the document data. Including prompts on queries enables you to create a single document and allow each person viewing the document to specify the values they want to retrieve from the database and return to the report.

EXAMPLECreate a report that prompts for the customer accountIn this example, Customer Services staff regularly need to view individual customer account data. You want to create a prompt that requests users to type the customer account number corresponding to the customer data they wish to return to the report.To do this, you create a prompt filter on the [Account Number] dimension that displays the question “Which account number?”

Creating prompts


Filte

Each time you or other users run the query or refresh the report data, the prompt appears.

The account information returned to the report corresponds to the account number typed in answer to the prompt.

Two types of prompt filterYou can build two types of prompt:• A prompt that displays a question – to reply to the prompt, you type the

value(s) you want to return to the document, for example, “Europe” or “010103 to 033003.”

• A prompt that displays a list of values, such as 2000, 2001, 2002, 2003 on the [Year] dimension – to reply to the prompt, you select the value(s) you want to return to the document.The following table will help you decide whether to create a prompt that displays a question or a list of values:

If users of the report... select...know the exact syntax for a value, Prompt

are unsure of the syntax of a value or need to see if any new values have been entered into the database (for example, new customer names, or new service offerings or products),

Prompt... with List of Values

ring Queries


Creating a prompt that displays a questionTo create a prompt that displays a question:1. Click the Query Filters tab.2. In the Universe Objects pane, double-click the object you want to filter.

OrDrag the object you want to filter from the Universe Objects pane and drop it onto the lower section of the Query Filters pane.OrSelect it and then click the >> button.

3. Select an operator.For a description and example of each operator, see Which operator should I choose? on page 766.

4. Select Prompt.The Message box displays:

5. Type a question in the Message box that is relevant to the information returned to the document.For example, if the filtered object is the Product Line dimension, type:Which product?

6. Click OK.

Creating prompts


Filte

WebIntelligence adds the new prompt to the list of filters in the Query Filters pane.

Creating a prompt that displays a list of valuesTo create a prompt that displays a list of values:1. Click the Query Filters tab2. In the Universe Objects pane, double-click the object you want to filter.

OrDrag the object you want to filter from the Universe Objects pane and drop it onto the lower section of the Query Filters pane.OrSelect the object you want to filter, and then click the >> button.

3. Select an operator.For a description and example of each operator, see Which operator should I choose? on page 766.

4. Select Prompt.5. If you want users who answer the prompt to type the value(s) they want to

return to the document, verify that the With List of Values option is not selected.OrIf you want users who answer the prompt to be able to select the value(s) from a list that they want to return to the document, select With List of Values.

6. Click OK.

ring Queries


WebIntelligence adds the new prompt to the list of filters in the Query Filters pane:

You can create multiple prompts and combine prompt filters with other query filters. To find out how to combine filters, see Combining filters on page 784.

Creating prompts


Filte

Combining filtersYou can apply multiple filters to a single query. You can combine all three types of filters in a WebIntelligence report:• predefined filters• custom filters• promptsThe following section tells you how you can combine these filters in a single query to focus the data selection returned to the report even more. For information on how to create individual filters, see Creating custom query filters on page 775 and Two types of prompt filter on page 780.

EXAMPLEWhat are sales for stores last quarter in the state of each manager’s choice?In this example, you need to build a report that analyzes store sales for the previous quarter only. In addition, you want to share the same report with regional sales manager in each region and allow each manager to view information concerning his or her region.The database includes data for all states and all quarters. When you define the query, you include a filter on [Year] and [Quarter] to restrict the information to data for the current year in Q4, and you include a prompt on [State] that will prompt people opening the report with the question “Which state?” so that each manager can specify the state for which they want to retrieve information.

The three filters are combined with the And operator.

ring Queries


When you run the query, the prompt on the [State] dimension displays the question: “Which state?”

You select the name of a state. For example, you select: Florida. Then you run the query to generate the report.

The results displayed in the report correspond to stores in Florida for the current year in Q4.

Combining filters


Filte

Combining multiple query filtersTo combine multiple query filters:1. Create the filters (see Using predefined query filters on page 772, Creating

custom query filters on page 775, and Two types of prompt filter on page 780).By default, the filters are combined with the And operator. You can leave the And operator or change it to Or. The following table explains the difference between And and Or:

To change the operator, click the arrow next to the operator check box and select the other operator:

You want to retrieve... for example... select...

data true for both filters, customers who ordered supplies in Q1 and who are based in the US (the data you retrieve will include: US customers who placed orders in Q1),

And



Or

ring Queries


The new operator is displayed:

For information on editing and deleting filters, see Editing and removing query filters on page 788.

Combining filters


Filte

Editing and removing query filtersYou can edit or remove the query filters and prompts in WebIntelligence documents.

Editing filters and promptsTo edit filters and prompts:1. Click the Query Filters tab.

The list of filters and prompts applied to the query appears in the Query Filters pane.

2. Click the filter or prompt you want to edit.The properties of the filter appear in the top section of the Query Filters pane:

3. Redefine the filter or prompt here.For full information on selecting an operator and defining values, see Creating a custom query filter on page 776, Creating a prompt that displays a question on page 781, or Creating a prompt that displays a list of values on page 782.

4. Click OK.The modified filter or prompt appears in the list of filters.

ring Queries


Removing filters and promptsTo remove filters and prompts:1. Click the Query Filters tab.

The list of query filters applied to the query is displayed in the Query Filters pane.

2. Click the filter you want to remove.The selected filter changes to a darker color than the other filters.

3. Click the << button.

OrPress Delete.OrDrag the selected filter from the Query Filters pane and drop it onto the Universe Objects pane.WebIntelligence removes the filter.

NOTEThere are some restrictions when you use the HTML Report Panel to edit query filters in documents created with the Java Report Panel. The filters you can’t edit are grayed out. If your user profile allows you to use the Java Report Panel, you can select the Java Report Panel to re-open the document and edit these filters. For more information, see Selecting a report panel on page 154. To find out how to edit query filters using the Java Report Panel, see Filtering Data Retrieval Using Query Filters on page 209.

Editing and removing query filters


Filte
ring Queries

Defining the Structure of Reports

chapter


Defi

OverviewThis chapter explains how to select and apply table or chart templates to display report information, and how to break reports into sections of related information.This chapter tells you about:• templates for tables, forms, and charts• selecting a template and allocating data• using sections to group related information

NOTE


ning the Structure of Reports


Selecting a table, form, or chart templatesA WebIntelligence report displays results in a block. You can format the block as a specific type of table or chart by applying a template. The following three sections describe the templates for:• tables• forms• charts

TablesThree types of table format are available:• vertical tables• horizontal tables• crosstabs

Vertical tablesVertical tables display header cells at the top of the table and the corresponding data in columns. By default, the header cells display the names of the dimensions, details, and measures included in the table. The body cells display the corresponding values.

Selecting a table, form, or chart templates


Defi

Horizontal tablesHorizontal tables display header cells at the left of the table and the corresponding data in rows. By default, the header cells display the names of the dimensions, details, and measures included in the table. The body cells display the corresponding values.

CrosstabsCrosstabs display values for dimensions across the top axis and on the left axis. The body displays the values of a measure that correspond to the cross-section of the dimensions. For example, this crosstab displays values for [Quarter] across the top axis and displays values for [State] on the left axis. The body displays values that [Sales Revenue] for each quarter in each state.

You can include multiple dimensions in crosstabs. For example, this crosstab displays two dimensions. The values for the [Sales Revenue] measure are values each state by quarter for each line.



Crosstabs with dimensions in the bodyWhen you create crosstabs that include a dimension(s) in the body, the body cell values are calculated according to a mutli-dimensional data model. The values displayed in the body are calculated according to all of the coordinates on the table axes, whether or not there is a row for the specific coordinate in the SQL result.

The current value of the dimension on the axis provides the value to be displayed in the body. The value for that dimension will be the same for the whole column, if the dimension is in the on top axis or for the whole line in other cases.

FormsForms are useful in your report if you want to display detailed information per customer, product, or partner. For example, a form is a useful way of displaying individual customer records with information such as the customer account, name, address, and so on.

Forms are also useful for formatting address labels for envelopes.



Defi

ChartsYou can select one of five basic chart types in WebIntelligence:• bar charts• line charts• area charts• pie charts• radar and scatter charts

Bar chartsBar charts display data in bar form, either vertically or horizontally. Bar charts are useful if you want to compare similar groups of data; for example one time period to another. There are five types of bar charts: grouped, bar and line, stacked, percent, and 3D.

Line chartsLine charts connect specific data values with lines, either horizontally or vertically. Line charts are useful if you want to show trends or changes in data over time. There are five types of line charts: mixed, stacked, percent, 3D, and 3D surface.

Area chartsArea charts are line charts in which the area between the lines and axis are filled in. Area charts are useful if you want to emphasize the size of the total data in a report, as opposed to the changes in the data. You may not want to use an area chart if you have a sharp contrast between specific data points. Use a line chart instead.You can use more than one measure object on the Y-axis as long as the measures are of the same type and scale; for example, Number of Guests, and Future Guests. There are five types of area charts: absolute, stacked, percent, 3D area, and 3D surface.

Pie chartsPie charts display data as segments of a whole. Pie charts are useful if you want to show how each part of your report data contributes to the total.You can only include one measure object in a pie chart. If you have several measures in your report, you should choose another chart type. There are four types of pie charts: pie, 3D pie, ring, 3D ring.



Radar, Polar, and scatter chartsIn radar charts, the X- and Y-axis connect at the chart’s center. Radar charts are useful if you want to look at several different factors related to one item. For example, you could use a radar chart to display revenue data for different services within a hotel. On one axis, you could display revenue for the rooms. On another you could display revenue for the restaurant, and so on.Scatter charts are similar to line graphs, except that the data points are plotted without a line connecting them. Scatter charts are useful if you want to make a comparison between specific data points.There are four types of radar, polar, and scatter charts: radar line, stacked radar, polar, and scatter.



Defi

Selecting a template and allocating dataBy default, when you build a new report and run the query, WebIntelligence displays the results in a vertical table. You can select a different table or chart template before you run a new query or change the template applied to an existing report. Once you have selected a template, you add data by allocating dimension, detail, or measure objects included in the query to the rows and columns of a table or to the different axes of a chart. The objects included in the query appear on the Result Objects pane on the Report tab of the HTML Report Panel.

Selecting a table or chart templateTo select a table or chart template:1. Make sure you are in Edit mode with the HTML Report Panel open and verify

you are on the Report tab.A document can contain multiple reports. The name of the selected report appears in the Current report drop-down list box.

2. In the Report Definition pane, click the drop-down arrow next to the list box.

The selected report in this document is “Report1”



The available templates are listed.

3. Select the template you want.If you select a chart, a second list box opens with each chart sub-type related to the chart type you chose in the original list box. Click the chart sub-type you want to display in the report.

4. Click Apply.

Selecting a template and allocating data


Defi

Depending on the template you selected, one or more fields appear in the Report Definition pane:

Once you have selected a template, you need to allocate each object to he rows and columns of a table or to the different axes of a chart.See Adding an object to a table on page 801 or Allocating data to charts on page 807.

Adding, removing, and repositioning data in tablesYou can modify the data included in a specific report table by:• adding objects• removing objects• repositioning objects

NOTENone of these actions modify the query definition of the document. This enables you to change the data content of a table on a report without sending a request to the server to modify the data content of the document. However, if you want to add objects to the table which are not already contained in the document, you need to modify the query. See Adding an object to a query on page 753.

If you select a... the following field(s) appear...horizontal table columns

vertical table rows

crosstab columns, rows, and a body

form rows

2D chart X-axis, Y-axis

3D chart X-axis, Y-axis, and optionally a Z-Axis

pie chart X-axis, Y-axis

radar chart X-axis, Y-axis, and optionally a Z-Axis



Adding an object to a tableTo add an object to a table:1. Make sure you are in Edit mode with the HTML Report Panel open and verify

you are on the Report tab.A document can contain multiple reports.The name of the selected report appears in the Current report drop-down list box.

The objects included in the document are listed in the Result Objects pane. The selected report may contain some or all of the objects in the document.

2. Leave the displayed report selected.OrSelect a different report by clicking the arrow next to the Current report drop-down list box, and then select a different report from the list.




Defi

3. Drag an object from the Result Objects pane and drop the object onto the Column, Row, Body, or Section of your choice.

OrClick the radio button at the top of a Column, Row, or Body pane, and then in the Result Objects pane either double-click the object you want to add or click the >> button.

The object appears in the selected area on the table.4. Click Run, if you are generating the results for the first time.

OrClick Apply, if you have already generated the results once.

Adding a column for [State] to a crosstab using drag-and-drop

To add a column for [State] to this crosstab using the >> button, the radio button for Columns is selected and the [State] object is selected on the Result Objects pane



Removing an object from a tableTo remove an object from a table:1. Make sure you are in Edit mode with the HTML Report Panel open and verify


2. Leave the displayed report selected.OrSelect a different report by clicking the arrow next to the Current report drop-down list box, and then select a different report from the list.The objects included in the table appear positioned in the different areas of the report.

3. Drag an object from the Column, Row, or Body pane you want to modify, and then drop the object onto the Result Objects pane.Or

4. Click the radio button at the top of a Column, Row, or Body pane, and then in the Result Objects pane either click the << button or press Delete.The object is removed from the table. To insert a different object into the table, refer to Adding an object to a table on page 801.

5. Click Run, if you are generating the results for the first time.OrClick Apply, if you have already generated the results once.




Defi

Repositioning an object on a tableTo reposition an object on a table:1. Make sure you are in Edit mode with the HTML Report Panel open and verify


2. Leave the displayed report selected.OrSelect a different report by clicking the arrow next to the Current report drop-down list box, and then select a different report from the list.The objects included in the report appear in the different areas of the table.

3. Drag an object from the Column, Row, or Body pane you want to move it from, and then drop the object onto the Column, Row, or Body pane where you want to move it.

4. Click Run, if you are generating the results for the first time.OrClick Apply, if you have already generated the results once.WebIntelligence displays the results of the selected objects in the format you specified.

Moving [Category ] from a column to a row in a crosstab using drag-and-drop



Reordering the columns or rows on a tableTo reorder the columns or rows on a table:1. Make sure you are in Edit mode with the HTML Report Panel open and verify


2. Leave the displayed report selected.OrSelect a different report by clicking the arrow next to the Current report drop-down list box, and then select a different report from the list.The objects included in the report appear in the different areas of the table.

3. In a Column, Row, or Body pane, drag the object you want to move above or below another object in the pane.OrClick the radio button next to the Column, Row, or Body pane that contains the objects you want to reorder.

The selected report in this document is “Report1” and the crosstab has [Quarter] in the first column and [State] in the second column.



Defi

Click the object you want to move, then click an arrow located to the right of the selected pane.

The objects appear in the new order.

4. Click Run, if you are generating the results for the first time.OrClick Apply, if you have already generated the results once.WebIntelligence displays the results of the selected objects in the new format you specified.

If in a... you want to move an object... then click...vertical table to a column before another object, the Move Left arrow.

to a column after another object, the Move Right arrow.

horizontal table

to a row above another object, the Move Up arrow.

to a row below another object, the Move Down arrow.

crosstab to a column before another object, the Move Up arrow.

to a column after another object, the Move Down arrow.

to a row above another object, the Move Left arrow.

to a row below another object, the Move Right arrow.

in the body before another object, the Move Left arrow.

in the body after another object, the Move Right arrow.

Moving the [State] column before the [Quarter] column by clicking the Move up arrow



Allocating data to chartsCharts can have two or three axes. To add data to charts, you allocated dimension and measure objects to the axes. Measure objects are always plotted on the Y-axis, while dimension and detail objects can be plotted on the X- or Z-axis.

The HTML Report Panel displays the names of the dimensions and measures allocated to each of the axes on this 3D Bar chart.

When you run the report to view the results in InfoView, the values of the dimensions and measures are displayed on the appropriate chart axes.



Defi

You can allocate dimensions, details, or measures to the chart axes. For more information on chart templates available for WebIntelligence reports, see Charts on page 796.

Adding objects to chart axesTo add an object to a chart axis:1. Make sure you are in Edit mode with the HTML Report Panel open and verify


2. Leave the displayed report selected.OrSelect a different report by clicking the arrow next to the Current report drop-down list box, and then select a different report from the list.The objects included in the document appear in the Result Objects pane.

3. Drag an object from the Result Objects pane and drop the object onto the axis of your choice.

OrClick the radio button at the top of the axis pane where you want to insert the object, and then in the Result Objects pane either double-click the object you want to add or select an object and then click the >> button.



The object appears in the appropriate axis pane.4. Click Run, if you are generating the results for the first time.


Removing an object from a chart axisTo remove an object from a chart axis:1. Make sure you are in Edit mode with the HTML Report Panel open and verify


2. Leave the displayed report selected.OrSelect a different report by clicking the arrow next to the Current report drop-down list box, and then select a different report from the list.The objects included in your chart appear on the axis.

This chart is a 2D Vertical Grouped format.

[Sales revenue] is allocated to the Y-axis.

[Quarter] and [State] are allocated to the X-axis.



Defi

3. Drag the object you want to remove from one of the chart axes and drop the object onto the Result Objects pane.

OrClick the radio button at the top of the axis from which you want to remove the object, and then either press the Delete key or click the << button.The object no longer appears on the axis.


Repositioning objects on a chart axisTo reposition objects on a chart axis:1. Make sure you are in Edit mode with the HTML Report Panel open and verify



Here, the [State] object is being removed from the X-axis of a 2D Bar chart.



The objects included in the chart appear on each chart axis.

3. On one of the chart axis, select the object you want to move, then drag the selected object above or below the other object(s) on the axis.

OrSelect the radio button next to the chart axis that contains the object you want to move, then select the object and then click the Move up or Move down arrow located at the right of the Axis pane to move the selected object above or below the other object(s) on the axis.

This chart is a 2D Vertical Grouped format.

[Sales revenue] is allocated to the Y-axis.

[Quarter] and [State] are allocated to the X-axis.

Here, the [State] object is being dragged above the [Year] object

Here, the [State] object is selected and the Up arrow is being clicked to move the [State] object above [Year]



Defi

Creating sections to group informationCreating sections lets you split report information into smaller, more comprehensible parts.

EXAMPLEGrouping quarterly revenue results into sections on a reportYou are the regional sales manager in Texas. You receive a report showing 2003 annual revenue for stores in your region, broken down by cities and quarters.

You want to make a comparison of the results for each city per quarter. You set [Quarter] as a section value, so that the report is broken up into four separate sections by quarter.

The section cell indicates which quarter is included in each section.

The results displayed in the table in each section are those for the quarter indicated in the section cell.



You can create a single section or include multiple sections with subsections in a report. You can also remove and reposition sections within a report.

Creating sections in a reportYou can create a section from one of two sources:• on a dimension already displayed on a table or chart• on a dimension included in the document but not displayed on a table or chart

NOTEYou cannot create a section with a measure object.

Creating a section on a reportTo create a section on a report:1. Make sure you are in Edit mode with the HTML Report Panel open and verify




Creating sections to group information


Defi

The objects included in the document appear in the Result Objects pane.

To create sections, you can select objects in a table (from the table Rows, Columns, or Body pane) or chart (from an Axis pane), or you can select objects in the document scope (from the Result Objects pane).

3. Drag the object on which you want to create a section onto the Sections pane.

OrClick the radio button next to Sections, and then select the object on which you want to create the section, and then finally either double-click the object or click the >> button.

Dragging [Year] from a crosstab column to create a section that divides the report information into sections for each year



The object appears in the Sections pane.4. Click Run, if you are generating the results for the first time.

OrClick Apply, if you have already generated the results once.WebIntelligence displays the results organized into the sections you specified.

Selecting the Sections pane and the [State] dimension on the Result Objects pane to create a section that divides the report information into sections for each state



Defi

Each section cell displays one of the values returned by the object you selected for the section.

Section cell

Section cell

Section

Section cell

Section

Section



Creating subsections in a reportYou can add subsections within sections in a WebIntelligence report. When you create a subsection, it sub-divides the information below the existing section.

subsection on [Quarter] shows Q1 data in 2001

subsection on [Quarter] shows data in Q2 in 2001


section on [Year] shows data in 2001



section on [Year] shows data in 2002



Defi

Creating subsectionsTo create a subsection:1. Make sure you are in Edit mode with the HTML Report Panel open and verify


2. Leave the displayed report selected.OrSelect a different report by clicking the arrow next to the Current report drop-down list box, and then select a different report from the list.The objects included in your query appear in the Result Objects pane. Any dimensions or details that you have set as sections appear in the Sections pane.To create subsections, you can drag objects from a table (from the table Rows, Columns, or Body pane), from a chart (from an Axis pane), or from the document scope (from the Result Objects pane).

3. Drag the object on which you want to create a subsection onto the Sections pane and drop the object to the right of the existing section.




OrClick the radio button next to Sections, then select the object on which you want to create the subsection, and then finally either double-click the object or click the >> button.

The object appears to the right of any existing sections in the Sections pane. For information on changing the order of sections, see Changing the order of sections on page 822.

Dragging [Quarter] from a crosstab column to create a subsection that divides the report information into sections for each quarter below the section for year.

Selecting the Sections pane, the [State] dimension on the Result Objects pane, and the >> button to create a subsection that divides the report information



Defi

4. Click Run, if you are generating the results for the first time.OrClick Apply, if you have already generated the results once.The report displays organized in sections and subsections as you specified.For information on formatting sections, see Formatting sections on page 892. For information on applying sorts to sections, see Applying sorts to sections on page 858.

Removing sectionsYou can remove any section you have previously added to your report. When you remove a section, the report data that was split out according to the different values for the section is regrouped into a single table or chart. For example, if you remove a section on [Year] the modified report will display the data for all years in a single table or chart.

Removing sections from a reportTo remove a section from a report:1. Make sure you are in Edit mode with the HTML Report Panel open and verify


The selected report is “Report1”



2. Leave the displayed report selected.OrSelect a different report by clicking the arrow next to the Current report drop-down list box, and then select a different report from the list.The objects included in your query appear in the Result Objects pane. Any dimensions or details that you have set as sections appear in the Sections box of the Report Definition pane.

3. Drag the object you want to remove from the Sections pane and drop the object onto the Result Objects pane.

OrClick the radio button next to the Sections pane, then select the dimension or detail you want to remove from the Sections pane, and then either press Delete or click the << button.

4. The dimension or detail no longer appears in the Report Definition pane.Click Run, if you are generating the results for the first time.OrClick Apply, if you have already generated the results once.WebIntelligence displays the results without the sections you removed.



Defi

Changing the order of sections on a reportYou can change the order in which sections appear on a report. When you view report results in InfoView, subsections appear below the section(s) they detail. When you edit a report using the HTML Report Panel, however, subsections appear to the right of the sections they detail:

To change the order of sections using the HTML Report Panel, you move sections to the right or to the left.

Changing the order of sectionsTo change the order of sections:1. Make sure you are in Edit mode with the HTML Report Panel open and verify

you are on the Report tab.A document can contain multiple reports.

In this report, the data is organized by year and then broken down further by quarter. In Results view, the [Year] section is above the [Quarter] subsection.

When you view the same report in Edit mode in the HTML Report Panel, the [Year] section appears to the left of the [Quarter] subsection in the Sections pane



The name of the selected report appears in the Current report drop-down list box.

2. Leave the displayed report selected.OrSelect a different report by clicking the arrow next to the Current report drop-down list box, and then select a different report from the list.The dimensions or details set as sections appear in the Sections pane.

From left to right: the highest-level section is the first section on the Sections pane; the lowest-level section is the last section on the Sections pane.

3. In the Sections pane, drag the object you want to move to the left or right of another section.

Or



Defi

Click the radio button next to the Sections pane, then select dimension or detail you want to move, and then either click the Move Up arrow or the Move Down arrow to the right of the Sections pane.

4. Click Run, if you are generating the results for the first time.OrClick Apply, if you have already generated the results once.WebIntelligence displays the results with the sections re-ordered, as you specified.


Filtering the Information Displayed in Reports

chapter


Filte

OverviewThis chapter tells you how you can filter the data displayed in WebIntelligence reports to focus on the information that interests you for a particular business purpose. You do this by applying report filters. This chapter explains:• how report filters work• how to apply report filters to report data• how you apply multiple report filters to a single report• how you edit and remove report filters

NOTE


This chapter tells you how you work with report filters using the HTML Report Panel. For information about creating report filters using the Java Report Panel, see Filtering the Values Displayed in Reports on page 491.

ring the Information Displayed in Reports


How report filters workYou can filter the displayed values in reports to focus your analysis on specific values that interest you; for example a specific customer or sales period. You can apply report filters to reports in WebIntelligence documents created by yourself or by other users.Report filters affect the values displayed in the report; they do not affect the data selection defined in the query. The data you filter out remains within the WebIntelligence document, it is simply not displayed in the report tables or charts. This means you can change or remove report filters in order to view other values, without modifying the query.Applying filters to reports is especially useful if you want to view the data in a single WebIntelligence document in several different ways. For example, you can restrict the displayed data to values for a specific product line by applying a report filter to [Product line], and then switch to a regional or customer focus by removing the [Product Line] filter and applying new report filters to [Region] or [Customer].

EXAMPLEFiltering a report to analyze sales of the accessories line in NY StateIn this example, you receive a report that displays sales revenue by line categories for retail outlets in the US states. The query includes a filter for year, so that only values for 2003 are included in the document.



Filte

As Sales Manager for Accessories in New York State, you are only interested in analyzing revenue for the Accessories product line in New York. You define two report filters:

[State] Equal to NY[Line] Equal to Accessories

When you run the report, WebIntelligence only displays values for the state and product line you specified in the filters.



The difference between report filters and query filtersWebIntelligence allows you to apply filters at two levels:• the query definition – this is the data defined on the Query tab, retrieved from

the data source, and returned to the WebIntelligence document• the data displayed in the report – this is a subset of the query definition data

that you want to display in a specific version of the reportFilters you apply to the query definition are called query filters. You use query filters to reduce the amount of data retrieved from the data source. Query filters decrease the time it takes to run the report and ensure that only the data relevant to the report users is saved with the WebIntelligence document.Filters you apply to the data displayed in the report are called report filters. Once the report is generated, you or other users can apply report filters to restrict the values displayed in the report table or chart. The values hidden by the report filters are still saved with the WebIntelligence document. You can modify the report filters to display different values in the report or remove the report filters to display all the values retrieved from the data source.

TIPFiltering the query minimizes the size of WebIntelligence documents, reduces the time it takes to refresh report data, and ensures that the data the documents contain is relevant to users consulting the reports. Individual users can then filter the displayed report values by applying the report filters relevant to their specific business focus.

For more information about using query filters, see Filtering Queries on page 761.

NOTEYou need the appropriate security profile to build queries and create query filters. Contact your Administrator, if you need more information about your profile and user rights.



Filte

What makes up a filter?Report filters consist of three elements:• a filtered object• an operator• a constantYou specify each of these three elements when you create a filter. The figure below shows a filter that filters a report so that only values for the year 2003 are displayed:

When you run the report, WebIntelligence applies the selected operator to the filtered object and displays the values that correspond to the value you specified.

The filter appears in the Report Filters pane.

Filtered object: [Year]Operator: [Equal to]



You can filter multiple objects in a report. For example, by creating another filter on the [week] dimension, you can filter a more specific range of values:

When you run the report again, WebIntelligence displays the range of values for the weeks you specified in the filter, for the year 2003.

The And operator is selected to combine the two filters.



Filte

What objects can I filter?You can define filters on any of the dimension or detail objects included in the list of Result Objects on the Report Filters tab.

For example, you can filter the [State] dimension to return values for a specific state or filter the [Address] detail to return values for a specific postal area.

a detail

dimensions



Understanding filter operatorsIt is important to understand the effect of the operator you select when you define a report filter. The table below lists the operators available for report filters and provides an example of each operator in the context of a business question:














retrieve data for stores where the sales floor size is 4,000 Sq. ft. or more,


[Sales Floor Size Group] Greater than or equal to 4000









weeks starting at week 25 and finishing at 36 (includes week 25 and week 36),







Filte

If you are building filters on the query, more operators are available. See Which operator should I choose? on page 766.

What is a constant?A constant is a fixed value you specify. The constant you specify for a filter can be a string of numbers or characters, depending on the object you are filtering. For example, if you are filtering a dimension, such as [Sales Floor Size], the constant will be a number representing a figure. If you are filtering a dimension, such as [City], the constant will be a character string representing a city name.

How many filters can I include in a report?You can include one or multiple filters in a report. By default, the filters are combined with the And operator. You can change the operator to Or.


















Applying report filters to report dataFiltering reports allows you to display only the specific values that interest you in the report, so that you can focus your analysis.

EXAMPLEFiltering a report that shows sales revenue for specific product line categoriesIn this example, the WebIntelligence report you are viewing displays Sales Revenue and Profit Margins for year 2003, by Product Line.

You are interested in comparing the margins made on sales of Outerwear, Overcoats, and Leather. To do this, you create a report filter on the [Lines] dimension and define the filter as follows:

[Lines] In list Outerwear;Overcoats;LeatherYou then run the report again.

Applying report filters to report data


Filte

The table displays the values for the Outerwear, Overcoats, and Leather lines as defined in the filter.

Creating report filtersThis section tells you how to create filters on reports, so that only the values that interest you appear in the report table or chart. For a full explanation of how WebIntelligence report filters work, see How report filters work on page 827.

Creating a report filterTo create a report filter:1. Make sure you are in Edit mode with the HTML Report Panel open and verify

you are on the Report Filters tab.If the Report Filters tab is not visible, check the More report options checkbox.A document can contain multiple reports.




2. Leave the displayed report selected.OrSelect a different report by clicking the arrow next to the Current report drop-down list box, and then select a different report from the list.You can create a filter on any of the objects included in the document. The objects included in the document are listed in the Result Objects pane. The selected report may contain some or all of the objects included in the document.


Applying report filters to report data


Filte

3. In the Result Objects pane, double-click the object you want to filter.OrIn the Result Objects pane, select the object and click the >> button.The filtered object appears in the Filter Pane.

4. Click the drop-down arrow next to the list box to view the list of operators.5. Select the operator you need for the filter.

See the list of operators on page 833.What you do next depends on whether you selected an operator that requires one or two constants:

6. Click OK.WebIntelligence adds the filter to the list of filters in the Report Filters pane.You can create more filters on other objects, and then combine them using And or Or. To find out how to do this, see Combining report filters on page 841.

7. Click Run, if you are generating the results for the first time.OrClick Apply, if you have already generated the results once.WebIntelligence applies the new filters to the results displayed in the report.

If you selected... do the following...any operator except those listed below in this table,

• type a single value in the Constant box.

Between or Not between, • in the first Constant box, type the lowest value you want to return to the report.For example: week 6

• in the second Constant box, type the highest value you want to return to the report.For example: week 10

In list or Not in list, • type the values you want to return to the report and separate each value with a semi-colon (;)For example: California;Texas;Florida



Applying multiple filters to a reportIn a business situation, you typically need to analyze data that corresponds to several criteria; for example, customer purchases during a specific time period, in a specific geographical region, or by customers belonging to a specific age range and income bracket. Applying multiple report filters to a single report enables you to analyze the values that correspond to the criteria of such business questions.

EXAMPLEFiltering a report to view sales at stores in California that reached your quarterly target for margins, during the first two quarters of 2003In this example, you are a Marketing Analyst for the California region. You receive a WebIntelligence report that displays Year 2003 store margins in US states.

You need to analyze margins for Q1 and Q2 for stores in California where margins were greater than your quarterly target of $200,000. You create the following report filters:

[Quarter] In list Q1;Q2[Margin] Greater than or equal to $200,000



Filte

When you run the report, WebIntelligence applies the new filters to the report and displays the results. The report now only shows the retail margins in the states that had margins greater than or equal to your corporate target for Q1 and Q2.



Combining report filtersThe following section explains how to combine multiple report filters and apply them to a single report.

NOTEBefore you can combine multiple filters, you need to create and define each filter (see Creating report filters on page 836).

Combining report filters in a single reportTo combine multiple report filters in a single report:1. Make sure you are in Edit mode with the HTML Report Panel open and verify

you are on the Report Filters tab.If the Report Filters tab is not visible, check the More report options checkbox.A document can contain multiple reports. The name of the selected report appears in the Current report drop-down list box.


3. Create the individual report filters (see Creating report filters on page 836). By default, WebIntelligence combines the filters with the And operator. You can leave the And operator or change it to Or. The table below explains the difference between the And and Or operators:



And



Or



Filte

To change the operator, click the arrow next to the drop-down list box displayed in the Report Filters pane.

The operator changes.

4. Click Run, if you are generating the results for the first time.OrClick Apply, if you have already generated the results once.WebIntelligence applies the new operator to combine the filters and displays the appropriate results on the report.For information on editing and deleting filters, see Editing and removing filters on page 843 here.



Editing and removing filtersYou can edit or remove report filters in order change the focus of your analysis and view other values in the report. For example, you can change the definition of a report filter on [Quarter] on a “Profit versus Loss” report that displays values for Q1, to view profit and loss values for a different quarter.

Editing a report filterTo edit a report filter:1. Make sure you are in Edit mode with the HTML Report Panel open and verify


2. Leave the displayed report selected.OrSelect a different report by clicking the arrow next to the Current report drop-down list box, and then select a different report from the list.The Report Filters pane lists the filters applied to the report.

3. Click the filter you want to edit.

Editing and removing filters


Filte

The top section of the Report Filters pane displays the properties of the selected filter.

4. Change the selected operator and/or redefine the value of the constant here.

For full information on selecting an operator and defining a constant, see Creating report filters on page 836.



5. Click OK.The new filter definition appears in the list of filters.


Removing a report filterTo remove a report filter:1. Make sure you are in Edit mode with the HTML Report Panel open and verify


2. Leave the displayed report selected.OrSelect a different report by clicking the arrow next to the Current report drop-down list box, and then select a different report from the list.The list of report filters is displayed in the Report Filters pane.

3. Select the filter you want to remove from the Report Filters pane and drag the filter onto the Result Objects pane.

OrSelect the filter you want to remove and then either click the << button or press Delete.

Removing a report filter on [Quarter] using drag and drop

Editing and removing filters


Filte

The filter no longer appears in the list of filters.4. Click Run, if you are generating the results for the first time.



Applying Sorts and Breaks to Organize Report Information

chapter


App

OverviewThis chapter describes how you can organize information displayed on a report using the HTML Report Panel.It shows you how to do the following:• apply sorts to results displayed on reports• use breaks to group information on tables

lying Sorts and Breaks to Organize Report Information


Sorting the results displayed on reportsYou can apply sorts to the values displayed in tables and sections to organize the order in which values are displayed in a report.

Available sort ordersThe following sort orders are available:

TIPTo sort months in chronological order, apply the Default sort order.

Sort order DescriptionDefault This is sometimes referred to as the ”natural” order.

Depending on the type of data in the column or row, the results are sorted as follows:• ascending numeric order for numeric data• ascending chronological order for date• alphabetical order for alphanumeric data


Descending When selected, results are arranged in descending order: The highest value at the top of the column moving to the smallest value at the bottom.For example: 300, 200, 100 or Florida, Colorado, California.

Sorting the results displayed on reports


App

Sorting values displayed on tablesYou can apply one or multiple sorts to a table and then prioritize the order of the different sorts applied to the table. You can apply sorts to any dimensions, measures, or details displayed on a table. Sorting dimensions and details helps you organize results chronologically, while sorting measures helps you see highest or lowest results at a glance. How the sorts are applied depends on whether the table includes a break. When you apply a sort to a table without breaks, the sort is applied to the selected row or column for the entire table. However, when you apply a sort to a table with breaks, the sort is applied to each break in the table.In the example below, a descending sort is applied to Sales revenue:

In this table with no breaks, the entire Sales revenue column is sorted from highest to lowest results.

In this table with breaks on the Year and Quarter column, the Sales revenue column is sorted from highest to lowest results in each break.



NOTEWhen you insert a break on a table, an ascending sort is added to the object you selected. You can change the sort order for each break.

You can apply one or multiple sorts to a table. The following section tells you how to:• apply a sort to a table• prioritize multiple sorts on a table

Sorting values on a tableTo sort values on a table:1. Make sure you are in Edit mode with the HTML Report Panel open and verify

you are on the Properties tab.If the Properties tab is not visible, check the More report options checkbox.A document can contain multiple reports. The name of the selected report appears in the Current report drop-down list box.





App

The Result Preview pane displays the structure of the block on the report (a table, crosstab, or form).

Preview of a report with a vertical table

Preview of a report with a crosstab

Preview of a report with a horizontal table

Preview of a report with a form



3. On the Result Preview pane, click the part of the block you want to sort.If you are working with a table or crosstab you can select the columns, or rows, or body. If you are working with a form you can select the title or value.The objects on the selected part of the block are listed in the Select an object to add/change/remove a property pane.

4. Select the object you want to sort.For example if you want to sort the sales revenue values so that the results display from the highest to lowest results, select [Sales revenue].The selected object is shaded a darker color than the other objects.

The [Sales revenue] object is selected.



App

5. In the Sort section of the properties options, select the sort order you want to apply to the selected object.

For a full description and example of each sort order, see Available sort orders on page 849.You can apply other modifications to the document using the tabs on the HTML Report Panel or run the report now to view the results.

6. Click Run, if you are generating the results for the first time.OrClick Apply, if you have already generated the results once.WebIntelligence applies the sort to the selected column, row, or break.

Sort options

A descending sort is applied to Sales revenue. This table has a break on year and quarter, so the sort is applied to the Sales revenue results in each break



Prioritizing multiple sorts on a tableTo prioritize multiple sorts on a table:

1. Make sure you are in Edit mode with the HTML Report Panel open and verify you are on the Properties tab.If the Properties tab is not visible, check the More report options checkbox.A document can contain multiple reports. The name of the selected report appears in the Current report drop-down list box.

2. Leave the displayed report selected.OrSelect a different report by clicking the arrow next to the Current report drop-down list box, and then select a different report from the list.The Result Preview pane displays the structure of the block on the report (a table, crosstab, or form.




App

The pane to the right of the Result Preview pane displays the objects on the selected part of the block.

3. Click the Break and Sort Priority box on the Result Preview pane.

The objects that have a sort applied to them appear in the Sort Priority pane.

4. Select the object you want to move up or down the sort order.The first object in the pane is the first object for which will sort values. The last object in the pane is the last object for which will sort values.



5. Drag the object to a higher or lower position on the list.

OrClick the Move Up or Move Down arrow next to the Sort Priority pane.

You can apply other modifications to the document using the tabs on the HTML Report Panel or run the report now to view the results.

6. Click Run, if you are generating the results for the first time.OrClick Apply, if you have already generated the results once.WebIntelligence applies the new sort order to the table.



App

Applying sorts to sectionsA section contains two elements:• the section cell – contains a value for a selected dimension or detail• the section – contains a block (table, chart, or form) displaying data grouped

according to the value in the section cell

When you apply a sort to a section, you sort the values displayed in the section cells for that section. For example, if you apply a descending sort on the Year section in the above report, the first section cell and table will display data for 2002 and the next section cell and table will display data for 2001.

NOTETo find out how to create sections, see Creating sections to group information on page 812.

Sorting values in a sectionTo sort values in a section:1. Make sure you are in Edit mode with the HTML Report Panel open and verify

you are on the Properties tab.If the Properties tab is not visible, check the More report options checkbox.A document can contain multiple reports.

Section on the [Year] dimensionSection cells -

each section cell displays the value for a year





3. Click the Section box in the Result Preview pane to the left of the Properties page.

4. Select a sort option radio button next to Sort.For a full description and example of each sort order, see Available sort orders on page 849. You can apply other modifications to the document using the tabs on the HTML Report Panel or run the report now to view the results.




App

5. Click Run, if you are generating the results for the first time.OrClick Apply, if you have already generated the results once.WebIntelligence applies the sort to the results displayed in the report.



Using breaks to group information on tablesThis section explains how to break up data in a block and describes the different options available to format and manage these breaks.

What is a break?A break is a division within a block in which data is grouped according to a selected dimension, detail, or measure into self contained sections. These sections are represented as smaller tables within the same block of data.You use breaks to display all the data for each unique value of an object in separate parts.Using breaks has two main advantages:• You can more efficiently organize how your data is represented.• You can display subtotals.

How is a break different from a section?A section breaks up the data into multiple free-standing cells called section headers. Each section header contains one value for a dimension, with a block of data that corresponds to the dimension value.

Each section contains a block of data

Using breaks to group information on tables


App

A break divides the data up within one block. One column contains the values for a dimension, detail, or measure, which are repeated for each other row of values in the block.

How is data sorted when you insert a break?When you insert a break on an object, the values for the object are automatically sorted in ascending order as follows:• If the values are numeric, the lowest value appears in the first row of the table,

the highest in the last row. • If the values are alphabetical characters, then the values are sorted in

alphabetical order from top to bottom.You can change this sort order at any time. For full information on applying sorts to tables, see Sorting values displayed on tables on page 850.You can set multiple breaks and set a sort priority on each break, so that you control how the data is displayed when you insert multiple breaks across several dimensions details, or measures.

One block of data



Inserting breaksYou can insert a break on any one dimension, detail, or measure.

Inserting or removing a breakTo insert or remove a break:1. Make sure you are in Edit mode with the HTML Report Panel open and verify


2. Leave the displayed report selected.OrSelect a different report by clicking the arrow next to the Current report drop-down list box, and then select a different report from the list.The Result Preview pane displays the structure of the report block. (A block is a table, form, or chart).For a full description of how the Result Preview pane displays each table type, see page 852.

3. On the Result Preview pane, click the part of the block on which you want to apply or remove a break.If you are working with a table or crosstab you can select the columns, or rows, or body. If you are working with a form you can select the title or value.

In this report, the Columns area of the table is selected on the Result Preview pane. The [Year], [Quarter], and [Sales revenue] objects appear on the table columns.



App

4. Select the object on which you want to apply or remove the break.For example, if you want to break up the table values for each quarter, select [Quarter].

5. The next step depends on whether you want to apply or remove a break:

For information on setting break properties, to specify how the break values display, see Setting properties for a break on page 865.You can apply other modifications to the document using the tabs on the HTML Report Panel or run the report now to view the results.


If you want to... Then...Apply a break, Select the Break checkbox.

Remove a break, Unselect the Break checkbox.

On this report, [Quarter] is selected



Setting break propertiesYou can define the following properties for a break:

Setting properties for a breakTo set break properties:1. Make sure you are in Edit mode with the HTML Report Panel open and verify


2. Leave the displayed report selected.OrSelect a different report by clicking the arrow next to the Current report drop-down list box, and then select a different report from the list.The Result Preview pane displays the structure of the report block. (A block is a table, form, or chart). For a full description of how the Result Preview pane displays each table type, see page 852.

3. On the Result Preview pane, click the part of the block on which you want to apply or remove a break.

Break option DescriptionShow Break Header When selected, a header is displayed for each

break.

Show Break Footer When selected, a footer is displayed for each break.

Remove Duplicates When selected, a break is only inserted for each unique value of the selected break object.

Start on new page Each break starts on a new page.



App

If you are working with a table or crosstab you can select the columns, or rows, or body. If you are working with a form you can select the title or value.

4. Select the object for which you want to set the break properties.

5. Select or clear break properties check boxes as required.For full information about each property setting you can apply to breaks, see page 865.You can apply other modifications to the document using the tabs on the HTML Report Panel or run the report now to view the results.


On this table, the columns area is selected.

On this report, [Quarter] is selected


Using Calculations in Reports

chapter


Usin

OverviewThis chapter describes how you can include simple calculations on values when creating or editing a report using the HTML Report panel.It includes information about:• the predefined calculations available with WebIntelligence• inserting and removing predefined calculations in reports

g Calculations in Reports


What predefined calculations are available?You can include predefined calculations in tables to include standard business calculations on the data they contain.For example, on a table that shows quarterly revenue results, you can insert a sum calculation to show the total sales revenue over all quarters and insert a percentage calculation to show the percentage sales revenue achieved each quarter over the year.You can use the following predefined calculations:

Calculation DescriptionSum Calculate the sum of the selected data.

Count • Count all rows for a measure object.• Count distinct rows for a dimension or detail object.


Min Display the minimum value of the selected data.

Max Display the maximum value of the selected data.

Percentage Display the selected data as a percentage.

What predefined calculations are available?


Usin

Inserting and removing calculationsYou can insert one or more calculations in a table. The following section tells you how to:• insert a calculation• remove a calculation

Insert a calculationTo insert a calculation:1. Make sure you are in Edit mode with the HTML Report Panel open and verify


2. Leave the displayed report selected.OrSelect a different report by clicking the arrow next to the Current report drop-down list box, and then select a different report from the list.The Result Preview pane displays the structure of the report block. (The blocks on which you can insert calculations are tables, crosstabs, or forms).For a full description of how the Result Preview pane displays each block type, see page 852.




3. On the Result Preview pane, click the part of the block on which you want to insert a calculation.If you are working with a table or crosstab you can select the columns, rows, or body. If you are working with a form you can select the title or value.

4. On the pane to the right of the Result Preview pane, select the object on which you want to insert a calculation.

The selected object becomes a darker shade than the other objects.

In this document, the Columns area of a vertical table is selected.

In this example, the [Sales revenue] measure is selected.

Inserting and removing calculations


Usin

A white check box appears next to the calculations you can insert for the selected object. Calculation check boxes are grayed out, if a calculation cannot be performed with the type of data on the selected object.

5. Select the calculation check box(es) for the calculation(s) you want to insert for the selected object.For a full description of each calculation see What predefined calculations are available? on page 869.

6. If you want to insert a calculation for other objects included in the same block, repeat steps 4. and 5. for each object.You can apply other modifications to the document using the tabs on the HTML Report Panel or run the report now to view the results.


Select the calculations here



The results of each calculation appear in the footer of the table. If the table includes breaks, the calculation results appear in the break footer. Percentage calculations appear in an additional column or row next to the values they calculate.

(For the purposes of this illustration, the central part of the table is omitted)

This table has a break on [Quarter], so the calculation results for each quarter appear in each break footer.

The calculation results for the entire table appear in the table footer.



Usin

Removing a calculationTo remove a calculation:1. Make sure you are in Edit mode with the HTML Report Panel open and verify


2. Leave the displayed report selected.OrSelect a different report by clicking the arrow next to the Current report drop-down list box, and then select a different report from the list.The Result Preview pane displays the structure of the report block. (The blocks on which you can apply or remove calculations are tables, crosstabs, or forms).

For a full description of how the Result Preview pane displays each block type, see page 852.

3. On the Result Preview pane, click the part of the block from which you want to remove a calculation.If you are working with a table or crosstab you can select the columns, rows, or body. If you are working with a form you can select the title or value.

This Preview Pane displays a preview of a vertical table, showing the columns and body cells



4. On the pane to the right of the Result Preview pane, select the object from which you want to remove a calculation.

When an object is selected, the object is shaded a darker color than the other objects.

In this document, the Columns area of a vertical table is selected.

In this example, the [Sales revenue] measure is selected.



Usin

5. Select the calculation check box(es) for the calculation(s) you want to remove from the selected object.

6. If you want to remove calculations from other objects included in the same block, repeat steps 4. and 5. for each object.You can apply other modifications to the document using the tabs on the HTML Report Panel or run the report now to view the results.

7. Click Run, if you are generating the results for the first time.OrClick Apply, if you have already generated the results once.The calculation(s) no longer appear on the report.

Unselect the calculations here


Formatting Reports and Report Page Layout

chapter


Form

OverviewThis section explains how to format your reports using the Format tab in the HTML Report Panel. For more information on formatting reports in the Java Report Panel, see Editing and Formatting Reports on page 517.This chapter tells you how to:• use the Result Preview pane to select an area of a report• define the report page size, orientation, and margins• display a report title• align tables and charts on the report page• format sections• format headers and footers• format hyperlinks

atting Reports and Report Page Layout


Using the Result Preview paneThe Result Preview pane provides a graphical preview of the structure of the selected report. You select an area of the report on the preview pane to apply your formatting changes. The following illustrations show how the Result Preview pane represents each block type on the report structure.

Tables and crosstabs




Using the Result Preview pane


Form

Forms

Charts

The following sections in this chapter explain how to apply custom formatting to each of the report areas displayed on the Result Preview pane.


Preview of a report with a chart



Defining page size, orientation, and marginsYou can define the following page settings for a report:• paper size• page orientation• margins

Selecting the paper sizeTo select the paper size:1. Make sure you are in Edit mode with the HTML Report Panel open and verify

you are on the Format tab.If the Format tab is not visible, check the More report options check box.A document can contain multiple reports. The name of the selected report appears in the Current report drop-down list box.



Defining page size, orientation, and margins


Form

The Result Preview pane displays the structure of the report. For full information about how each block type is represented on the preview pane, see Using the Result Preview pane on page 879.

3. Click the Report area .

4. In the Paper Layout section click the arrow next to the Page size list box, and then select the paper size you want to apply to the report.

WebIntelligence allocates pages to reports from left to right, and then from top to bottom.

Report is selected.



This means that if a report is wider than the width of the paper size you defined, WebIntelligence inserts page breaks as illustrated below:


5. Click Run, if you are generating the results for the first time.OrClick Apply, if you have already generated the results once.WebIntelligence applies the selected paper size to the report.


...the page breaks go from left to right.Page 2

Page 4

Page 1

Page 3



Form

Selecting the page orientationTo select the page orientation:1. Make sure you are in Edit mode with the HTML Report Panel open and verify


2. Leave the displayed report selected.OrSelect a different report by clicking the arrow next to the Current report drop-down list box, and then select a different report from the list.The Result Preview pane displays the structure of the report. For full information about how each block type is represented on the preview pane, see Using the Result Preview pane on page 879.

3. Click the Report area in the Result Preview pane.

4. In the Paper Layout section click the arrow next to the Orientation list box.5. Select the orientation you want to apply to the report.

Report is selected.



The following table will help you select the appropriate page orientation:


6. Click Run, if you are generating the results for the first time.OrClick Apply, if you have already generated the results once.WebIntelligence applies the selected orientation to the report page.

Setting the marginsTo set the margins in your report:1. Make sure you are in Edit mode with the HTML Report Panel open and verify


For this page orientation... select...Portrait

Landscape



Form

2. Leave the displayed report selected.OrSelect a different report by clicking the arrow next to the Current report The Result Preview pane displays the structure of the report.

3. Click the Report block in the Result Preview pane.

The Report Format options appear to the right of the Result Preview pane.4. In the Margins section, type a measurement for one or more margins.

The measurement unit used for the position (for example, inches or centimeters) is specified in your locale.You can apply other modifications to the document using the tabs on the HTML Report Panel or run the report now to view the results.

5. Click Run, if you are generating the results for the first time.OrClick Apply, if you have already generated the results once.WebIntelligence displays the report with the page margins you specified.

Specify the width of margins here.



Displaying report titlesYou can display a title in a report. This is useful if you want to print the report, and distribute it to colleagues. The report title appears at the top of the report page.

Displaying a report titleTo display a report title:1. Make sure you are in Edit mode with the HTML Report Panel open and verify




The report formatting options appear to the right of the Result Preview pane.

Displaying report titles


Form

4. In the Report Title section of the options, select Show report title cell.

The Report Title area appears in the Result Preview pane.

5. Click the Report Title area in the Result Preview pane.The Report Title Format options appear to the right of the Result Preview pane.

Show report title cell

Report Title area



6. Type the report title into the Enter text here text box.

7. Set the formatting options you want for the report title:


8. Click Run, if you are generating the results for the first time.OrClick Apply, if you have already generated the results once.WebIntelligence displays the report title with the formats you chose.

If you want to... then...format the cell text in the Text section, select the text

formats from the drop-down list boxes and check boxes.

format the cell size in the Size section, type the width and height you want in the text boxes.

format the cell background in the Background section, select the color from the drop-down list box.

format the border in the Border section, select the color and size from the drop-down list boxes.

Type the text of the report title here

Displaying report titles


Form

Aligning tables and charts on the report pageYou specify the position of tables, charts, and forms on the report page. For the purposes of this guide, tables, charts, and forms are referred to globally as blocks.

Positioning a block on a reportTo position a block in a report:1. Make sure you are in Edit mode with the HTML Report Panel open and verify




Report is selected.



The options for positioning the block, are named according to whether the block in the report is a table, crosstab, chart, or form.For example, in the following illustration the block is a crosstab, so the position options are labelled Crosstab.

4. In the Position text box, type the distance you want to position the block from the left of the report margin.The measurement unit used for the position is specified in your locale


5. Click Run, if you are generating the results for the first time.OrClick Apply, if you have already generated the results once.WebIntelligence applies the position you specified to the report block.

Position options

Here, the locale of the PC uses centimeters as the measurement unit

Aligning tables and charts on the report page


Form

Formatting sectionsA section in a report created using the HTML Report Panel is made up of two elements:• a section cell – which displays the value that filters the information displayed

in the section• a table, chart, or form – that displays the data corresponding to the value

displayed in the section cell.

You can format: • the section – select a background color and specify the position of the section

cell• the section cell• the page layout and page breaks for the section

Section cell

Section cell

Section cell

Section

Section

Section



Formatting a sectionTo format a section:1. Make sure you are in Edit mode with the HTML Report Panel open and verify


2. Leave the displayed report selected.OrSelect a different report by clicking the arrow next to the Current report drop-down list box, and then select a different report from the list.The Result Preview pane displays the structure of the report.

3. Click the Section area in the Result Preview pane.


Formatting sections


Form

4. To select the section you want to format, click on the object on which the section is based.

The selected section becomes more darkly shaded.5. Set the formatting options for the section:

6. If you want to apply these settings to all of the sections in the report, the Apply button next to the Section pane.OrIf you only want to apply these settings to the selected section, then either click Run, if you are generating the results for the first time, or click Apply, if you have already generated the results once.

If you want to define... then... a background color, click the arrow next to the Color drop-down

list box, and then select a color from the list.

indent for the section cell from the left edge of the report page,

in the Indent text box, type the size of the indent.(The measurement unit of centimeters or inches is defined in your locale.)

Selecting the section on [Quarter]



Formatting a section cellTo format a section cell:1. Make sure you are in Edit mode with the HTML Report Panel open and verify



3. Click the Section Cells area in the Result Preview pane.

4. To select the section cell you want to format, click the object on which the section is based.

The selected object becomes more darkly shaded.

The section cell that displays the values for each quarter is selected

Formatting sections


Form

The section cell formatting options appear.

5. Set the formatting options you want for the selected cell:

6. If you want to apply these settings to all of the section cells in the report, click the Apply button next to the Section pane.OrIf you only want to apply these settings to the selected section cell, then either click Run, if you are generating the results for the first time, or click Apply, if you have already generated the results once.WebIntelligence displays the section cell(s) with the format(s) you specified.

If you want to format... then in the...the cell text, Text section, select the text formats from the

drop-down list boxes and check boxes.

the cell size, Size section, type the width and height you want in the text boxes.

the cell background, Background section, select the color from the drop-down list box.

the cell border, Border section, select the color and size from the drop-down list boxes.

the cell values to a specific number or currency format,

Number Format section, select the format from the drop-down list box.



Setting the page layout for sectionsTo set the page layout for a section:

1. Make sure you are in Edit mode with the HTML Report Panel open and verify you are on the Properties tab.If the Properties tab is not visible, check the More report options check box.A document can contain multiple reports. The name of the selected report appears in the Current report drop-down list box.


3. Click the Sections area in the Result Preview pane.

The objects on which there are sections, appear in the pane to the right of the Result Preview pane.

4. To select the section for which you want to set page layout, click an object.

The objects on which there are sections appear here.

Formatting sections


Form

5. In the Others section select the appropriate options:


6. Click Run, if you are generating the results for the first time.OrClick Apply, if you have already generated the results once.WebIntelligence applies the properties to the selected section(s).

If you want to... then select...To start each new section on a new page in the report,

Start section on a new page

To repeat the section header of the current section at the top of each report page,

Repeat section header on a new page



Formatting page headers and footersYou can choose to display or hide page headers and footers in a report. Headers and footers can display up to three cells. The following illustration shows an example of a report with three cells in the page header:

In this example, the contents of the left cell and center cell are typed in manually. The right cell contains a special field that dynamically displays the page number information for the current report page.If you display the header or footer, you can then specify the following:• the text or page number fields displayed in each of the header or footer cells• set the height and background color• you can format the size, background, borders, and text

Center Cell Right CellLeft Cell

Formatting page headers and footers


Form

Displaying or hiding a page header or footerTo display or hide a page header or footer:1. Make sure you are in Edit mode with the HTML Report Panel open and verify







You define the page headers and footers in the Headers section of the Report Format options.

4. Show or hide the page headers and footers as appropriate:


If you want to... then...hide the header and footer unselect the Show header or

Show footer check box.

display the header and footer select the Show header or Show footer check box.By default, these check boxes are selected.

Report is selected.



Form

5. Click Run, if you are generating the results for the first time.OrClick Apply, if you have already generated the results once.WebIntelligence shows or hides the report header as you specified.

Specifying cell contents for page headers and footersTo specify cell contents for page headers and footers:1. Verify that the header or footer you want to format is displayed on the report.

See Displaying or hiding a page header or footer on page 900.2. Click the Page Header or Page Footer area in the Result Preview pane.

The three cells you can use to display information, in the selected header or footer, appear in the Page Header Format or Page Footer Format pane.

Page Header

Page Footer



3. Select the cell you want to use to display information.

4. In the Enter text here pane type the text or special field you want to appear in the selected header or footer cell.The following table provides the special fields you can use:



To display... for example, type...the page number of the current report page,

1 [page]

the total number of pages in the current report,

50 [pages]

the page number of the current report page over the total number of pages in the report

1/50 [page]/[pages]

text before or after the page number, Page: 1 Page:[page]

Center Cell is selected



Form

Setting the height and background color of headers and footersTo set the height and background color of a header or footer:1. Make sure the header or footer you want to format is shown on the report.

See Displaying or hiding a page header or footer on page 900.2. Click the Report area in the Result Preview pane.

You define the height and background color in the Headers section of the Report Format options.

Report is selected.



3. Set the height and background color:



Formatting a page header or footer cellTo format a page header or footer cell:1. Make sure the header or footer you want to format is shown on the report.

See Displaying or hiding a page header or footer on page 900.2. Click the Page Header or Page Footer area in the Result Preview pane.

If you want to set the... then...height of the header of footer, type the height you want in the Height text

box.

background color, click the arrow next to the Background color list box, then select the color from the drop-down list.

Page Header

Page Footer



Form

The three cells you can use to display information, in the selected header or footer, appear in the Page Header Format or Page Footer Format pane.

3. Select the cell you want to format.

4. Set the formatting options you want to apply to the selected header or footer:

If you want to... then in the...format the cell text Text section select the formats from the drop-

down list boxes and check boxes.

format the cell size Size section, type the width and height in the text boxes.

format the cell background Background section, select the color from the drop-down list box.

format the border Border section, select the color and size from the drop-down list boxes.

Center Cell is




5. Click Run, if you are generating the results for the first time.OrClick Apply, if you have already generated the results once.WebIntelligence displays the report header and footers with the formats you specified.

Center Cell Right CellLeft Cell



Form

Formatting hyperlinksSome reports contain hyperlinks to web pages or other WebIntelligence documents. You can modify the color of the hyperlinks. The color you select is applied to all of the hyperlinks in the report.

NOTEYou need to use the Java Report Panel to insert hyperlinks into WebIntelligence reports. See Including hyperlinks in reports on page 542.

Formatting a hyperlinkTo format a hyperlink:1. Make sure you are in Edit mode with the HTML Report Panel open and verify



3. Click the Report block in the Result Preview pane to display the report formatting options.

The report formatting options appear to the right of the Result Preview pane.



4. In the Format section of the report options, select a hyperlink color from the drop-down list box.


5. Click Run, if you are generating the results for the first time.OrClick Apply, if you have already generated the results once.WebIntelligence displays the hyperlinks on the report in the color you selected.

Formatting hyperlinks


Form

Managing Multiple Reports in a Document

chapter


Man

OverviewA single document can contain multiple reports based on data on the same BusinessObjects universe.This chapter tells you about:• multi-report documents – allows you to display different sub-sets of the

document information on different reports• inserting new reports – allows you to add blank reports to a document• duplicating reports – allows you to copy an existing report and then modify it,

instead of creating a new report from scratch• renaming reports – allows you to change the name of reports• move reports – allows you to change the order of reports in a document• deleting reports – allows you to remove unnecessary reports from a

documentFor information about creating tables, charts, and sections on reports see Defining the Structure of Reports on page 791.

NOTEThe ability to use drag-and-drop in the HTML Report Panel is only available if you are using a Microsoft Internet Explorer web browser.

This chapter informs you about managing reports using the HTML Report Panel. For information about managing reports using the Java Report Panel, see Editing and Formatting Reports on page 517.

aging Multiple Reports in a Document


Multi-report documentsDocuments can contain one or multiple reports. This means you can display different sub-sets of document information on different report tabs.

EXAMPLEA multi-report document with global sales results, regional results, and individual store recordsIn this example, you are a sales analyst at the eFashion store. You want to distribute global and regional results to all sales managers and also provide them with store manager and address details for each store. You create a document with three reports:• a summary report with global sales results displayed on a chart• a regional report divided into sections by region showing sales results, sum,

and averages per region on a table• a third report with store details presented on a form per store.

When you view the document in InfoView, the report tabs appear at the bottom of your browser window . The reports and sections are indexed in the map.

Multi-report documents


Man

Inserting new reportsYou can insert multiple reports in a single document.

Inserting a reportTo insert a report:1. Make sure you are in Edit mode with the HTML Report Panel open and verify

you are on the Report tab.The name of the current report is indicated in the Current report drop-down list.

2. Next to the drop-down list, click the hyperlink on: To manage reports in this document, click here.The Manage Reports dialog box appears. The name(s) of the report(s) in the document appear on the dialog box.

The reports appear here



3. Click insert.The Insert Report dialog box appears. By default, WebIntelligence names the new report “Report<number of reports>”.

4. In the Name box, type a new name for the report.OrLeave the default name.

5. Click OK.WebIntelligence inserts the new report at the end of the document.

6. Click Close.

Inserting new reports


Man

The Report tab appears. The current report is the new, blank report.

For information on how to add sections, tables, and charts to the new report and how to allocate data, see Defining the Structure of Reports on page 791.

The name of the new report appears here.



Duplicating reportsInstead of creating new reports from scratch, you can duplicate existing reports and then rename and modify the duplicates. This enables you to retain the data and formatting from an existing report and then make minor modifications to the duplicate.

Duplicating a reportTo duplicate a report:1. Make sure you are in Edit mode with the HTML Report Panel open and verify


2. Next to the drop-down list, click the hyperlink on: To manage reports in this document, click here.The Manage Reports dialog box appears. The name(s) of the report(s) in the document appear on the dialog box.

Duplicating reports


Man

3. Select the report you want to duplicate.

The selected report is shaded darker than the other reports.4. Click duplicate.

The duplicate report appears in the Manage Reports dialog box. The duplicate has the same name as the original report followed by a number in brackets (“1” for the first duplicate, “2” for second duplicate, and so on).

5. Click Close.OrIf you want to rename the duplicate, click rename and then type a new name into the Name box, click OK, and then click Close.The Report tab appears. The current report is the duplicate report.

The name of the duplicate report appears here.



Renaming reportsWhen you create a new report, WebIntelligence names the report “Report 1” by default. You can then rename the report to give the report a more meaningful name. If you have several reports, naming each report makes it easier to navigate through the document.

Renaming a reportTo rename a report:1. Make sure you are in Edit mode with the HTML Report Panel open and verify


2. Next to the drop-down list, click the hyperlink on: To manage reports in this document, click here.The Manage Reports dialog box appears.

Renaming reports


Man

The name(s) of the report(s) in the document appear on the dialog box.

3. Select the report you want to rename.The selected report is shaded darker than the other reports.

4. Click rename.The Rename Report dialog box appears.

In the Name text box delete the existing name and type a new name for the report.

5. Click OK.



The new report name appears in the Manage Reports dialog box.

The report name does not appear in full, if the button for the report is shorter than the name. A ToolTip, however, displays the report name in full.

6. Click Close.The Report tab appears. The current report is the renamed report.

The name of the renamed report appears here.

Renaming reports


Man

Moving reportsYou can change the order of reports in a document. This enables you to organize the document appropriately when you add or delete reports.

Moving a reportTo move a report:1. Make sure you are in Edit mode with the HTML Report Panel open and verify





3. Select the report you want to move.

The selected report is shaded darker than the other reports.4. Drag the selected report to a new position in the document.

A line indicates where the moved report will be inserted.5. Release your cursor.

The report appears in the new position.6. Click Close.

The Report tab appears.

The “Regional Report” will be moved to the right of the red indicator

Moving reports


Man

Deleting reportsWebIntelligence documents contain at least one report. You can delete any additional reports from the document. When you delete a report, all the information the report contains is lost.

Deleting a reportTo delete a report:1. Make sure you are in Edit mode with the HTML Report Panel open and verify





3. Select the report you want to delete.

The selected report is shaded darker than the other reports.4. Click delete.

Or Press the Delete key.A message appears asking you to confirm you want to delete the selected report.

5. Click Yes.The Manage Reports dialog box appears again. The report is deleted from the document.

6. Click Close.The Report tab appears. The current report is the report before the deleted report.

Deleting reports


Man

Formatting Tables, Crosstabs, and Forms

chapter


Form

OverviewThis chapter explains how to format tables, crosstabs, and forms using the HTML Report Panel. This chapter provides information on:• formatting vertical and horizontal tables• formatting crosstabs• formatting forms

atting Tables, Crosstabs, and Forms


Formatting vertical and horizontal tablesThe following custom formatting options are available for vertical and horizontal tables:• font style, color, and alignment – of the cell values• width and height – of columns and rows• background color – for columns and rows, or for the entire table• border color and thickness – around the cells in specific columns and rows• number and currency format – for cell values displaying numeric or date/time

data

Formatting a tableTo format a table:1. Make sure you are in Edit mode with the HTML Report Panel open and verify




Formatting vertical and horizontal tables


Form

The Result Preview pane displays the structure of the table.

3. To select the area of the table you want to format, click Columns, Rows, or Body on the Result Preview pane.The objects included on the selected part of the table appear on the pane to the right of the Result Preview pane. Each object represents a type of data included on the selected columns, rows, or body.



In this example, the table columns are selected on the Result Preview pane. The data content of the columns is represented by these objects.



4. Click the object corresponding to the data you want to format.For example, if you want to format how the Sales revenue results display on the table columns, click the [Sales revenue] object.If you want to apply the same formatting changes to all of the displayed objects, select one object now to specify the formatting. You can globally apply the formatting changes to all of the objects in step 6.

5. Specify the custom formatting options you want to apply.

The following table will help you choose the appropriate options:

If you want to... then...format the text in the Text section, select the text formats from

the drop-down list boxes and check boxes.

format the size in the Size section, select the Specify Height and/or Specify Width check boxes) and then type a measurement for the width or height.

format the background in the Background section, select the color from the drop-down list box.


apply a number, currency, time, or date format

in the Number Format section, select the format from the drop-down list box.

Format options

Formatting vertical and horizontal tables


Form

6. If you want to apply the formatting changes to all the objects in the selected column, row, or body click Apply All.You can apply other modifications to the document using the tabs on the HTML Report Panel or run the report now to view the results.

7. Click Run, if you are generating the results for the first time.OrClick Apply, if you have already generated the results once.WebIntelligence applies the formatting changes to the report results.



Formatting crosstabsThe following custom formatting options are available for crosstabs:• font style, color, and alignment – of the cell values• width and height – of columns and rows• background color – for columns and rows, or for the entire crosstab• border color and thickness – around the cells in specific columns and rows• number and currency format – for cell values displaying numeric or date/time

dataIn addition, you can show or hide headers on crosstabs. Unlike other tables, crosstabs do not automatically display headers with the names of the dimensions, details, and measures they include. You can choose to show or hide headers that display the labels of the dimensions, measures, and details of the cell values.The following section of this guide tells you how to:• format a crosstab• show or hide crosstab headers

Formatting a crosstabTo format a crosstab:1. Make sure you are in Edit mode with the HTML Report Panel open and verify



Formatting crosstabs


Form

2. Leave the displayed report selected.OrSelect a different report by clicking the arrow next to the Current report drop-down list box, and then select a different report from the list.The Result Preview pane displays the structure of the crosstab.

3. To select the area of the crosstab that you want to format, click Columns, Rows, or Body on the Result Preview pane.

4. The following illustration shows how the Columns, Rows, and Body areas of the Result Preview pane correspond to the crosstab viewed in results mode.


Body cells – the background color by default is white

Column cells – the background color by default is blue

Row cells – the background color by default is blue



The object(s) included on the selected part of the crosstab appear on the pane to the right of the Result Preview pane. Each object represents a type of data included on the selected columns, rows, or body.

5. Click the object corresponding to the data you want to format.For example, if you want to format how the values of each quarter (Q1, Q2, and so on) display on the crosstab columns, click the [Quarter] object.If you want to apply the same formatting changes to all of the displayed objects, select one object now to specify the formatting. You can globally apply the formatting changes to all of the objects in step 7.


In this example, the crosstab columns are selected on the Result Preview pane. The data content of the columns is represented by these objects.

Format options



Form


7. If you want to apply the formatting changes to all the objects in the selected column, row, or body click Apply All.You can apply other modifications to the document using the tabs on the HTML Report Panel or run the report now to view the results.


Displaying headers in a crosstabTo display headers in a crosstab:1. Make sure you are in Edit mode with the HTML Report Panel open and verify



If you want to... then...format the text in the Text section, select the text formats from the



format the background

in the Background section, select the color from the drop-down list box.


apply a number or currency format





The Report Format options appear to the right of the Result Preview pane. You show or hide headers in the Crosstab section of the options.

4. If you want to display the headers, select the Show object name check box.OrIf you want to hide the headers, .unselect the Show object name check box.


5. Click Run, if you are generating the results for the first time.OrClick Apply, if you have already generated the results once.WebIntelligence shows or hides the headers on the crosstab as you specified.

Show object name check box



Form

Formatting formsThe following custom formatting options are available for forms:• font style, color, and alignment – of the cell values• width and height – of the title cells and value cells• background color – for specific title or value cells, or for the entire form• border color and thickness – around the cells in specific title or value cells• number and currency format – for cell values displaying numeric or date/time

data

Formatting a formTo format a form:1. Make sure you are in Edit mode with the HTML Report Panel open and verify






The Result Preview pane displays the structure of the form.

To select the area of the form that you want to format, click Title or Value area in the Result Preview pane.The following illustration shows how the Title and Value areas of the Result Preview pane correspond to the form viewed in results mode.

The object(s) included on the selected part of the form appear on the pane to the right of the Result Preview pane. Each object represents a type of data included on the selected title or values.


Value cells – the background color by default is white

Title cells – the background color by default is gray

In this example, Title is selected on the Result Preview pane. The data content of the title cells on the form is represented by these objects.

Formatting forms


Form

3. Click the object corresponding to the data you want to format.For example, if you want to format how the store name appears on the title cells of the form, click the [Store name] object.If you want to apply the same formatting changes to all of the displayed objects, select one object now to specify the formatting. You can globally apply the formatting changes to all of the objects in step 5.



If you want to... then...format the text in the Text section, select the text formats from the



format the background

in the Background section, select the color from the drop-down list box.


apply a number or currency format


Format options



5. If you want to apply the formatting changes to all the objects in the selected title or value click Apply All.You can apply other modifications to the document using the tabs on the HTML Report Panel or run the report now to view the results.


Formatting forms


Form

Formatting Charts

chapter


Form

OverviewThis chapter explains how to format charts using the HTML Report Panel. For information on formatting charts in the Java Report Panel, see Working with Charts on page 369.This chapter tells you about:• the available formatting options for charts• personalizing how charts are formatted

atting Charts


Available formatting options for chartsThis section of this guide includes illustrations that will help you identify the different areas of charts you can format. Since not all chart types include all of the possible axes or legends, this section provides examples of the following chart types.• 2D bar charts• 3D bar charts• pie charts

About 2D bar chartsFor example, 2D charts include an optional axis legend that lists the values displayed on the bars or lines.

In this example, a 2D bar chart includes the optional Z-axis. Including data on the Z-axis enables you to show an additional break down of the results displayed on the chart bars. The [Sales revenue] measure is on the Y-axis, the [Year] dimension is on the X-axis, and the [Quarter] dimension is on the Z-axis.

X-Axis Values

X-Axis Label

Y-Axis Values

Y-Axis Label

Legend

Data

Available formatting options for charts


Form

About 3D charts3D bar charts do not include an axis legend. You can clearly see what information is displayed on the chart bars by looking at the axis labels. The following example shows a 3D bar chart.

In this example, the chart bars display sales revenue per quarter, per year. The [Sales revenue] measure is on the Y-axis, the [Quarter] dimension is on the X-axis, and the [Year] dimension is on the Z-axis.

X-Axis Values

X-Axis Label

Z-Axis Values

Z-Axis Label

Y-Axis Label

Y-Axis Values

Chart Data

atting Charts


About pie chartsPie charts have a single axis displayed on the body of the pie. This is the Y-axis. Each segment of the pie chart displays a value for the measure on the Y-axis. The pie chart legend indicates the dimension referred to by the measure.

In this example, the 3D pie chart shows sales revenue per year. The measure on the Y-axis is [Sales revenue] and the dimension displayed on the legend is [Year]. Like 2D pie charts, 3D pie charts display measures for a single dimension. The graphical design of 3D pie charts, however, gives a three dimensional appearance.

Y-axis label

Data

Legend

Available formatting options for charts


Form

Personalizing how charts are formattedYou can personalize the formatting properties of the following areas on a chart:• chart size, background, and border – choose a color and a border line size• data – show or hide the data values and format the font size, style, and color• legend – format the legend text and define a background and border style• chart axes – format the values and labels, and define the axis scale and

marker frequency• number format – select a number format for numbers, currency, time, or dates

Formatting chart size, background, and borderWhen you create a new chart, WebIntelligence gives the chart a default size. You can modify the chart size, and also format the chart background and border. The following section of this guide tells you how to:• change the chart size• format the chart background and border

Changing the chart sizeTo change the chart size:1. Make sure you are in Edit mode with the HTML Report Panel open and verify


current report

atting Charts



3. On the Result Preview pane, select the data area of the chart.

The Chart Format options for chart data, appear to the right of the Result Preview pane.

4. In the size section, type the measurement value(s) you want for the chart width and chart height into the Width and Height text boxes.The measurement unit used for the position (for example, inches or centimeters) is specified in your locale.

Chart data area

Personalizing how charts are formatted


Form



Formatting the chart background and borderTo format the chart background and border:1. Make sure you are in Edit mode with the HTML Report Panel open and verify



current report

atting Charts




4. In the Background section of the options, click the arrow next to the Color list box, then select a color from the drop-down list or select No Fill to remove a background color from the chart.

5. In the Border section of the options, click the arrow next to the Color list box, then select a color from the drop-down list.AndClick the arrow next to the Size list box, then select a border size from the drop-down list or select None to remove a border from the chart.

Chart data area

Background colors

Border colors and sizes



Form



Formatting the data in chartsThe data in charts is displayed in the bars, lines, segments, or markers on the chart body. By default, WebIntelligence displays the data on the chart graphically, but hides the values. You can opt to show the values on the chart body and then define how the values are formatted.Showing the data values is particularly useful for pie charts because, unlike bar, line, and scatter charts, pie charts have no axis scale. The following illustration shows two versions of the same 3D pie chart. The first version has the data values hidden. The second version has the data values shown.

In this chart, the sales revenue results are represented by the pie chart segments, but the values for the data are hidden.

In this chart, the data values are shown for each of the sales revenue results.

atting Charts


On pie charts, you can also show the data values as percentages.

This option is not available for other chart types.

Showing and formatting data valuesTo show and format data values:1. Make sure you are in Edit mode with the HTML Report Panel open and verify



In this chart, the data values are shown as percentages for each of the sales revenue results.



Form



If chart is a pie chart, the option Show in percentage appears. This option to display chart values as percentages is not available for other chart types.

4. To show the data values on the chart, select Show data values.OrTo hide the data values on the chart, unselect Show data values.

5. If the selected chart is a pie chart and you want to display the data values as percentages, select Show in percentage.

6. Click the arrows on the list boxes next to Font to select the font style, size, and color from the drop-down lists, and either select or unselect the Underline check box as appropriate.

Chart data area

Show/hide data values and format data values

atting Charts


7. Click the arrow on the list box next to Color to select a color for the values.You can apply other modifications to the document using the tabs on the HTML Report Panel or run the report now to view the results.


Formatting the legendYou can format the text, background, and border on chart legends.

Formatting a chart legendTo format a chart legend:1. Make sure you are in Edit mode with the HTML Report Panel open and verify



current report



Form

3. On the Result Preview pane, click the Legend area of the chart.

The Legend Format options appear to the right of the Result Preview pane.

4. In the Text section, format the text font style, size, color, by clicking the arrows next to the Font and Color list boxes and selecting the formats from the drop-down lists.

5. To wrap, underline, or strikethrough text select the appropriate check boxes.6. In the Background section of the options, click the arrow next to the Color

list box, then select a color from the drop-down list or select White to remove a background color from the legend.

7. In the Border section of the options, click the arrow next to the Color list box, then select a color from the drop-down list.AndClick the arrow next to the Size list box, then select a border size from the drop-down list or select None to remove a border from the legend.

atting Charts




Formatting chart axesYou can personalize the following formatting properties for chart axes:• axis values• axis labels• axis scale

Formatting axis valuesTo format axis values:1. Make sure you are in Edit mode with the HTML Report Panel open and verify



current report



Form

3. On the Result Preview pane, click the Y-axis, X-axis, or Z-axis area of the chart.

The Axis Format options for the selected axis appear to the right of the Result Preview pane.

4. In the Value section, format the text font style, size, color, by clicking the arrows next to the Font and Color list boxes and selecting the formats from the drop-down lists.

In this example, the Y-axis is selected

Axis value options

atting Charts


5. If you want to format X-axis and Z-axis values to display at an angle, click the arrow next to the Orientation list box and select the orientation from the list.



Formatting axis labelsTo format axis labels:1. Make sure you are in Edit mode with the HTML Report Panel open and verify





Form



4. In the Label section, format the text font style, size, color, by clicking the arrows next to the Font and Color list boxes and selecting the formats from the drop-down lists.


Axis label options

atting Charts




Formatting an axis scaleTo format an axis scale:1. Make sure you are in Edit mode with the HTML Report Panel open and verify



current report



Form




Axis scale options

atting Charts


4. Select the appropriate options.The following table will help you select the options you need:



If you want to... then select...Show the axis values, select Axis Value.

Display the values at an automatic frequency depending on the number of values along the axis,

select Auto Frequency.

Set the frequency at which values display on the axis,

unselect Auto Frequency and then type a number into the frequency text box. (For example, if you want the values to display on the axis in units of 100, then type “100”).

Display the axis scale as a logarithmic scale (WebIntelligence recalculates the values as powers of ten, based on the range of data plotted on the chart),

select Logarithmic Scale.



Form

Selecting a number format for axis valuesYou can specify how numbers, currencies, dates, and times are formatted on chart axes. This is referred to globally as selecting a number format.

Selecting a number formatTo select a number format:1. Make sure you are in Edit mode with the HTML Report Panel open and verify



current report

atting Charts


3. On the Result Preview pane, click the Y-axis, X-axis, or Z-axis area .


4. Click the arrow next to the Number format list box, and then select the appropriate format from the drop-down list.


Number format options



Form



atting Charts

Saving and Deleting WebIntelligence Documents in InfoView

chapter


Sav

OverviewYou can save WebIntelligence documents exclusively for your personal reference or share your documents with other users. You can also save WebIntelligence documents as Microsoft Excel spreadsheets and Adobe Acrobat PDF files. The layout and formatting in the original WebIntelligence document is retained in the new file format.This chapter tells you how to:• save WebIntelligence documents• delete WebIntelligence documents• save WebIntelligence documents as Excel, PDF, or CSV filesThis chapter tells you how to save documents using the HTML Report Panel. For information on how to save documents using the Java Report Panel, see Saving and Deleting WebIntelligence Documents on page 717.

ing and Deleting WebIntelligence Documents in InfoView



You save WebIntelligence documents to InfoView, the corporate business intelligence portal. You can save documents to:• Personal Documents – your personal storage area in InfoView• Corporate Documents – accessible to other InfoView usersThis section tells you how to:• Save a document to Personal Documents• Save a document to Corporate Documents

Saving new documents to Personal DocumentsOnly you can view and modify the documents you save to InfoView Personal Documents.

Saving a document to Personal DocumentsTo save a document to Personal Documents:1. Click the Save link.

InfoView displays the Save options:



Sav

2. Click Save as a personal document.InfoView displays the save options:

3. In the Name text box, type a name for the document.OrTo overwrite an existing document, select the document in the list box.This is the name that will appear in the documents list in InfoView Personal Documents the next time you want to access the document.You can include spaces and use both uppercase and lowercase characters.

NOTEYou cannot use the following characters to name a document: / \ : * < > |


5. In the Keywords text box, type keywords that you can use to search for the document in InfoView in the future.This is optional.



You organize your documents by saving them to specific categories. This helps you find the information you need quickly. For example, if the document contains annual sales results, you would typically save it to a category called Sales:

6. The next step depends on whether you want to save the document to an existing category or create a new category:

If you want to save the document to... then...an existing category • select a category.

a new category(only possible if you have the appropriate security profile)

• click the Categories link and type the name of the new category in the box

• click Create then click OK• select the new category



Sav

7. The next step depends on whether you want the document data to be refreshed automatically or not each time you open the document:

8. Click the Overwrite: “Yes” option, if you want to overwrite another previous document with the new document.

9. Click OK.WebIntelligence saves the document to your Personal Documents area in InfoView and displays the saved document.For information on how to access your WebIntelligence documents in InfoView Personal Documents, see Accessing documents from Personal Documents on page 63.



to view the values the last time the document was saved each time you re-open the document




Saving new documents to Corporate DocumentsWhen you save WebIntelligence documents to InfoView Corporate Documents, other users can access the document. Depending on their security profile, other users can view, analyze, or edit the document.

Saving a new document to Corporate DocumentsTo save a document to Corporate Documents:1. Click the Save link.2. Click Save as a Corporate Document.

The Main tab displays the save options:

3. In the Name text box, type a name for the document.OrTo overwrite an existing document, select the document in the list box.This is the name that will appear in the InfoView Corporate Documents list the next time you want to access the document.You can include spaces and use both uppercase and lowercase characters.

NOTEYou cannot use the following characters to name a document: / \ : * < > |



Sav


5. In the Keywords text box, type keywords that you or other users can use to search for the document in InfoView in the future.This is optional.You organize documents by saving them to a specific corporate category. For example, if the document contains annual employee vacation and sick leave information, you save the document to the HR category.

6. Click the Category tab.The Corporate Documents categories are listed:

NOTEThe InfoView Corporate Document categories are created by your administrator. For more information, see the InfoView User’s Guide.

The domain where the document will be saved is displayed in the Domains box.

7. Leave the selected domain.OrClick the arrow next to the domain displayed in the Domains box and select a different domain.



The Groups box lists the groups of users who have access to Corporate Documents.

8. Select the groups of users you want to be able to access the document.9. The next step depends on whether you want the document data to be

refreshed automatically or not the each time you open the document:

NOTEIf your corporation uses Business Objects Broadcast Agent, you can schedule the refresh time of the document using the Scheduled refresh option. See the Broadcast Agent Administrator’s Guide.

10.Click OK.WebIntelligence saves the document to the Corporate Documents area in InfoView and displays the saved document.For information on how to access WebIntelligence documents in InfoView Corporate Documents, see Accessing documents from Corporate Documents on page 62.







Sav

Deleting WebIntelligence documentsYou can delete the WebIntelligence documents you save to InfoView Personal Documents or Corporate Documents.

NOTEYou can only delete documents from InfoView Corporate Documents, if you have the appropriate security profile.

Deleting your WebIntelligence documents from InfoViewTo delete your WebIntelligence documents from InfoView:1. From the InfoView Home Page go to the document location where the

document is saved:

2. Select the Delete Document checkbox next to the name(s) of the document(s) you want to delete:

If the document is saved in InfoView... then click...Personal Documents Personal Documents

Corporate Documents Corporate Documents



3. Click the Delete Document button at the top right of the list of documents.InfoView displays the list of documents to be deleted.

4. Click OK to confirmInfoView confirms the deletion of the document(s).

5. Click OK to return to the documents list.The deleted document(s) no longer appears.

Deleting WebIntelligence documents


Sav

Saving documents as Excel, PDF, or CSV filesYou can save WebIntelligence documents as two different file formats:• Microsoft Excel spreadsheets• Adobe Acrobat PDF files• Comma Separated Values (CSV) files

Saving WebIntelligence documents as Excel SpreadsheetsCreating a copy of your documents as a Microsoft Excel file is especially useful if you want to combine the information in your WebIntelligence document with other data in an Excel spreadsheet.Unlike WebIntelligence documents, the Excel files are not connected to the database. This means you cannot refresh the data in the Excel file. To display up-to-date data in Excel format, refresh the WebIntelligence document and then save it as a new Excel file.

TIPWhen you name reports in a document that you want to save as an Excel spreadsheet, the names of reports must not include more than 31 characters or include spaces or the following special characters: * : \ / [ ]

NOTEDates prior to 1900 do not display correctly in Excel.



Saving a WebIntelligence document as an Excel spreadsheetTo save a WebIntelligence document as an Excel spreadsheet:1. With the document open, click the Save link.

2. Under the Save to my computer section, select MS Excel.3. Click the Save to My Computer button.

The File Download dialog box appears.4. Leave the file name given to the new file by default.

OrType a new file name into the File name text box.

5. Select Save this file to disk and click OK.6. Select a file location on your computer, then click Save.

WebIntelligence saves a copy of your document in Microsoft Excel format to the location you specified on your PC.Each report within the WebIntelligence document converts to a separate Excel worksheet within the Excel file.You can save the document using the Excel Save menu. The file has the standard Microsoft Excel file extension: xls.

NOTE

Some WebIntelligence chart formats do not exist in Excel format. These charts are automatically converted to the closest corresponding chart format available in Excel.

More informationTo share Excel files with other users, you can save them to InfoView, the corporate business intelligence portal. For more information, see the InfoView User’s Guide.

Saving documents as Excel, PDF, or CSV files


Sav

Generating WebIntelligence documents to PDFCreating a copy of your documents as a PDF file is especially useful if you want to provide other users with the document information in a printable format. The page layout and formatting of the WebIntelligence document is retained in the PDF file.

Saving a WebIntelligence document as a PDFTo save a WebIntelligence document as a PDF file:1. With the document open, click the Save link.

2. Under the Save to my computer section, select Adobe Acrobat (PDF).3. Click the Save to My Computer button.

The File Download dialog box appears.4. Leave the file name given to the new file by default.


5. Select Save this file to disk and click OK.6. Select a file location on your computer, then click Save.

WebIntelligence saves a copy of your document in Adobe Acrobat PDF format to the location you specified on your PC.

More informationTo share PDF files with other users, you can save them to InfoView, the corporate business intelligence portal. For more information, see the InfoView User’s Guide.



Generating WebIntelligence documents as CSV filesCreating a copy of your documents as a CSV file is useful if you want to export the data in a WebIntelligence document to a database tool or application.

Saving a WebIntelligence document as a CSV fileTo save a WebIntelligence document as a CSV file:1. With the document open, click the Save link.

2. Under the Save to my computer section, select Save this document to my computer as a CSV file.

3. Click the Save to My Computer button.The File Download dialog box appears.

4. Select Save this file to disk and click OK.5. Leave the file name given to the new file by default.


6. Select a file location on your computer, then click Save.WebIntelligence saves a copy of your document in CSV format to the location you specified on your PC.

Saving documents as Excel, PDF, or CSV files


Sav


Index
Symbols2.5-2.7 documents 363D look
charts (Java) 401

AAbs function

description and example 639adding

breaks 481objects to charts (interactive reporting) 100objects to query (HTML) 753objects to reports (interactive reporting) 93objects to tables (interactive reporting) 95table rows, columns (Java) 306

Adobeinstalling Reader 727

advanced filtersdescribing 28

Aggregate functiondescription and example 608

aggregationshow/hide duplicate rows (Java) 346

aggregation contextfor filters (Java) 274

aligningimages (Java) 451tables, charts on reports (HTML) 890tables, charts on reports (Java) 536

ambiguous querydescribing (Java) 201

And operatordescribing (Java) 239example 240with Or for advanced filters (Java) 279with Or for filters (HTML) 786with Or for query filters (Java) 242with Or for report filters (HTML) 841

appletsecurity 27

applyingsorts to sections (HTML) 858

area chartsdescribing (HTML) 796describing (Java) 371

ASP mode 154AutoFit

table cell size (Java) 335Average

inserting (interactive reporting) 88inserting (Java) 553

Average functiondescription and example 610

axis labelsformating on charts (Java) 413

axis legendsformatting charts (Java) 408inserting on charts (Java) 409

axis markers on charts (Java) 418axis scale

logarithmic 414axis values

formatting charts (Java) 415setting range on charts (Java) 420

Bbackground colors

for cells (Java) 368for charts (Java) 402for tables (Java) 323

backgroundsfor report headers/footers (Java) 535

Bar chartsdescribing (HTML) 796describing (Java) 371

Index


Inde

Between functiondescription and example 634

blank cellsinserting (Java) 352

blocksnaming (Java) 524

boolean formats (Java) 431borders

for cells (Java) 368for charts (Java) 404for tables (Java) 329

breaksadding 481defining display properties (Java) 483describing (HTML) 861describing (Java) 472editing 481inserting (HTML) 863inserting (Java) 474options (HTML) 742removing 481setting properties (HTML) 865sorting data within (Java) 473using (HTML) 861using multiple (Java) 476

Broadcast Agentdescribing 25

browser configuration 50, 52building

query (Java) 190query overview (HTML) 752query overview (Java) 190

Business Objectsconsulting services 17, 19documentation 16Documentation Supply Store 15support services 17training services 17, 19

Ccalculation context

default (Java) 570defined 569describing (Java) 569modifying (Java) 576

calculationsinserting in tables (HTML) 870inserting standard (Java) 556options (HTML) 742removing (interactive reporting) 91removing (Java) 557using in reports (Java) 553

categoriessaving documents to (InfoView) 971

Ceil functiondescription and example 639

cellsAutoFit size (Java) 335backgrounds (Java) 368borders (Java) 368clearing (Java) 318defining height, width (Java) 334format values (Java) 431formatting free-standing cells (Java) 368formatting how values display (Java) 431free-standing (Java) 351including skins (Java) 448inserting free-standing (Java) 352

x


charts 4063D look format (Java) 401adding objects (interactive reporting) 100adding titles (Java) 398align on reports (Java) 536aligning on reports (Java) 387, 389area formats (HTML) 796area formats (Java) 371axis labels (Java) 413axis legends (Java) 408, 409axis marker frequency (Java) 418axis value range (Java) 420background colors (Java) 402bar formats (HTML) 796bar formats (Java) 371changing the template (Java) 382, 383creating (HTML) 798, 808creating (Java) 374deleting (Java) 386drill axis legends (HTML) 143drill axis legends (Java) 706drilling on (HTML) 140drilling on (Java) 701, 703, 705filtering (Java) 498, 505format background (Java) 402formatting axis values (Java) 415formatting borders (Java) 404formatting data series (Java) 423formatting titles (Java) 400legends (Java) 409line formats (HTML) 796line formats (Java) 371modifying data on (HTML) 807naming (Java) 524pie formats (HTML) 796pie formats (Java) 372polar formats (HTML) 797polar formats (Java) 372positioning on reports (HTML) 890positioning on reports (Java) 387radar formats (HTML) 797radar formats (Java) 372removing objects (interactive reporting) 105repeating on pages (Java) 392resizing (Java) 379, 397

scatter formats (HTML) 797scatter formats (Java) 372selecting a template (HTML) 798setting page breaks (Java) 392show/hide empty charts (Java) 424showing grids (Java) 416templates (Java) 371

classdescribing (HTML) 748describing (Java) 187, 188opening folder (Java) 191subclass (HTML) 750

clearingtable cells (Java) 318

closingclass folder (Java) 191

colorsalternate table rows (Java) 324custom colors for tables (Java) 324table backgrounds (Java) 323

columnsadding to tables (Java) 306deleting from tables (Java) 309replacing on tables (Java) 314show/hide empty (Java) 345swapping on tables (Java) 312

commentsin free-standing cells (Java) 354

configuring your browser 50consultants

Business Objects 17context

clearing list (Java) 198describing (Java) 201list (Java) 198selecting (Java) 203selecting properties (Java) 202use in query (Java) 202

copyingreports (HTML) 917reports (Java) 520tables (Java) 301

corporate documentsediting 158saving (InfoView) 973

Index


Inde

Countinserting (interactive reporting) 88inserting (Java) 553

Count functiondescription and example 609

creatingcharts (Java) 374charts on reports (HTML) 798, 808formulas (Java) 561query (Java) 188query overview (Java) 200sections (Java) 458tables on reports (HTML) 798, 800tables on reports (Java) 294variables (Java) 651

crosstabscreating from tables (Java) 316displaying object names (Java) 338incompatible objects (Java) 208template for (Java) 290with dimensions in body (HTML) 795with dimensions in body (Java) 291

CSVsaving documents as (InfoView) 981

cubedata stored as (HTML) 751stored data (Java) 189

currency formats (Java) 431CurrentDate function

description and example 621CurrentTime function

description and example 621CurrentUser function

description and example 646custom

formats for cell values (Java) 435, 436, 441, 443

report filters (Java) 504table background colors (Java) 324

customer support 17

Ddata 751

returned to cube (Java) 189date formats (Java) 431

datescustom formats (Java) 435, 438formats for filters (Java) 232

DayName functiondescription and example 622

DayNumberOfMonth functiondescription and example 622

DayNumberOfWeek functiondescription and example 623

DayNumberOfYear functiondescription and example 623

DaysBetween functiondescription and example 624

definingquery properties (Java) 197

deletingcharts (Java) 386documents 724documents (InfoView) 976reports (HTML) 924reports (Java) 522table rows, columns (Java) 309tables from reports (Java) 320variables (Java) 651

demomaterials 15

detaildescribing (HTML) 750describing (Java) 187

Developer Suite 16, 18dimension

describing (HTML) 750describing (Java) 187

dimensionsdrilling on (in InfoView) 119drilling on (Java) 679in crosstab body cells (HTML) 795in crosstab body cells (Java) 291

displaying 260

x


documentationCD 15feedback on 16on the web 15printed, ordering 15roadmap 15search 15

Documentation Supply Store 15DocumentAuthor function

description and example 630DocumentDate function

description and example 631DocumentName function

description and example 630DocumentPartiallyRefreshed function

description and example 631documents

accessing 62corporate 62deleting 724deleting (InfoView) 976linking (Java) 544naming (Java) 547opening from InfoView 62personal 63saving as corporate (Java) 721saving as personal (Java) 719saving corporate (InfoView) 973saving personal (InfoView) 969setting properties (Java) 547setting refresh options (Java) 548

documents (Java) 727DocumentTime function

description and example 632download

report panel 153, 156

drill analysischart exceptions (HTML) 143chart exceptions (Java) 705describing 109drill by (HTML) 126drill by (Java) 688drill by example (Java) 687drill down (HTML) 121drill down (Java) 679, 683drill paths (HTML) 128drill paths (Java) 675, 690drill up (HTML) 122drill up (Java) 684drilling measures (HTML) 136drilling measures (Java) 695drilling multiple blocks 138, 698ending drill (HTML) 149ending drill (Java) 714example (Java) 673extend scope (HTML) 130filters (HTML) 144filters (Java) 708hierarchies (Java) 675, 676on axis legends (HTML) 143on axis legends (Java) 706on charts (HTML) 140on charts (Java) 701, 705on duplicate report 111saving documents (Java) 678scope of analysis (HTML) 121setting your options 111starting drill (HTML) 117starting drill (Java) 677

Drill toolbarshowing or hiding 111

DrillFilterin printed reports (Java) 715

DrillFilter functiondescription and example 632including in reports (Java) 357

Index


Inde

duplicatereport for drill analysis 111reports in documents (HTML) 917reports in documents (Java) 520row aggregation (Java) 346tables (Java) 301

Eediting

advanced query filters (Java) 283breaks 481documents 158formulas 175formulas (Java) 564prompts (Java) 267query filters (HTML) 788query filters (Java) 246variables (Java) 651version 2.5-2.7 documents 36

education see trainingemptiness

hiding empty charts (Java) 424Excel

saving documents as spreadsheets (InfoView) 979

saving documents as spreadsheets (Java) 725excluding

advanced filter results (Java) 275Exp function

description and example 640extended syntax

modifying calculatio context (Java) 576extranets 26

FFact function

description and example 641feedback

on documentation 16Filter Editor

using for reports (Java) 504

filteringcomplex queries (Java) 271objects 215queries 212, 764report values (interactive reporting) 79

x


filtersadvanced query filters (Java) 271, 273aggregation context for (Java) 274combining advanced and simple on queries

(Java) 280combining advanced on queries (Java) 279combining on queries (HTML) 768, 786combining on queries (Java) 219, 237, 238,

243combining on reports (HTML) 841combining on reports (Java) 509complex on queries (Java) 153creating advanced (Java) 274creating on queries (HTML) 775creating on queries (Java) 225, 229, 234creating on reports (HTML) 836custom report filters (Java) 504dialog boxes (Java) 168during drill (HTML) 144during drill (Java) 708editing advanced (Java) 283editing on reports (HTML) 843excluding advanced filter results (Java) 275operators (queries) 216predefined on queries (HTML) 772, 773predefined on queries (Java) 221, 222Query Filters tab (HTML) 738query versus report (Java) 212quick filters (Java) 226quick for reports (Java) 501removing advanced (Java) 285removing from queries (HTML) 789removing from queries (Java) 247removing from reports (HTML) 845removing from reports (Java) 513Report Filters tab (HTML) 741report versus query (HTML) 763, 829report versus query (Java) 500restrictions (HTML) 789types of for queries 221viewing on reports (Java) 510, 511

Floor functiondescription and example 641

footerson report page (HTML) 905on report pages (Java) 533on tables (Java) 337

FormatDate functiondescription and example 614

FormatNumber functiondescription and example 614

formatscreating custom cell formats (Java) 441for cell values (Java) 431for negative values (Java) 435viewing documents 59

formattingcell values (Java) 431fonts and text in cells (Java) 331forms (HTML) 938free-standing cells (Java) 368images (Java) 450report options (HTML) 743sections on reports (HTML) 892table borders (Java) 329tables (HTML) 929tables (Java) 322

formsfiltering (Java) 498, 505formatting (HTML) 938naming (Java) 524positioning on reports (HTML) 890templates (HTML) 795templates (Java) 292

Formula Editorusing (Java) 564

formula errors#DIV/0 663#ERROR 670#MULTIVALUE 664#OVERFLOW 665#SYNTAX 666

Formula toolbarusing (Java) 561

Index


Inde

formulascreating (Java) 561editing (Java) 564Formula Editor 175insert in cells (Java) 355saving as variables 177saving as variables (Java) 565, 651use variables to simplify (Java) 655which report panel 153

free-standing cellsdescribing (Java) 351displaying page numbers (Java) 363formatting (Java) 368including DrillFilter (Java) 357including formulas (Java) 355including HTML code (Java) 355including hyperlinks (Java) 355including images (Java) 354including LastRefreshDate (Java) 357including text (Java) 354inserting (Java) 352labelling other cells (Java) 359

x


functionsAbs 639Aggregate 608Average 610Between 634business examples 604, 606, 607Ceil 639Count 609CurrentDate 621CurrentTime 621CurrentUser 646DayName 622DayNumberOfMonth 622DayNumberOfWeek 623DayNumberOfYear 623DaysBetween 624describing (Java) 566, 601DocumentAuthor 630DocumentDate 631DocumentName 630DocumentPartiallyRefreshed 631DocumentTime 632DrillFilter 632Exp 640Fact 641Floor 641FormatDate 614FormatNumber 614If 646IsDate 635IsError 636IsNull 636IsNumber 637IsString 637IsTime 638LastExecutionDate 633LastExecutionTime 634Left 615LeftTrim 616Length 616Ln 642Log 642Match 617Max 611Min 610

Mod 643Month 625MonthNumberOfYear 625MonthsBetween 626NameOf 647Percentage 612Power 643prototypes (Java) 601Quarter 626RelativeDate 627Replace 617Right 618RightTrim 619Round 644Sqrt 645Substr 619ToDate 627ToNumber 628Trim 620Truncate 645using (Java) 603Week 629Year 629

GGIF file formats

inserting in reports (Java) 447grid

report panel display (Java) 181grids

showing on charts (Java) 416grouping

data in breaks (Java) 472

Hheaders

formatting sections (HTML) 895on crosstabs (Java) 338on report page (HTML) 905on report pages (Java) 533on tables (Java) 337tables (2.x documents) 43

Index


Inde

heightsetting for cells (Java) 334setting for charts (Java) 397

hierarchiesand drill (Java) 675viewing (Java) 676

HTMLcode in cells (Java) 355

HTML Report Paneldescribing 153

hyperlinksformatting colors (HTML) 908formatting colors (Java) 542in reports (Java) 542including in cells (Java) 355linking documents (Java) 544URL types in reports (Java) 543

IIf function

business example 607description and example 646

imagesaligning (Java) 451formatting (Java) 450including in cells (Java) 449including in free-standing cells (Java) 354including in reports (Java) 352, 449including in tables, charts (Java) 449on report backgrounds (Java) 540

incompatible objectsdescribing (Java) 204errors (HTML) 760errors (Java) 204sections (Java) 207troubleshooting (Java) 208using crosstabs (Java) 208when using filters (Java) 208

incompatible objects errors#CONTEXT 205#INCOMPATIBLE 205

InfoViewdescribing 25logging in 50logging out 55toolbar 744URL 50versus WebIntelligence 49

insertingAverage (interactive reporting) 88Average (Java) 553breaks (HTML) 863breaks (Java) 473, 474calculations in tables (HTML) 870Count (interactive reporting) 88Count (Java) 553hyperlinks in reports (Java) 542Max (interactive reporting) 88Max (Java) 553Min (interactive reporting) 88Min (Java) 553Percentage (interactive reporting) 88Percentage (Java) 553reports (HTML) 914reports (Java) 519standard calculations (Java) 556Sum (interactive reporting) 88Sum (Java) 553table rows, columns (Java) 308titles on reports (HTML) 887titles on reports (Java) 528

interactive reportingdescribing 29view format 115

IsDate functiondescription and example 635

IsError functiondescription and example 636

IsNull functiondescription and example 636

IsNumber functiondescription and example 637

IsString functiondescription and example 637

IsTime functiondescription and example 638

x


JJava Report Panel

describing 153JPG file formats

inserting in reports (Java) 447

Kkeywords

for documents (Java) 547Knowledge Base 18

Llabels

for free-standing cells (Java) 359LastExecutionDate function

description and example 633LastExecutionTime function

description and example 634LastRefreshDate function

displaying in a cell (Java) 357Left function

description and example 615LeftTrim function

description and example 616legends

inserting on charts (Java) 409Length function

description and example 616limits

max retrieval time (Java) 197max rows retrieved (Java) 197

line chartsdescribing (HTML) 796describing (Java) 371

linking documents (Java) 544List of Values

selecting report filters (Java) 503Ln function

description and example 642Log function

description and example 642logarithmic scale

description 414logging in 50, 53

logging out 55

Mmanaging 481

breaks 481Match function

description and example 617Max

inserting (interactive reporting) 88inserting (Java) 553

Max functiondescription and example 611

max retrieval timesetting limits (Java) 197

max rows retrievedsetting limits (Java) 197

Max valueon chart axis (Java) 421

measuredescribing (HTML) 750describing(Java) 187

measuresdrilling (HTML) 136drilling (Java) 695

Min calculationinserting (interactive reporting) 88inserting (Java) 553

Min functiondescription and example 610

Min valueon chart axis (Java) 420

Mod functiondescription and example 643

modifyingcalculation context (Java) 576titles on reports (Java) 526

Month functiondescription and example 625

MonthNumberOfYear functiondescription and example 625

MonthsBetween functiondescription and example 626

Index


Inde

movingreports within documents (HTML) 922reports within documents (Java) 520table rows, columns (Java) 311

multi-blockdrill 138reports 153

multimediaquick tours 16

multiple breaksusing (Java) 476

NNameOf function

description and example 647naming

documents (Java) 547reports (HTML) 919reports (Java) 523tables and charts (Java) 524

negative formats (Java) 435number

custom formats (Java) 435numbers

displaying page numbers (Java) 363, 366

Oobject name

chart axes (Java) 413

objectsadding to charts (interactive reporting) 100adding to reports (interactive reporting) 93adding to tables (interactive reporting) 95describing (HTML) 748describing (Java) 187detail (HTML) 750dimension (HTML) 750filtering 215filtering in queries (HTML) 765filtering on reports (HTML) 832filtering on reports (Java) 495for drill (Java) 675incompatible (Java) 204measure (HTML) 750removing from charts (interactive reporting)

105removing from query (HTML) 754removing from query (Java) 192removing from tables (interactive reporting) 98replacing on charts (interactive reporting)

charts 102types used in query (Java) 187

Online Customer Support 17opening

class folders (Java) 191documents in InfoView 62

operator 496operators

And, Or for advanced filters (Java) 279And, Or for filters (Java) 239conditional (Java) 567context (Java) 568describing 567Different from, Not in list, Except 218for prompts 258for query filters (HTML) 766for query filters (Java) 216for report filters (Java) 496, 833logical (Java) 568mathmatical (Java) 567selecting for query filters (Java) 231

x


optionsedit/create documents 154for drill analysis 111, 114Java Report Panel display 181setting for WebIntelligence 54viewing documents 61

Or operatordescribing (Java) 239example 241with And for filters (HTML) 786with And for query filters (Java) 242with And for report filters (HTML) 841with Or for advanced filters (Java) 279

organizingdata in sections (Java) 455

Ppage

headers, footers (HTML) 905page breaks

for charts (Java) 392for tables (Java) 341

page footers (Java) 533page headers (Java) 533page layout

for breaks (Java) 481for charts (Java) 390for printing reports (Java) 532, 729, 883for reports (HTML) 881for reports (Java) 530for tables (Java) 340repeat table headers/footers (Java) 343

page numbersdisplaying in cells (Java) 363, 366

page orientationprinting reports (Java) 732

paper sizefor printing reports (Java) 532, 729, 883

PDFsaving documents as (InfoView) 980saving documents as (Java) 726

Percentageinserting (interactive reporting) 88inserting (Java) 553

Percentage functionbusiness example 604description and example 612

personal documentsediting 158in Infoview 63saving (InfoView) 969

pie chartsdescribing (HTML) 796describing (Java) 372

polar chartsdescribing (HTML) 797describing (Java) 372

portaldescribing 25, 49

Power functiondescription and example 643

predefined calculationsAVERAGE (HTML) 869COUNT (HTML) 869MAX (HTML) 869MIN (HTML) 869PERCENTAGE (HTML) 869SUM (HTML) 869

predefined filtersdescribing 221, 222example (HTML) 772using 224using (HTML) 773

printing 727reports (Java) 730

printing documents 70prompt order

setting for query (Java) 198

Index


Inde

prompts 260answering 74changing the value 77combining (Java) 265creating (HTML) 780creating (Java) 261describing 256display options (Java) 260editing (Java) 267example (HTML)

adding prompts (HTML) 779removing (Java) 267re-ordering (Java) 265

propertiesfor documents (Java) 547

QQuarter function

description and example 626queries

adding prompts (HTML) 780, 781adding prompts (Java) 256adding quick filters (Java) 226build advanced filters (Java) 274combining filters (Java) 237filtering (HTML) 763filtering (Java) 212, 214, 225filtering example (HTML) 775Query tab (HTML) 737Query View (Java) 166removing filters (Java) 247sub-queries - advanced filters (Java) 271, 274

queryadding objects (HTML) 753ambiguous (Java) 201building (Java) 190building overview (HTML) 752defining properties (Java) 197describing (HTML) 747describing (Java) 185object types (Java) 187removing objects (HTML) 754run (HTML) 759running (HTML) 751running (Java) 199setting properties (HTML) 757using contexts (Java) 202

query contextdescribing (Java) 201for migrated documents 39

query filterscombining (Java) 237creating (Java) 229describing (HTML) 763, 771describing (Java) 214removing (Java) 247

Query Filters tabdescribing (HTML) 738

Query Managerusing (Java) 190

Query tabdescribing (HTML) 737

Query Viewdescribing (Java) 166

quick filtersfor reports (Java) 501using on queries (Java) 226

Rradar charts


rangefor chart axes (Java) 420

x


refreshing report valuesdisplaying last refresh date (Java) 356in drill mode (HTML) 148in InfoView 74setting document options (Java) 548

RelativeDate functiondescription and example 627

removingadvanced query filters (Java) 285breaks 481calculations (interactive reporting) 91calculations (Java) 557objects from charts (interactive reporting) 105objects from query (HTML) 754objects from query (Java) 192objects from tables (interactive reporting) 98prompts (HTML) 789prompts (Java) 267query filters (HTML) 789query filters (Java) 247report filters (HTML) 845report filters (Java) 513

Replace functiondescription and example 617

replacingobjects on charts (interactive reporting) 102

replacing objects (interactive reporting) 102report 509report filters

describing (HTML) 827

reportsalign report elements (Java) 536deleting from documents (HTML) 924deleting from documents (Java) 522duplicating (HTML) 917duplicating (Java) 520filtering (HTML) 741filtering (Java) 498, 501, 505, 509, 510, 511,

513formatting headers (Java) 535formatting options (HTML) 743including hyperlinks (Java) 542including skins (Java) 448including titles (HTML) 887including titles (Java) 526inserting in documents (HTML) 914inserting in documents (Java) 519moving in documents (HTML) 922moving in documents (Java) 520multiple reports 153naming (HTML) 919naming (Java) 523page layout (Java) 530printing (Java) 730showing headers/footers (Java) 533using quick filters (Java) 501viewing filters (Java) 510, 511

resizingcharts (Java) 379, 383

Results Viewdescribing (Java) 293

retrieve duplicate rowssetting (Java) 197

returned as cube (HTML) 751reusing custom formats (Java) 443Right function

description and example 618RightTrim function

description and example 619Round function

description and example 644

Index


Inde

rowsadding to tables (Java) 306deleting from tables (Java) 309replacing on tables (Java) 314show/hide empty (Java) 345swapping on tables (Java) 312

runquery (HTML) 751, 759

runningquery (Java) 188, 199

Ssaving

corporate documents (InfoView) 973corporate documents (Java) 721documents as CSV files (InfoView) 981documents as Excel spreadsheets (InfoView)

979documents as Excel spreadsheets (Java) 725documents as PDF files (InfoView) 980documents as PDF files (Java)

Acrobat 726documents in drill mode (Java) 712, 714formulas as variables (Java) 565, 651personal documents (InfoView) 969personal documents (Java) 719

saving documents as PDF (Java) 726scatter charts


scope of analysisdescribing (HTML) 121describing (Java) 193extending 130setting (HTML) 755setting (Java) 193types of (Java) 674

searchdocumentation 15values (Java) 234

sectionschanging the order of (HTML) 822creating (HTML) 813creating (Java) 458defining page appearance (HTML) 898defining properties (Java) 463filtering (Java) 498, 505formatting (HTML) 892formatting headers (HTML) 895including skins (Java) 448navigating documents 67removing (HTML) 820sorting data (HTML) 858using to organize data (Java) 455

securityJava Report Panel 27setting for query (Java) 198

security profiledownload report panel 156

selectingcontexts (Java) 203

settingbreak properties (HTML) 865levels of analysis(Java) 194query properties (HTML) 757scope of analysis (HTML) 755scope of analysis (Java) 193

sharing documents (Java) 721show floors and walls (Java) 406skins

cell backgrounds (Java) 448for table backgrounds (Java) 326report backgrounds (Java) 448report header backgrounds (Java) 535section backgrounds (Java) 448

snapshotsof drilled reports (Java) 714

sortingdata within breaks (Java) 473report values (interactive reporting) 79

sortsapplying (HTML) 851applying (interactive reporting) 84options (HTML) 742prioritzing muliple sorts (Java) 488

x


spreadsheetssaving documents as (InfoView) 979saving documents as (Java) 725

Sqrt functiondescription and example 645

Structure Viewdescribing (Java) 293

subclassdescribing (HTML) 750describing (Java) 188

sub-querieswith advanced filters (Java) 271, 274

Substr functiondescription and example 619

Suminserting (interactive reporting) 88inserting (Java) 553

Sum functionbusiness example 606

supportcustomer 17

swappingtable columns, rows (Java) 312

Index


Inde

Ttables

adding columns, rows to (Java) 306adding objects (interactive reporting) 95adding rows, columns (Java) 307align on reports (Java) 536alternate row colors (Java) 324AutoFit cell size (Java) 335background colors (Java) 323cell size (Java) 334clearing cells (Java) 318creating (HTML) 798, 800creating (Java) 294crosstab template (HTML) 794crosstab template (Java) 290custom colors (Java) 324deleting (Java) 320deleting rows, columns (Java) 309duplicate row aggregation (Java) 346duplicating on reports (Java) 301filtering (Java) 498, 505format fonts and text (Java) 331formatting (HTML) 929formatting (Java) 322formatting borders (Java) 329horizontal template (HTML) 794horizontal template (Java) 290inserting calculations (HTML) 870making into crosstabs (Java) 316moving rows, columns (Java) 311naming (Java) 524page breaks (Java) 341page layout for (Java) 340positioning on reports (HTML) 890removing objects (interactive reporting) 98repeat headers, footers (Java) 343replacing columns, rows (Java) 314selecting templates (Java) 296show/hide headers and footers (Java) 337show/hide when empty (Java) 345swapping rows, columns (Java) 312templates (HTML) 793templates (Java) 289turning to charts (Java) 303upgrading 2.x documents 43

using skins (Java) 326vertical template (HTML) 793vertical template (Java) 289

templateschanging charts with (Java) 382changing tables with (Java) 304charts (Java) 371, 383crosstab tables (HTML) 794crosstabs (Java) 290, 794for reports (HTML) 739forms (HTML) 795forms (Java) 292free-standing cells (Java) 352horizontal tables (HTML) 794horizontal tables (Java) 290inserting for charts (Java) 374selecting tables (Java) 296selecting tables and charts (HTML) 798tables (HTML) 793tables (Java) 289vertical tables (HTML) 793vertical tables (Java) 289

textformatting in cells (Java) 368inserting in cells (Java) 354

timecustom formats (Java) 435, 438

time formats (Java) 431Tips & Tricks 16titles

for charts (Java) 398, 400on reports (HTML) 887on reports (Java) 526

ToDate functiondescription and example 627

ToNumber functiondescription and example 628

trainingon Business Objects products 17

Trim functiondescription and example 620

Truncate functiondescription and example 645

x


Turn Todialog box (Java) 180tables to charts (Java) 303, 381, 384

Uuniverse

describing (HTML) 748describing (Java) 186selecting 156setting default 157

universe objects paneusing (HTML) 752

URLInfoView 50syntax for hyperlinks (Java) 543to image files (Java) 447

usingfunctions (Java) 603Query Manager (Java) 190

Vvalues

for filters 219for filters (Java) 498

variablescreating (Java) 651deleting (Java) 651editing (Java) 651formulas saved as (Java) 651saving formulas as (Java) 565use to simplify formulas (Java) 655Variable Editor 177

variance formulasimplify with variable (Java) 656

viewingreport filters (Java) 510, 511

viewing documentsformats 59options 61

Wweb

customer support 17getting documentation via 15useful addresses 18

WebIntelligencedescribing 49toolbar (Java) 165

Week functiondescription and example 629

widthsetting for cells (Java) 334setting for charts (Java) 397

wildcardsusing to answer prompts (InfoView) 78using to search values (Java) 234

YYear function

description and example 629

Index


Inde
x